(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Catalogue (Bowdoin College Bulletin no. 382)"




BOWDOIN COLLEGE BULLETIN 



CATALOGUE FOR 1971-1972 



September 1971 



BOWDOIN COLLEGE BULLETIN 

Catalogue for 1971-1972 



BRUNSWICK, MAINE 



BOWDOIN COLLEGE BULLETIN 

Brunswick, Maine September 1971 Number 382 

This Bulletin is published by Bowdoin College four times during the 
college year: September, December, March, and June. Second-class 
postage paid at Brunswick, Maine. 




CONTENTS 

COLLEGE CALENDAR vi 

BOWDOIN COLLEGE: A HISTORICAL SKETCH 1 

OFFICERS OF GOVERNMENT 5 

OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION 11 

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION 23 

COLLEGE CAMPUS AND BUILDINGS 28 

GENERAL INFORMATION 44 

ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 47 

SCHOLARSHIPS, LOANS, AND FINANCIAL AID 52 

THE CURRICULUM 82 

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 92 

RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS 165 

THE LIBRARY 168 

THE FINE ARTS 177 

MUSEUM OF ART h77 

DRAMA AND STAGECRAFT 179 

PRINTING AND TYPOGRAPHY 1 79 

MUSIC 180 



PUBLIC AFFAIRS RESEARCH CENTER 182 
RESEARCH INSTITUTE OF THE GULF OF MAINE 183 

THE BOWDOIN SCIENTIFIC STATION 184 

LECTURESHIPS AND INSTITUTES 185 

STUDENT LIFE AND ACTIVITIES 190 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS 198 

CAREER COUNSELING AND PLACEMENT 200 

PRIZES AND DISTINCTIONS 201 

DEGREES CONFERRED IN AUGUST 1970 218 

DEGREES CONFERRED IN JUNE 1971 218 

APPOINTMENTS, PRIZES, AND AWARDS 223 

ALUMNI ORGANIZATIONS 234 

INDEX 243 



OCTOBER 

S M T W T F S 
1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 



197 1 

NOVEMBER 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 



DECEMBER 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 31 



JANUARY 

S M T W T F S 
1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 

APRIL 

1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 

JULY 

1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 

OCTOBER 

12 3 4 5 6 7 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

29 30 31 



1972 
FEBRUARY 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 

MAY 

12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 

AUGUST 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 30 31 

NOVEMBER 

12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 



MARCH 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 31 



JUNE 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 

SEPTEMBER 

1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 



DECEMBER 

1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 



JANUARY 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 

APRIL 

12 3 4 5 6 7 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

29 30 



*973 

FEBRUARY 

S M T W T F S 
1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

1L 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 

MAY 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 30 31 



MARCH 

S M T \V T F S 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 

JUNE 

1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 



COLLEGE CALENDAR 

1971-1972 

September 7, Tuesday. Rooms ready for occupancy by upperclass- 
men for the fall semester. 

September 8, Wednesday. Rooms ready for occupancy by fresh- 
men for the fall semester. 

September 10, Friday. Placement tests and conferences for fresh- 
men. 

September 13, Monday. Fall semester of the 170th academic year 
begins at 8:00 a.m. All students required to be in residence. 
Registration. 

September 14, Tuesday. Opening Convocation exercises at 11:30 
a.m. in the First Parish Church. 

September 15, Wednesday. First classes. 
October 2, Saturday. Alumni Day. 
October 13, Wednesday. Freshman review. 
October 22, Friday. James Bowdoin Day. 
October 23, Saturday. Parents' Day. 

October 29, Friday. Stated fall meetings of the Governing Boards 
in Brunswick. 

November 8, Monday. Midsemester review of classes. 

November 24, Wednesday. Thanksgiving recess begins at the end 
of morning classes. 

November 29, Monday. Thanksgiving recess ends, 8:00 a.m. 

November 29, Monday. Last day for filing applications for schol- 
arship aid during the spring semester. 

December 17, Friday. Christmas vacation begins at the end of 
morning classes. 

vi 



College Calendar vii 

1972 
January 4, Tuesday. Christmas vacation ends, 8:00 a.m. 

January 4-11, Tuesday-Tuesday. Reading period of the fall semes- 
ter. 

January 12-21, Wednesday-Friday. Examination period of the fall 
semester. 

January 26, Wednesday. Spring semester begins, 8:00 a.m. 

January 28, Friday. Stated winter meetings of the Governing 
Boards in Boston. 

February 5, Saturday. Winter House Party. 

March 4, Saturday. Campus Chest Weekend. 

March 17, Friday. Spring vacation begins at the end of morning 
classes. 

March 28, Tuesday. Spring vacation ends, 8:00 a.m. 

March 28, Tuesday. Last day for filing applications for scholarship 
aid for the academic year 1972-1973. 

March 31, Friday. Midsemester review of classes. 

May 1-12, Monday-Friday. Reading period of the spring semester. 

May 6, Saturday. Ivy Day. 

May 8, Monday. Last day for filing applications for all graduate 
scholarships. 

May 15-25, Monday-Thursday. Examination period of the spring 
semester. 

June 1, Thursday. Stated meetings of the Governing Boards in 
Brunswick. 

June 3, Saturday. The 167th Commencement Exercises, 10:00 a.m. 

September 12, Tuesday. Rooms ready for occupancy by upperclass- 
men for the fall semester. 



viii College Calendar 

1972 

September 13, Wednesday. Rooms ready for occupancy by fresh- 
men for the fall semester. 

September 15, Friday. Placement tests and conferences for fresh- 
men. 

September 18, Monday. Fall semester of the 171st academic year 
begins at 8:00 a.m. All students required to be in residence. 
Registration. 

September 19, Tuesday. Opening Convocation exercises at 11:30 
a.m. in the First Parish Church. 

September 20, Wednesday. First classes. 

November 22, Wednesday. Thanksgiving recess begins at the end 
. of morning classes. 

November 27, Monday. Thanksgiving recess ends, 8:00 a.m. 

December 15, Friday. Christmas vacation begins at the end of 
morning classes. 



*973 
January 3, Wednesday. Christmas vacation ends, 8:00 a.m. 

January 3-16, Wednesday-Tuesday. Reading period. 

January 17-27, Wednesday-Saturday. Fall semester examinations. 

January 31, Wednesday. Spring semester begins. 

March 23, Friday. Spring vacation begins at the end of morning 
classes. 

April 3, Tuesday. Spring vacation ends, 8:00 a.m. 

May 12, Saturday. Ivy Day. 

May 7-18, Monday -Friday. Reading period. 

May 21-31, Monday -Thursday. Spring semester examinations. 

June 9, Saturday. The 168th Commencement Exercises. 



Bowdoin College: 
A Historical Sketch 

BOWDOIN College was established by charter from the General 
Court of Massachusetts, June 24, 1794, after repeated peti- 
tions to the state by citizens who wanted to provide educational op- 
portunity in the District of Maine, then a rapidly growing frontier. 
Practical establishment of the College was more difficult, however, 
than the securing of a charter. The lands granted the College by 
the General Court were not readily convertible into cash. Gifts for 
its operation were slow in coming — except for one handsome dona- 
tion by James Bowdoin III, son of the late governor of Massachu- 
setts, whom the College honors in its name. Brunswick was selected 
as a proper site in 1796, but the erection of a building to house the 
College was not accomplished until 1802. On September 2 of that 
year, the Reverend Joseph McKeen was installed as the first presi- 
dent of the College. On the next day the College began its active 
educational life with eight students and one faculty member, in 
addition to its president. 

The story of Bowdoin in its early years is an index to its entire 
history. Its first president was a man of religion and of science. Its 
first benefactor was distinguished as a diplomat, as a statesman, 
and as a gentleman of broad culture; and the inheritance of his 
extensive library and his fine collection of art established at the 
College a lasting conviction of the wisdom of strength in these 
areas of institutional resources. Its original Board was composed 
of strongly religious men, individually devoted to the Congrega- 
tional Church as thoroughly as they were to the democratic ideals 
of a new nation. 

The curriculum during the early years was rigidly prescribed 
and strong in the classics. In the field of science, mathematics was 
soon joined by the study of chemistry and mineralogy. Though 
small in size, the College had some of the greatest teachers it has 
known, and among the early graduates were several marked -for 
future fame: for instance, Nathan Lord (1809), for thirty- five years 
president of Dartmouth; Seba Smith (1818), early humorist; Jacob 
Abbott (1820), prolific author of the "Rollo" books; William Pitt 
Fessenden (1823), for a short time President Lincoln's secretary of 
the treasury; Franklin Pierce (1824), fourteenth president of the 
United States; and Nathaniel Hawthorne and Henry Wadsworth 
Longfellow, both of the Class of 1825. 



2 Bowdoin College: A Historical Sketch 

The tradition of the College and its pattern of conservatively 
progressive education were established in its first quarter century. 
Hardly had Longfellow been graduated from Bowdoin before he 
went abroad to qualify himself as a pioneer teacher — first at 
Bowdoin, later at Harvard — of modern languages. 

In 1820 the College established a Medical School, which in the 
101 years of its existence produced many well-trained doctors who 
practiced in Maine and, to a lesser extent, elsewhere. In 1921, when 
the needed clinical facilities and technical equipment had become 
too complex and expensive for a small institution to supply, it was 
deemed expedient to discontinue the School. 

Bowdoin was established more on faith than endowment, and its 
finances suffered severely in the aftermath of the panic of 1837. 
However, its growth was slow and steady. Social fraternities ap- 
peared on the campus in the 1840s, followed by organized athletics 
in the late 1850s. The Bowdoin Orient, which claims to be the old- 
est continuously published college weekly in the country, appeared 
first in 1871. As the controversy over slavery worked towards a 
climax, the home of Professor Smyth was a station of the "under- 
ground railroad" for escaped slaves; and here, in another profes- 
sorial household, was written the book that was to arouse the 
conscience of a nation, Uncle Tom's Cabin. During the Civil War 
the College sent into the service a greater number of men in pro- 
portion to its size than any other college in the North. 

The twenty years following the Civil War were the most critical 
in the history of the College. After President Harris's short term of 
four years (1867-1871), Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain, Maine's 
most distinguished war hero and governor of the state for four 
terms following his return to civilian life, was elected president. 
During these two administrations the curriculum was modernized 
somewhat, but the establishment of an Engineering School in 1871 
was unsuccessful, since it survived for only ten years. Its most 
famous graduate was Admiral Robert E. Peary (1877), the first to 
reach the North Pole. 

President Chamberlain, for all his great services to college, state, 
and nation, was unequal to coping with the difficulties now be- 
setting the institution: inadequate endowment and equipment, a 
decreasing enrollment, dissension among the Faculty and Boards. 
Probably no one else connected with either group could have 
succeeded in the circumstances. Chamberlain's resignation in 1883 
provided an opportunity to secure from outside the College the 
vigorous leadership imperatively needed. 

The inauguration in 1885, after a two years' interregnum, of the 



Bowdoin College: A Historical Sketch 3 

Reverend William DeWitt Hyde marks the real beginning of an- 
other era. He brought to his task of rejuvenating the institution a 
boundless physical capacity that was matched by his awareness of 
a modern and changing world and by scholarly ability that made 
his national reputation an ornament to Bowdoin. He built the 
College figuratively and literally, introducing new subjects into 
the curriculum and enlarging the physical facilities on the campus 
by over a hundred percent. Under him, enrollment increased from 
1 19 in 1885 to 400 in 1915; the endowment in the same period from 
$378,273 to $2,312,868. He emphasized teaching as the responsi- 
bility of the College and learning as the responsibility of the stu- 
dents. His vigor impregnated the whole life and spirit of the 
College. It was under President Hyde that Bowdoin's philosophy 
of its students and of its faculty members as responsible, indepen- 
dent individuals became fixed. 

Kenneth C. M . Sills succeeded President Hyde after the latter's 
death in 1917. He was a natural successor (though not a slavish 
disciple) of President Hyde. He carried forward his predecessor's 
program, seeing the College successfully through the upheavals 
concomitant to two wars. Under him, Bowdoin gradually emerged 
from being a "country college" to a new and increasingly respected 
status as a country-wide college. Physical facilities were improved 
and increased. The Faculty grew from thirty-one to eighty-one; 
enrollment, from 400 to double that figure; and endowment, from 
$2,473,451 to $12,312,274. Student activities were expanded, and 
the fraternity system was developed into a cooperative and demo- 
cratic component of student life. 

President Sills was succeeded by James Stacy Coles in the fall of 
1952. During his fifteen-year tenure, Bowdoin met the rapidly 
changing demands of society and students by introducing curricu- 
lar innovations, expanding the size of its Faculty and improving its 
facilities at a faster pace than during any comparable period in its 
history. It was during these years that Bowdoin thoroughly revised 
its curriculum, extended honors work to all gifted students, intro- 
duced independent study courses, initiated an undergraduate re- 
search fellowship program, and started its pioneering Senior Year 
Program. To accomplish these academic improvements, the Col- 
lege expanded the size of its Faculty by over a third, to 109, and 
raised salaries to a level which has enabled it to continue attracting 
and retaining outstanding teachers. The value of the College's 
plant showed a similar dramatic increase. The Arena, Morrell 
Gymnasium, Senior Center, Coleman Hall, Gibson Hall, and 
Hawthorne-Longfellow Library were constructed. At the same 



4 Bowdoin College: A Historical Sketch 

time, Pickard Theater was constructed in Memorial Hall; Massa- 
chusetts Hall, Hubbard Hall, and three dormitories were reno- 
vated; and the Moulton Union and Dudley Coe Infirmary were 
enlarged. 

President Coles resigned at the end of 1967 and a year later, on 
January 1, 1969, Roger Howell, Jr., a member of Bowdoin's Class 
of 1958, Rhodes scholar, and chairman of the Department of His- 
tory, became the tenth president of the College. Only thirty-two 
at the time of his election, Dr. Howell had already achieved inter- 
national eminence as a scholar of British history. 

Under his leadership, Bowdoin has expanded its curriculum to 
include Afro-American studies, a major in biochemistry, and 
courses concerned with our environment. It has developed as elab- 
orate a computer facility as can be found at any undergraduate 
liberal arts college. It has given its students the opportunity to 
design courses of study that develop their distinctive interests and 
talents. It has given students a voice in the governance of the Col- 
lege through representation on more than a dozen faculty com- 
mittees and through attendance at and participation in the meet- 
ings of the Governing Boards. Undoubtedly, the most dramatic 
change to mark his tenure thus far, however, came in September 
1970 when the Governing Boards decided to admit women under- 
graduates for the first time in 168 years and to expand the enroll- 
ment from 950 to 1 100 students. 



Officers of Government 

PRESIDENT OF THE COLLEGE 
Roger Howell, Jr., D.Phil., LL.D., L.H.D. 

TREASURER OF THE COLLEGE 

Alden Hart Sawyer, B.S. 

THE PRESIDENT AND TRUSTEES 

Roger Howell, Jr., D.Phil., LL.D., L.H.D., President, ex officio. 
(Elected 1969.) 

Sanford Burnham Cousins, A.B., Vice President. (Elected Over- 
seer, 1950; elected Trustee, 1959.) 



John Lincoln Baxter, LL.D. (Elected Overseer, 1941; elected 
Trustee, 1954.) 

Leonard Wolsey Cronkhite, Jr., M.D. (Elected Overseer, 1969; 
elected Trustee, 1970.) 

William Plummer Drake, A.M. (Elected Overseer, 1955; elected 
Trustee, 1970.) 

Leland Matthew Goodrich, Ph.D., Sc.D. (Elected Overseer, 
1961; elected Trustee, 1966.) 

Alfred Shirley Gray, A.B., B.B.A. (Elected Overseer, 1954; 
elected Trustee, 1961.) 

Frederick Powers Perkins, B.S. (Elected Overseer, 1962; elected 
Trustee, 1965.) 

*John Coleman Pickard, LL.D. 

William Curtis Pierce, A.B., LL.B. (Elected Overseer, 1962; 
elected Trustee, 1967.) 

Alden Hart Sawyer, B.S., Treasurer, ex officio. (Elected Over- 
seer, 1954; elected Treasurer, 1967.) 

Benjamin Robert Shute, A.B., LL.B. (Elected Overseer, 1953; 
elected Trustee, 1959.) 

*Died September 5, 1970. 



6 Officers of Government 

Widgery Thomas, A.B. (Elected Overseer, 1948; elected Trustee, 
i960.) 

Winthrop Brooks Walker, A.B., LL.B. (Elected Overseer, 1966; 
elected Trustee, 1970.) 



Melvin Thomas Copeland, Ph.D., Sc.D., Trustee Emeritus. 
(Elected Overseer, 1934; elected Trustee, 1947.) 

William Dunning Ireland, LL.D., Trustee Emeritus. (Elected 
Overseer, 1929; elected Trustee, 1940.) 

Earle Spaulding Thompson, LL.D., Trustee Emeritus. (Elected 
Overseer, 1937; elected Trustee, 1947.) 



Philip Sawyer Wilder, Ed.M., Secretary. (Elected Overseer, 1971.) 

THE BOARD OF OVERSEERS 

Louis Bernstein, A.B., President. (Elected Overseer, 1958.) 

Vincent Bogan Welch, A.B., LL.B., Vice President. (Elected 
Overseer, 1962.) 



Charles William Allen, J.D. (Elected Overseer, 1967.) 

Willard Bailey Arnold III, M.S. (Elected Overseer, 1970.) 

Charles Manson Barbour, M.D., CM. (Elected Overseer, i960.) 

Robert Ness Bass, M.B.A. (Elected Overseer, 1964.) 

Gerald Walter Blakeley, Jr., A.B. (Elected Overseer, i960.) 

Matthew Davidson Branche, M.D. (Elected Overseer, 1970.) 

William Smith Burton, B.S., LL.B. (Elected Overseer, 1971.) 

William Hodding Carter, Jr., Litt.D., L.H.D., LL.D. (Elected 
Overseer, 1961.) 

David Watson Daly Dickson, Ph.D. (Elected Overseer, 1966.) 

Reverend Richard Hill Downes, A.B., S.T.B. (Elected Overseer, 

197°-) 
Gilbert Molleson Elliott, Jr., B.S. (Elected Overseer, 1957.) 

Frank Caradoc Evans, A.M. (Elected Overseer, 1953.) 



Officers of Government 7 

James Mark Fawcett III, A.B. (Elected Overseer, 1969.) 

Joseph Lyman Fisher, Sc.D. (Elected Overseer, 1970.) 

Roy Anderson Foulke, LL.D. (Elected Overseer, 1948.) 

Nathan Ira Greene, A.B. (Elected Overseer, 1964.) 

William Henry Gulliver, Jr., A.B., LL.B. (Elected Overseer, 

*9 6 5-) 
Honorable Robert Hale, LL.D. (Elected Overseer, 1931.) 

Peter Francis Hayes, A.B. (Elected Overseer, 1969.) 

Merton Goodell Henry, A.B., LL.B. (Elected Overseer, 1962.) 

Honorable Horace Augustine Hildreth, Ed.D., D.C.L., LL.D. 
(Elected Overseer, 1953.) 

Roger Howell, Jr., D.Phil., LL.D., L.H.D., President of the Col- 
lege, ex officio. 

John Roscoe Hupper, A.B., LL.B. (Elected Overseer, 1970.) 

Roscoe Cunningham Ingalls, Jr., B.S. (Elected Overseer, 1968.) 

Charles Thomas Ireland, Jr., J.D. (Elected Overseer, 1961.) 

William Dunning Ireland, Jr., A.B. (Elected Overseer, 1971.) 

George Basil Knox, LL.D. (Elected Overseer, 1961.) 

Lewis Wertheimer Kresch, M.B.A. (Elected Overseer, 1970.) 

Austin Harbutt MacCormick, Sc.D., LL.D. (Elected Overseer, 

*933-) 
William Butler Mills, A.M. (Elected Overseer, 1965.) 

Robert Warren Morse, Ph.D., Sc.D. (Elected Overseer, 1971.) 

William Howard NiBlock, L.H.D. (Elected Overseer, 1958.) 

Ralph Trafton Ogden, M.D. (Elected Overseer, 1963.) 

Arthur Knowlton Orne, A.B. (Elected Overseer, 1965.) 

Jotham Donnell Pierce, A.B., LL.B. (Elected Overseer, 1963.) 

Everett Parker Pope, A.M. (Elected Overseer, 1961.) 

Ezra Pike Rounds, A.B. (Elected Overseer, 1952.) 



8 Officers of Government 

Paul Sibley, B.S. (Elected Overseer, i960.) 

Lieutenant General Robert Nelson Smith, LL.D., U.S.A.F. 
(Elected Overseer, 1965.) 

Marshall Swan, J.D. (Elected Overseer, 1965.) 

Honorable Donald Wedgwood Webber, L.H.D., LL.D. (Elected 
Overseer, 1962.) 

Philip Sawyer Wilder, Ed.M., Secretary of the President and 

Trustees, ex officio. 

Richard Arthur Wiley, LL.M. (Elected Overseer, 1966.) 



* Chester Granville Abbott, LL.D., Overseer Emeritus. 

Neal Woodside Allen, A.M., Overseer Emeritus. (Elected Over- 
seer, 1941.) 

Very Reverend Chester Burge Emerson, D.D., Overseer Emeri- 
tus. (Elected Overseer, 1924.) 

f William Haskell Farrar, A.B., Overseer Emeritus. 

Edward Humphrey, B.S., Overseer Emeritus. (Elected Overseer, 
!95 6 -) 

Reverend Joseph Cony MacDonald, D.D., Overseer Emeritus. 
(Elected Overseer, 1950.) 

Paul Kendall Niven, A.M., Overseer Emeritus. (Elected Over- 
seer, 1942.) 

Karl Russell Philbrick, M.B.A., Overseer Emeritus. (Elected 
Overseer, 1964.) 

Sumner Tucker Pike, Sc.D., LL.D., Overseer Emeritus. (Elected 
Overseer, 1939.) 

Fred Lysander Putnam, A.M., Overseer Emeritus. (Elected Over- 
seer, 1942.) 

Allan Woodcock, M.D., Sc.D., Overseer Emeritus. (Elected Over- 
seer, 1942.) 



Thomas Prince Riley, A.B., Secretary. (Elected Secretary, 1955.) 

*Dicd June 24. 1971. 
fDied August 26, 1970. 



Officers of Government 9 

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARDS 

Joint Standing Committees 

Executive: The President, Vice President of the Trustees, Mr. 
Baxter, the President of the Board of Overseers, and Messrs. 
Allen and Hildreth. 

Policy: Messrs. Cronkhite, Cousins, Drake, Dickson, Fisher, Henry, 
C. T. Ireland, J. D. Pierce, and Welch; two teaching faculty 
members, and two undergraduates. 

Finance: Messrs. Walker, Perkins, W. C. Pierce, Blakeley, Fawcett, 
Greene, and Pope. 

Educational Program: Messrs. Goodrich, W. C. Pierce, Shute, 
Dickson, Hayes, Niblock, Rounds, Webber, and Wiley; two 
teaching faculty members, and two undergraduates. 

Development: Messrs. Drake, Cousins, Perkins, Fawcett, Hupper, 
Ingalls, Knox, Mills, and Welch; one teaching faculty member, 
and one undergraduate. 

Honors: The President of the Board of Overseers, ex officio; 
Messrs. Goodrich, Gray, W. C. Pierce, Burton, Fisher, and Mac- 
Cormick; one teaching faculty member, and one undergraduate. 

Grounds and Buildings: Messrs. Sawyer, Thomas, Allen, Bass, 
Downes, Elliott, Evans, and Sibley; two teaching faculty mem- 
bers, and two undergraduates. 

Athletics: Messrs. Gray, Shute, Barbour, Branche, Elliott, and 
Greene; two teaching faculty members, and two undergraduates. 

Arts: Messrs. W. C. Pierce, Shute, Thomas, Hale, Hupper, W. D. 
Ireland, Jr., Kresch, Ogden, Orne, and Wiley; two teaching 
faculty members, and two undergraduates. 

Library: Messrs. Baxter, Goodrich, Arnold, Gulliver, Morse, and 
Swan; one teaching faculty member, and one undergraduate. 

Special Committees 

Advisory Committee on Educational Television: Messrs. Cousins, 
Henry, and Hildreth. 

Planning of Buildings: The President; Messrs. Drake, Shute, 
Thomas, Arnold, Blakeley, Greene, and Sibley; and Professors 
Beam and Shipman. 



io Officers of Government 

Student Environment: Messrs. W. C. Pierce, Cousins, Shute, Dick- 
son, Fisher, Hayes, Niblock, and Rounds; the Dean of Students, 
Mr. Cowing and Professor Dane; and two undergraduates. 

Architect for Art Building: Messrs. Wiley, Baxter, Walker, Blake- 
ley, Fawcett, and Knox; Professors Beam, Cornell, and Stoddard, 
and Mr. West. 

Membership and Operation of the Governing Boards: Messrs. 
Allen, Cousins, Drake, Bernstein, and Wiley; Albert E. Gib- 
bons, Jr. '58 and two members of the Alumni Council; the 
President, the Dean of the Faculty, Professors Ambrose, Geary, 
Long, McGee, and Rossides; and three undergraduates. 

Computing Center: Messrs. Wiley, Sawyer, and Kresch; Professor 
Hughes; and Thomas R. Friedlander '72. 

Nominating Committee of the Overseers: Messrs. Evans, Allen, 
and Bass. 



FACULTY REPRESENTATIVES 

Trustees: Professors Geary and McGee. 

Overseers: Professors Ambrose, Long, and Rossides. 

STUDENT REPRESENTATIVES 

Trustees: Michael W. Bushey '72, ex officio, and James E. Lyons 

'74- 

Overseers: C. Mitchell Goldman '72, ex officio, Douglas C. Lyons 
'73, and Johan C.-R. Segerdahl '74. 



Officers of Instruction 

Roger Howell, Jr., A.B. (Bowdoin), B.A., M.A., D.Phil. (Oxford), 
LL.D. (Nasson, Colby), L.H.D. (Maine), President of the Col- 
lege. (1964*) 



Kenneth James Boyer, A.B. (Rochester), B.L.S (New York State 
Library School), College Editor Emeritus. (1927) 

Philip Meader Brown, A.B. (Brown), A.M. (Stanford), Ph.D. 
(Harvard), Professor of Economics Emeritus. (1934) 

fMANTON Copeland, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Harvard), Professor of 
Biology Emeritus and Josiah Little Professor of Natural Science 
Emeritus. 

Edward Sanford Hammond, A.B., A.M. (Yale), Ph.D. (Prince- 
ton), Wing Professor of Mathematics Emeritus. (1921) 

Cecil Thomas Holmes, A.B. (Bates), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), 
Wing Professor of Mathematics Emeritus. (1925) 

Orren Chalmer Hormell, A.B. (Indiana), A.M. (Indiana, Har- 
vard), Ph.D. (Harvard), D.C.L. (Bowdoin), DeAlva Stanwood 
Alexander Professor of Government Emeritus and Director of 
the Bureau for Research in Municipal Government Emeritus. 

(*9") 

Samuel Edward Kamerling, B.S., M.S. (New York University), 
Ph.D. (Princeton), Charles Weston Pickard Professor of Chem- 
istry Emeritus. (1934) 

Edward Chase Kirkland, A.B. (Dartmouth), A.M., Ph.D. (Har- 
vard), M.A. (Cambridge), Litt.D. (Dartmouth, Princeton, Bow- 
doin), Frank Munsey Professor of History Emeritus. (1930) 

Fritz Carl August Koelln, Ph.D. (Hamburg), George Taylor 
Files Professor of Modern Languages Emeritus. (1929) 

Donovan Dean Lancaster, A.B. (Bowdoin), Director of the Moul- 
ton Union and the Centralized Dining Service Emeritus. (1927) 

Eaton Leith, A.B. (Dartmouth), A.M. (Harvard), Professor of 
Romance Languages Emeritus. (1936) 

•Date of first appointment to the faculty. 
fDied May 22, 1971. 

1 1 



1 2 Officers of Instruction 

Noel Charlton Little, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), 
Sc.D. (Bowdoin), Professor of Physics Emeritus and Josiah Lit- 
tle Professor of Natural Science Emeritus. (1919) 

Edith Ellen Lyon, Assistant, College Editor, Emerita. (1922) 

Daniel Knowles MacFayden, Coach of Baseball Emeritus. (1946) 

Glenn Ronello McIntire, A.B., A.M. (Bowdoin), Assistant Trea- 
surer Emeritus. (1932) 

George Hunnewell Quinby, A.B. (Bowdoin), M.F.A. (Yale), 
Professor of English Emeritus. (1934) 

Albert Rudolph Thayer, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M. (Emerson), 
Harrison King McCann Professor of Oral Communication in 
the Department of English Emeritus. (1924) 

Thomas Curtis Van Cleve, A.B., A.M. (Missouri), Ph.D. (Wis- 
consin), Litt. D. (Bowdoin), Thomas Brackett Reed Professor 
of History and Political Science Emeritus. (1915) 

Philip Sawyer Wilder, B.S. (Bowdoin), Ed.M. (Harvard), Assis- 
tant to the President Emeritus. (1927) 



Albert Abrahamson, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M. (Columbia), Sc.D. 
(Bowdoin), George Lincoln Skolfield, Jr., Professor of Eco- 
nomics. (On leave of absence in the spring semester.) (1928) 

John William Ambrose, Jr., A.B., A.M., Ph.D. (Brown), Associ- 
ate Professor of Classics. (1966) 

George Robert Anderson, A.B. (Augustana), Ph.D. (Iowa), Assis- 
tant Professor of Chemistry. (1970) 

Philip Conway Beam, A.B., A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), Henry John- 
son Professor of Art and Archaeology and Curator of the Wins- 
low Homer Collection. (1936) 

Robert Kingdon Beckwith, B.S. (Lehigh), M.S. (Juilliard), Pro- 
fessor of Music. (1953) 

William Harold Bennett, A.B. (Denver), A.M. (Arizona State), 
Instructor in Speech. (1970) 

James Edward Bland, A.B., Ph.D. (Harvard), Assistant Professor 
of History. (1969) 

Thomas Lynch Bohan, B.S. (Chicago), M.S., Ph.D. (Illinois), As- 
sistant Professor of Physics. (1969) 



Officers of Instruction 13 

Gabriel John Brogyanyi, A.B. (Columbia), A.M., Ph.D. (Cor- 
nell), Assistant Professor of Romance Languages. (1968) 

Robin Bruce Stirling Brooks, A.B. (Columbia), A.M. (Yale), 
Ph.D. (University of California, Los Angeles), Assistant Profes- 
sor of Mathematics. (1967) 

Herbert Ross Brown, B.S. (Lafayette), A.M. (Harvard), Ph.D. 
(Columbia), Litt. D. (Lafayette, Bowdoin), L.H.D. (Bucknell), 
LL.D. (Maine), Professor of English and Edward Little Profes- 
sor of Rhetoric and Oratory. (1925) 

Marion Brown, Jr., Assistant Professor of Music. (1971) 

Franklin Gorham Burroughs, Jr., A.B. (University of the South), 
A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), Assistant Professor of English. (1968) 

Samuel Shipp Butcher, A.B. (Albion), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), 
Associate Professor of Chemistry. (1964) 

Donald Graham Caldwell, A.B. (University of California, Los 
Angeles), A.M. (Occidental), Assistant Professor of Music. (1970) 

Claude Marie-Joseph Carriere, A.B. (Wisconsin), A.M. (Brown), 
Assistant Professor of Romance Languages. (1968) 

Steven Roy Cerf, A.B. (Queens, CUNY), Instructor in German. 

(1971) 

Michael Karl Chapko, B.S. (Carnegie Institute of Technology), 
A.M. (Hunter), Instructor in Psychology. (1970) 

Richard Leigh Chittim, A.B. (Bowdoin), B.A., M.A. (Oxford), 
Professor of Mathematics. (1942) 

Dan Edwin Christie, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M., Ph.D. (Princeton), 
Wing Professor of Mathematics. (1942) 

Thomas Browne Cornell, A.B. (Amherst), Associate Professor of 
Art. (1962) 

Herbert Randolph Coursen, Jr., A.B. (Amherst), A.M. (Wes- 
leyan), Ph.D. (Connecticut), Associate Professor of English. 
(!9 6 4) 

Louis Osborne Coxe, A.B. (Princeton), Pierce Professor of En- 
glish. (On leave of absence.) (1955) 

Myron Whipple Curtis, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M. (University of 
California, Los Angeles), Director of the Computing Center 
and Lecturer in Mathematics. (1965) 



14 Officers of Instruction 

Athern Park Daggett, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), 
LL.D. (Bowdoin), William Nelson Cromwell Professor of Con- 
stitutional and International Law and Government. (1930) 

Nathan Dane II, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M., Ph.D. (Illinois), Winkley 
Professor of the Latin Language and Literature. (1946) 

Paul Gifford Darling, A.B. (Yale), A.M. (New York University), 
Ph.D. (Columbia), Professor of Economics. (1956) 

Craig Dietrich, A.B. (Chicago), Assistant Professor of History. 

(1968) 

John Chauncey Donovan, A.B. (Bates), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), 
DeAlva Stanwood Alexander Professor of Government. (1965) 

Kirk Retig Emmert, A.B. (Williams), A.M. (Chicago), Assistant 
Professor of Government. (1967) 

Albert Myrick Freeman III, A.B. (Cornell), A.M., Ph.D. (Uni- 
versity of Washington), Associate Professor of Economics. (1965) 

Alfred Herman Fuchs, A.B. (Rutgers), A.M. (Ohio), Ph.D. (Ohio 
State), Associate Professor of Psychology. (1962) 

Edward Joseph Geary, A.B. (Maine), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia), 
hon. M.A. (Harvard), Longfellow Professor of Romance Lan- 
guages. (On leave of absence in the fall semester.) (1965) 

William Davidson Geoghegan, A.B. (Yale), B.D. (Drew), Ph.D. 
(Columbia), Professor of Religion. (On leave of absence in the 
spring semester.) (1954) 

Arthur LeRoy Greason, Jr., A.B. (Wesleyan), A.M., Ph.D. (Har- 
vard), Dean of the College and Professor of English. (1952) 

Charles Alfred Grobe, Jr., B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Michigan), Asso- 
ciate Professor of Mathematics. (On leave of absence in the 
spring semester.) (1964) 

Elizabeth Mendell Grobe, A.B. (Bryn Mawr), A.M., Ph.D., 

(Michigan), Lecturer in Mathematics. (Fall 1971.) (1968) 

Alton Herman Gustafson, B.S. (Massachusetts), A.M., Ph.D. 
(Harvard), Professor of Biology. (1946) 

Lawrence Sargent Hall, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M., Ph.D. (Yale). 
Henry Leland Chapman Professor of English Literature. (1946) 

Edward Herbert Hanis, A.B. (Cornell), Ph.D. (Indiana), Assis- 
tant Professor of Economics. (1966) 



Officers of Instruction 15 

Paul Vernon Hazelton, B.S. (Bowdoin), Ed.M. (Harvard), Pro- 
fessor of Education. (1948) 

Ernst Christian Helmreich, A.B. (Illinois), A.M., Ph.D. (Har- 
vard), Thomas Brackett Reed Professor of History and Politi- 
cal Science. (1931) 

James Lee Hodge, A.B. (Tufts), A.M., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State), 
Associate Professor of German. (1961) 

Wolcott Anders Hokanson, Jr., A.B. (Bowdoin), M.B.A. (Har- 
vard), Lecturer in Economics (Spring 1972) and Vice President 
for Administration and Finance. (1967) 

Lou Emma Holloway, A.B. (Tougaloo), A.M. (Denver), Visiting 
Associate Professor of History on the Tallman Foundation 
(Fall 1971). 

Thomas Duvall Hopkins, A.B. (Oberlin), A.M., M.Phil., Ph.D. 

(Yale), Assistant Professor of Economics. (1968) 

John LaFollette Howland, A.B. (Bowdoin), Ph.D. (Harvard), 
Professor of Biology. (1963) 

William Taylor Hughes, B.S., A.M. (Indiana), Ph.D. (North- 
western), Associate Professor of Physics and Astronomy. (1966) 

Charles Ellsworth Huntington, A.B., Ph.D. (Yale), Professor 
of Biology. (1953) 

Arthur Mekeel Hussey II, B.S. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Illi- 
nois), Associate Professor of Geology. (1961) 

Ivan Julian Hyams, B.Sc. (Sir John Cass College, London), Ph.D. 
(Royal Holloway College, Surrey), Assistant Professor of Chem- 
istry. (On leave of absence.) (1967) 

Almon Abbott Ikeler, A.B. (Harvard), A.M. (Pittsburgh), Ph.D. 
(London), Assistant Professor of English. (1969) 

Myron Alton Jeppesen, B.S. (Idaho), M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania 
State), Professor of Physics and Josiah Little Professor of Natu- 
ral Science. (On leave of absence in the spring semester.) (1936) 

Robert Wells Johnson, A.B. (Amherst),, M.S., Ph.D. (Massachu- 
setts Institute of Technology), Associate Professor of Mathe- 
matics. (1964) 

John Michael Karl, A.B., A.M. (Harvard), Assistant Professor 
of History. (1968) 



16 Officers of Instruction 

Robert Earle Knowlton, A.B. (Bowdoin), Ph.D. (North Caro- 
lina), Assistant Professor of Biology. (1965) 

Elroy Osborne LaCasce, Jr., A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M. (Harvard), 
Ph.D. (Brown), Professor of Physics. (1947) 

Daniel Levine, A.B. (Antioch), A.M., Ph.D. (Northwestern), As- 
sociate Professor of History. (1963) 

Barry Lee Lively, B.S. (Pennsylvania State), A.M. (Kent State), 
Ph.D. (Michigan), Assistant Professor of Psychology. (1967) 

Burke O'Connor Long, A.B. (Randolph-Macon), B.D., A.M., 
Ph.D. (Yale), Assistant Professor of Religion. (1968) 

James Paul McDermott, A.B. (Wesleyan), B.D. (Yale), A.M., 
Ph.D. (Princeton), Assistant Professor of Religion. (1970) 

Charles Douglas McGee, B.S., A.M. (Northwestern), Ph.D. (Har- 
vard), Professor of Philosophy. (1963) 

John McKee, A.B. (Dartmouth), A.M. (Princeton), Lecturer in 
Art. (1969) 

John Buell Mathis, B.S. (Yale), Ph.D. (Massachusetts Institute 
of Technology), Assistant Professor of Chemistry. (1969) 

Dana Walker Mayo, B.S. (Massachusetts Institute of Technol- 
ogy), Ph.D. (Indiana), Charles Weston Pickard Professor of 
Chemistry. (1962) 

Edward Boyd Minister, A.B. (Ohio), A.M., Ed.D. (Columbia), 
Assistant Professor of Sociology. (On leave of absence.) (1967) 

Richard Ernest Morgan, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M., Ph.D. (Colum- 
bia), Associate Professor of Government. (1969) 

James Malcolm Moulton, B.S. (Massachusetts), A.M., Ph.D. 
(Harvard), Professor of Biology. (1952) 

Robert Raymond Nunn, A.B. (Rutgers), A.M. (Middlebury), 
Ph.D. (Columbia), Associate Professor of Romance Languages. 

( J 959) 

Paul Luther Nyhus, A.B. (Augsburg), S.T.B., Ph.D. (Harvard), 
Dean of Students and Assistant Professor of History. (1966) 

Duane Alan Paluska, A.B. (Knox), A.M. (Middlebury), Ph.D. 
(Brandeis), Assistant Professor of English. (1968) 



Officers of Instruction 17 

Lawrence Charles Perlmuter, A.B. (Boston University), A.M., 
Ph.D. (Syracuse), Assistant Professor of Psychology. (1966) 

Edward Pols, A.B., A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), Professor of Philoso- 
phy- 0949) 

Christian Peter Potholm II, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M., M.A.L.D., 
Ph.D. (Tufts), Associate Professor of Government. (1970) 

James Daniel Redwine, Jr., A.B. (Duke), A.M. (Columbia), Ph.D. 
(Princeton), Associate Professor of English. (1963) 

John Cornelius Rensenbrink, A.B. (Calvin), A.M. (Michigan), 
Ph.D. (Chicago), Associate Professor of Government. (1961) 

James Richmond, A.M., B.D., Ph.D. (Glasgow), Visiting Professor 
of Religion on the Tallman Foundation (Spring 1972). 

Thomas Auraldo Riley, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M. (Yale), Ph.D. 
(Harvard), Professor of German. (1939) 

Olin Clyde Robison, A.B. (Baylor), D.Phil. (Oxford), Dean of 
the Faculty and Senior Lecturer in Government and Legal 
Studies. (1970) 

Daniel Walter Rossides, A.B., Ph.D. (Columbia), Associate Pro- 
fessor of Sociology. (1968) 

Burton Rubin, A.B. (New York University), A.M. (Columbia), 
Assistant Professor of Russian. (1965) 

Abram Raymond Rutan, A.B. (Bowdoin), M.F.A. (Yale), Direc- 
tor of Theater in the Department of English. (1955) 

Elliott Shelling Schwartz, A.B., A.M., Ed. D. (Columbia), Asso- 
ciate Professor of Music. (On leave of absence.) (1964) 

Carl Thomas Settlemire, B.S., M.S. (Ohio State), Ph.D. (North 
Carolina), Assistant Professor of Biology and Chemistry. (1969) 

Katherine Sarah Sherman, A.B. (Bryn Mawr), A.M. (Toronto), 
Assistant Professor of Philosophy. (1969) 

William Davis Shipman, A.B. (University of Washington), A.M. 
{University of California, Berkeley), Ph.D. (Columbia), Adams- 
Catlin Professor of Economics. (1957) 

Robert James Small, A.B., M.B.A. (Denver), Assistant Professor 
of Government. (1970) 



18 Officers of Instruction 

Brooks Whitney Stoddard, A.B. (Williams), A.M., Ph.D. (New 

York University), Assistant Professor of Art. (1964) 

Burton Wakeman Taylor, B.S. (Yale), Ph.D. (Columbia), Pro- 
fessor of Sociology. (1940) 

George Blaise Terrien, A.B., B.Arch. (Columbia), Lecturer in 
Art (Spring 1972). (1970) 

Clifford Ray Thompson, Jr., A.B., A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), Asso- 
ciate Professor of Romance Languages. (On leave of absence.) 

(1960 

James Henry Turner, A.B. (Bowdoin), B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Massa- 
chusetts Institute of Technology), Associate Professor of Physics. 

(*9 6 4) 

John Harold Turner, M.A. (St. Andrews, Scotland), A.M. (Indi- 
ana), Instructor in Romance Languages. (1971) 

David Jeremiah Vail, A.B. (Princeton), A.M., M.Phil., Ph.D. 

(Yale), Assistant Professor of Economics. (1970) 

James Edward Ward III, A.B. (Vanderbilt), A.M., Ph.D. (Vir- 
ginia), Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Director of the 
Senior Center. (1968) 

David Alan Wheatland, B.S. (Brown), Ph.D. (Maryland), Assis- 
tant Professor of Chemistry. (1967) 

William Bolling Whiteside, A.B. (Amherst), A.M., Ph.D. (Har- 
vard), Frank Munsey Professor of History. (On leave of ab- 
sence.) (1953) 

Robert Irving Willman, A.B., Ph.D. (Harvard), Assistant Pro- 
fessor of History. (1969) 

Charles Goddard Wing, A.B. (Bowdoin), Ph.D. (Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology), Lecturer and Research Associate in 
Physics. (1971) 

Wendy Phillips Wolfson, A.B. (Boston University), M.A. (Penn- 
sylvania), Instructor in Sociology. (1971) 



Ray Stuart Bicknell, B.S., M.S. (Springfield), Coach of Basket- 
ball. (1962) 

Charles Joseph Butt, B.S., M.S. (Springfield), Coach of Soccer 
and Swimming. (1961) 



Officers of Instruction 19 

Edmund Lawrence Coombs, B.S. (Bowdoin), Coach of Baseball 
and Freshman Basketball. (1947) 

Mortimer Ferris LaPointe, B.S. (Trinity), M.A.L.S. (Wesleyan), 
Coach of Lacrosse. (1969) 

James Spencer Lentz, A.B. (Gettysburg), A.M. (Columbia), Coach 
of Football and Freshman Lacrosse. (1968) 

Mike Linkovich, A.B. (Davis and Elkins), Assistant Coach and 
Trainer in the Department of Physical Education. (1954) 

Edward Thomas Reid, Coach of Squash and Tennis. (1969) 

Frank Fabean Sabasteanski, A.B. (Bowdoin), Ed.M. (Boston Uni- 
versity), Coach of Track and Cross-Country . (1946) 

Philip Hilton Soule, A.B. (Maine), Coach of Wrestling. (1967) 

Sidney John Watson, B.S. (Northeastern), Coach of Hockey and 
Golf. (1958) 

Adjunct Faculty 

Robert Greenhalge Albion, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M., Ph.D. (Har- 
vard), Litt.D. (Bowdoin), Visiting Lecturer in Maritime His- 
tory (Fall 1971). 

John Patrick Davis, A.B. (Holy Cross), M.A. (Harvard), Visiting 
Lecturer in Indian Affairs (Fall 1971). 

George Howard Glover, Jr., A.B. (Yale), M.A., LL.B. (Michi- 
gan), Visiting Lecturer in Legal Affairs (Spring 1972). 

Robert Franc Ritchie, M.D. (Rochester), Research Associate in 
Biology. 

LeRoy Young, B.S. (Minnesota), Visiting Lecturer in Economics 
and Afro-American Studies. 

Teaching Fellows 

Marcelle Garnier, Teaching Fellow in French. 

Helmut Stiefenhofer, Teaching Fellow in German. 

Roberto Augusto Vargas, Teaching Fellow in Spanish. 

Mary-Agnes Wine, A.B., A.M. (Mount Holyoke), Teaching Fel- 
low in Biology. 



20 Officers of Instruction 

COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 

Standing 

Administrative: The President, Chairman; the Dean of the Col- 
lege, the Dean of Students, the College Physician (all ex officio); 
Messrs. Brooks, Carriere, Dane, Gustafson, Small. 

Admissions and Student Aid: Mr. Ward, Chairman (fall); Mr. 
Geary, Chairman (spring); the Dean of the College, the Dean 
of Students, the Director of Admissions (ex officio), the Direc- 
tor of Student Aid (ex officio), the Assistant Dean of Students 
(ex officio); Messrs. Bohan, Burroughs, Emmert, Stuckey; Ger- 
ald B. Bushey '72, Ian E. James '74, Johan C.-R. Segerdahl '74. 

Advanced Study: Mr. Mayo, Chairman; the Dean of the College 
(ex officio); Messrs. Christie, Hughes, Potholm, Redwine; Rich- 
ard G. Malconian '74, Michael G. Morgan '74, Michael K. H. 
Riedner '74. 

Afro-American Studies: Chairman to be elected; the Dean of Stu- 
dents; Messrs. M. Brown, Freeman, Johnson, Levine, Small; 
Miss Holloway; Richard M. Adams, Jr. '73, Ronald P. Hale 
'73, Gerald W. Lewis '73, James L. Lyons '73. 

Athletics: The Dean of the College, Chairman; the Director of 
Athletics; Messrs. Caldwell, Chittim, Curtis, Howland, McGee; 
Thomas J. Costin '73, Blair C. Fensterstock '72, John W. Geor- 
gitis '72. 

Budgetary Priorities: Mr. Morgan, Chairman; Messrs. Bland, 
Butcher, Redwine, Settlemire; Mrs. Sherman; Paul W. King 
'73, James E. McHugh, Jr. '73, Edward G. Simeone, Jr. '74. 

Computing Center: Mr. Hughes, Chairman; the Vice President 
for Administration and Finance (ex officio); Mr. Curtis, Secre- 
tary; Messrs. G. R. Anderson, Brooks, Morgan; Thomas R. 
Friedlander '72, Raymond P. Johnson '73, Michael G. Mor- 
gan '74. 

Curriculum and Educational Policy: The President, Chairman; 
the Dean of the College, the Dean of the Faculty, the Director 
of the Senior Center; Messrs. Burroughs, Hughes, Long, Mathis, 
Morgan, Shipman; Frederick J. Honold, Jr. '74, Barry Mills '72, 
Kenneth V. Santagata '73. 

Faculty Research: The President, Chairman; the Dean of the 
Faculty (ex officio); Messrs. Helmreich, Hopkins (Undergradu- 



Officers of Instruction 2 1 

ate Research Fellowships), J. M. Moulton (Research Fund), 
Pols (Ford Humanities Grant), Stoddard (Instructional Aids). 

Graduate Scholarships: The Dean of the College, Chairman; the 
Director of Student Aid, Secretary; Messrs. Dane, Darling, Hall, 
LaCasce, Settlemire. 

Lectures and Concerts: Mr. Bland, Chairman; the Assistant to 
the Director of the Senior Center; Messrs. Beam, Beckwith, 
Carriere, Paluska; Arthur R. Baker, Jr. '74, Jim H. Harding '74, 
Eric M. Weis '73. 

Library: Mr. Pols, Chairman; the Librarian (ex officio); Messrs. 
H. R. Brown, Darling, Hodge, Karl; Jeffrey J. Gill '73, James L. 
Polianites, Jr. '74, Donald W. Westfall '72. 

Military Affairs: Mr. Ambrose, Chairman; the Dean of the Col- 
lege, the Director of the ROTC Program; Messrs. Bohan, Brog- 
yanyi, Taylor; Mark E. Detering '72, John J. Jacobson '73, D. 
Michael Shook '73. 

Recording: The Dean of the College, Chairman; the Dean of 
Students, the Director of the Computing Center; Messrs. Dag- 
gett, Hussey, J. M. Moulton, Vail. 

Senior Center Council: Mr. Hodge, Chairman; the Director of 
the Senior Center, the Dean of the Faculty, the Assistant to 
the Director of the Senior Center (ex officio); Messrs. Chittim, 
McDermott, Settlemire; John H. Parsons '72 (fall), Thomas G. 
Wourgiotis '72 (fall), and two seniors to be elected in the fall. 

Student Activities Fee: Mr. Monke, Chairman; Mr. H. K. Warren, 
Secretary; Messrs. Burroughs, Treadwell, Wheatland; Mi- 
chael W. Bushey '72, C. Mitchell Goldman '72, Matthew R. 
Kaufman '72, Gregory Leary '73, Gerrard W. Rudmin '73. 

Student Awards: Mr. Nunn, Chairman; Messrs. Bennett, Chapko, 
Ikeler, Stoddard, Willman. 

Student Life: The Dean of Students, Chairman; the Director of 
the Moulton Union (ex officio); Messrs. J. B. Anderson, Cow- 
ing, Dane, Johnson, Lively; Edward T. Byrne '73, Thomas J. 
Cassidy '72, Vincent A. DiCara '72, James E. Lyons '74, An- 
drew J. Reicher '72.. 

Teaching as a Career: Mr. Hopkins, Chairman; the Alumni Sec- 
retary (ex officio), the Director of Placement; Messrs. G. R. 
Anderson, H. R. Brown, Fuchs, Hazelton. 



22 Officers of Instruction 

Special 

Ad Hoc Committee on Coeducation: Mr. Shipman, Chairman; 
the Vice President for Administration and Finance, the Dean 
of Students; Mr. Butt, Mrs. Sherman; Charles L. Godfrey '72, 
Beverly A. Newcombe '72, Steven E.'Wendler '74. 

Committee on Committees: Mr. Redwine (1972), Chairman; the 
Dean of the Faculty (ex officio); Messrs. Donovan (1975), Hanis 
(1973), Mathis (1974). 

Educational Television: Mr. Beam, Chairman; the Director of 
Theater; Messrs. Gustafson, Paluska. 

Environmental Studies: Mr. Hussey, Chairman; Messrs. Butcher, 
Freeman, Gustafson, Knowlton, McKee; Jim H. Harding '74, 
Jeff W. Litchman '73, William E. Offenberg '74. 

Governance of the College: Messrs. Geary and Long, Co-Chairmen; 
the President, the Dean of the Faculty; Messrs. Ambrose, Mc- 
Gee, Rossides; Michael W. Bushey '72 (ex officio), C. Mitchell 
Goldman '72, Douglas C. Lyons '73, Harry G. Simmeth, Jr. '73. 

Fulbright Scholarship Subcommittee of the Committee on Gradu- 
ate Scholarships: Mr. Karl, Chairman; Messrs. Coursen, C. E. 
Huntington, Riley. 

Medical Scholarship Subcommittee of the Committee on Gradu- 
ate Scholarships: The President, Chairman; the Dean of the 
College, the College Physician; Messrs. LaCasce, J. M. Moulton. 

Rhodes Scholarship Subcommittee of the Committee on Graduate 
Scholarships: The President (Rhodes Foundation Representa- 
tive), Chairman; the Dean of Students; Messrs. Chittim, Pot- 
holm. 

Summer Use of Pickard Theater: The Dean of the College, Chair- 
man; the Director of Theater, the Vice President for Adminis- 
tration and Finance; Messrs. Beckwith, Taylor; Peter A. Bieger 
'73, Francis M. McEvoy III '73. 

Ad Hoc Committee on Teaching Loads: Messrs. Donovan and 
Hughes, Co-Chairmen; Messrs. Hodge, Hopkins, Mayo, Stod- 
dard; William R. Hamblen '72 and one other undergraduate. 

Upward Bound Advisory: Mr. Stuckey, Chairman; the Dean of 
the College, the Vice President for Administration and Finance, 
the Director of Student Aid; Messrs. Donovan, Levine, Ros- 
sides, and two undergraduates. 



Officers of Administration 

GENERAL ADMINISTRATION 

Roger Howell, Jr., A.B. (Bowdoin), B.A., M.A., D.Phil. (Oxford), 
LL.D. (Nasson, Colby), L.H.D. (Maine), President. 

Arthur LeRoy Greason, Jr., A.B. (Wesley an), A.M., Ph.D. (Har- 
vard), Dean of the College. 

Olin Clyde Robison, A.B. (Baylor), D.Phil. (Oxford), Dean of the 
Faculty. 

Wolcott Anders Hokanson, Jr., A.B. (Bowdoin), M.B.A. (Har- 
vard), Vice President for Administration and Finance. 

Joseph Jefferson, A.B. (Columbia), Vice President for Develop- 
ment. 

Paul Luther Nyhus, A.B. (Augsburg), S.T.B., Ph.D. (Harvard), 
Dean of Students. 

Charles Warren Ring, A.B. (Hamilton), Executive Secretary. 

Helen Buffum Johnson, Registrar. 

Ashley Streetman, Jr., A.B. (Bowdoin), Assistant Dean of Stu- 
dents. 

Kathryn Drusilla Fielding, A.B. (Connecticut College), Secre- 
tary to the President. 

Mary Crowley Bernier, Assistant to the Vice President for Ad- 
ministration and Finance. 



ADMISSIONS OFFICE 

Richard Wood Moll, A.B. (Duke), B.D. (Yale), Director. 

Walter Henry Moulton, A.B. (Bowdoin), Director of Student 
Aid and Assistant Director. 

Richard Fowler Boyden, A.B. (Wesley an), Associate Director. 

David Rogers Treadwell, Jr., A.B. (Bowdoin), M.B.A. (Har- 
vard), Associate Director. 

Margaret Edison Dunlop, A.B. (Wellesley), Assistant. 

23 



24 Officers of Administration 

BUSINESS OFFICE 

Alden Hart Sawyer, B.S. (Bowdoin), Treasurer. Portland 

Thomas Martin Libby, A.B. (Maine), Bursar. 

James Packard Granger, B.S. (Boston University), C.P.A., Con- 
troller. 

Betty Mathieson Masse, Assistant to the Bursar. 

CAREER COUNSELING AND PLACEMENT 
Samuel Appleton Ladd, Jr., B.S. (Bowdoin), Director. 

CENTRALIZED DINING SERVICE 
Myron Lewis Crowe, A.B. (Michigan State), Director. 
Orman Ewin Hines, Food Service Manager. 
Delmar Edward Curtis, Purchasing Agent. 
Laurent Conrad Pinette, Executive Chef. 

DUDLEY COE INFIRMARY 

Daniel Francis Hanley, A.B. (Bowdoin), M.D. (Columbia), Col- 
lege Physician. 

John Bullock Anderson, A.B. (Bowdoin), M.D. (Tufts), Associ- 
ate Physician. 

COUNSELING OFFICE 

Donald Earl Cowing, B.S., A.M., Ed.D. (Wayne State), College 
Counselor and Director of the Counseling Office. 

COMPUTING CENTER 

Myron Whipple Curtis, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M. (University of 
California, Los Angeles), Director. 

Mark Ingwald Nelsen, A.B. (University of California, Berkeley), 
Programmer Analyst. 

DEVELOPMENT OFFICE 

Joseph Jefferson, A.B. (Columbia), Vice President for Develop- 
ment. 



Officers of Administration 25 

Asher Dean Abelon, A.B. (Brown), Assistant to the Vice Presi- 
dent for Development. 

Nancy Ireland Bannister, Assistant to the Vice President for De- 
velopment. 

Virginia Stanforth Stuart, B.S. (Columbia), Assistant to the 
Vice President for Development. 

Louis Bruno Briasco, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M. (Brown), Alumni 
Secretary. 

Robert Melvin Cross, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M. (Harvard), Secre- 
tary of the Alumni Fund. 

David Frederic Huntington, A.B. (Bowdoin), M.A.T. (New 
Hampshire), Editor of the Bowdoin Alumnus. 

Joseph David Kamin, B.S. (Boston University), Director of News 
Services. Getchell House 

John David O'Hern, A.B. (Stonehill), Assistant Director of News 
Services. Getchell House 

Edward Born, A.B. (Bowdoin), A.M. (Michigan), College Editor. 

Marcia Wittmaack Biram, A.B. (Valparaiso), Assistant to the 
College Editor. 

GROUNDS AND BUILDINGS 

John Francis Brush, B.S. (Gorham), Superintendent. 

Andre Rolland Warren, B.B.A. (Levis), Assistant Superinten- 
dent. 

William Henry Coombs, Assistant to the Superintendent. 

Ralph Jethro Allen, B.S. in B.A. (New Hampshire), Assistant 
to the Superintendent. 

Carleton Clark Young, A.B. (Hamilton), College Forester. 

24 College Street. 

HAWTHORNE-LONGFELLOW LIBRARY 

Arthur Monke, A.B. (Gustavus Adolphus), M.S. in L.S. (Colum- 
bia), Librarian. 

Mary Margaret Benson, A.B., M.L.S. (University of California, 
Berkeley), Cataloger. 



26 Officers of Administration 

Edward Stanton Cohen, B.S. (Pennsylvania), M.A. in L.S. 
(Emory), Assistant Librarian and Documents Librarian. 

Joseph Jensen Derbyshire, A.B., A.M. (Utah), M.L. (University 
of Washington), Head, Catalog Department. 

John Bright Ladley, Jr., B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.L.S. (Carnegie In- 
stitute of Technology), Reference Librarian. 

Richard Burton Reed, A.B. (Bucknell), A.M. (William and 
Mary), Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Special Collections Librarian. 

Shirley A. Reuter, A.B. (New Hampshire), M.L.S. (Syracuse), 
Acquisitions Librarian. 

Donna Glee Sciascia, A.B. (Emporia), M.A. in L.S. (Denver), 
Cataloger. 

Elda Gallison Takagi, B.S., A.M. (Maine), A.M., M.A. in L.S. 

(Michigan), Cataloger. 

Aaron Weissman, A.B. (City College of New York), A.M., M.S. 
in L.S. (Columbia), Head, Circulation Department. 

MOULTON UNION 

Harry Knight Warren, A.B. (Pennsylvania), Director. 
Walter John Szumowski, Bookstore Manager. 

MUSEUM OF ART 

Richard Vincent West, A.B. (University of California, Santa Bar- 
bara), A.M. (University of California, Berkeley), Director and 
Curator. 

Philip Conway Beam, A.B., A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), Curator of 
the Winslow Homer Collection. 

PEARY-MacMILLAN arctic museum 
Miriam Look MacMillan, Curator. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Daniel Kemp Stuckey, A.B. (Princeton), A.M. (Harvard), Direc- 
tor of Athletics. 

William Edward Morgan, Business Manager. 



Officers of Administration 27 

PUBLIC AFFAIRS RESEARCH CENTER 

Carl Edward Veazie, A.B. (Whitman), M.B.A. (Columbia), Di- 
rector. 

ROTC PROGRAM 

Richard Joseph Kattar, B.S. (Northeastern), Lieutenant Colonel, 
U.S.A., Director. 

Theodore Alcide Monette, Jr., B.S. (Massachusetts), Captain, 
U.S.A., Assistant Director. 

Charles Joseph O'Brien, A.B. (Norwich), Major, U.S.A., Assis- 
tant Director. 

Ralph Thomas Shaw, B.S. (U.S. Military Academy), Captain, 
U.S.A., Assistant Director. 

Wilbur Prescott Spencer, Jr., A.B. (Maine), Major, U.S.A., As- 
sistant Director. 

SENIOR CENTER 

James Edward Ward III, A.B. (V anderbilt), A.M., Ph.D. (Vir- 
ginia), Director. 

Richard Sparrow Pulsifer, A.B. (Bowdoin), Administrative As- 
sistant. 

SUMMER PROGRAMS 
Harry Knight Warren, A.B. (Pennsylvania), Coordinator. 

UPWARD BOUND 

James Lee Hodge, A.B. (Tufts), A.M., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State), 
Project Director. 

Doris Charrier Vladimiroff, A.B. (Duke), A.M. (Middlebury), 
Executive Director. 



College Campus and Buildings 

BOWDOIN College is located in the town of Brunswick, Maine, 
which was first settled in 1628 on the banks of the Androscog- 
gin River, a few miles from the shores of Casco Bay. The traveling 
time by car from Boston is about two and one-half hours, and from 
New York about eight hours. The present campus, which was orig- 
inally a sandy plain covered with blueberries and pines, is now a 
spacious tract of 110 acres containing more than thirty buildings 
and several playing fields. 

Massachusetts Hall is the oldest building on the campus, having 
been completed in 1802. For several years it housed the students, 
and all classes were held there. In late years, until the fall of 1965, 
the president and some of the other college officials had their of- 
fices in this historic old building. It is now used for offices for some 
of the members of the Faculty. 

The work of the College has its heart and center in the Nathaniel 
Hawthorne-Henry Wadsworth Longfellow Library, which con- 
tains the accumulations of over a century and a half. The nucleus 
of its more than 400,000 volumes is the treasured collection of 
books and pamphlets bequeathed by the Honorable James Bow- 
doin, the earliest patron of the College. These "Bowdoin Books," 
rich in French literature, American history, and mineralogy, were 
supplemented by the same generous benefactor's gift of his art 
collection containing many paintings of old and modern masters. 
Among the paintings are the portraits of Thomas Jefferson and 
James Madison by Gilbert Stuart, and a notable collection of por- 
traits by the distinguished colonial artist, Robert Feke. These and 
other treasures are exhibited in the Walker Art Building. The re- 
sources of the Library and Museum are described elsewhere in the 
catalogue. 

College classes are held in Memorial Hall, Banister Hall, Adams 
Hall, Hubbard Hall, the Searles Science Building, Sills Hall, Smith 
Auditorium, Cleaveland and Gibson halls, the Walker Art Build- 
ing, the Senior Center, and the Afro-American Center. When 
students are not engaged in the library, laboratories, and recitation 
rooms, they have at their disposal many admirably equipped facili- 
ties for recreation. These resources include the Moulton Union, 
the Morrell Gymnasium, the Sargent Gymnasium, the Hyde Ath- 
letic Building, the Curtis Pool, the Arena, and the playing fields of 
the College. Another valuable adjunct for the health of the student 
body is the Dudley Coe Memorial Infirmary; its facilities and the 
services of the college physician are available to all students. 

28 








'njbr 'till &,' I' ■■.(*■■& ■ --' -J T'.»..ii. ir^.F Ar *£' 
IT4T '/ftp?, ■ ' *«' 3w *. * f^i r*« fl*-riir: ■ft i Ak.-.-: fife- *f* 




•Vi. ■ iff**** 









fi 



ft 




31 3f 



^1 






Massachusetts Hall 
Pickard Theater in 
Memorial Hall 
Searles Science Bldg. 
Walker Art Bldg. 
Gibson Hall 
Hawthorne- Longfellow 
Library and Hall. 
Hubbard Hall 
Afro-American Center 
Senior Center 
Coleman Hall 

Hyde Hall 

Appleton Hall 

Chapel, Banister Hall 

Maine Hall 

Winthrop Hall 

Adams Hall 

Sills Hall 

Smith Auditorium 

Cleaveland Hall 

Heating Plant 

Sargent Gymnasium 

Moncll Gymnasium 

Hyde Athletic Bldg. 

Arena 

Curtis Swimming Pool 

Dudley Coe Infirmary 

Moore Hall 

Moulton Union 

Pickard Field 

Pickard Field House 

President's House 

Alumni House 

Dean of the Faculty's 

Flouse 

Rhodes Hall 

Grounds and Bldgs. 

Receiving Dept. 
, Getchell House 
, Ham House 
, First Parish Church 
. Alpha Delta Phi 
. 232 Maine St. 
. Alpha Rho Upsilon 

Beta Theta Pi 

Theta Delta Chi 

Psi Upsilon 
. Dean of the College's 

House, Chase Barn 

Chamber 

Chi Psi 

Delta Sigma 
. Delta Kappa Epsilon 
. Baxter House 

Zeta Psi 

Alpha Kappa Sigma 
. Whittier Field and 

Hubbard Grandstand 



College Campus and Buildings 29 

THE COLLEGE BUILDINGS 

Massachusetts Hall, planned in 1798 and completed in 1802, 
was the first college building erected. In 1936 the entire building 
was remodeled, and until 1965 it provided quarters for some of the 
administrative officers. In 1941, through a gift of Frank Herbert 
Swan, LL.D., of the Class of 1898, the third floor was restored and 
furnished as a Faculty Room. The building is now used for faculty 
offices. 

Maine Hall (1808), known originally as "the College," and 
named later to commemorate the admission of Maine to the Union; 
Winthrop Hall (1822), named in honor of Governor John Win- 
throp of the Massachusetts Bay Colony; Appleton Hall (1843), 
named in honor of the second president of the College; Hyde 
Hall (1917), named in honor of the seventh president of the Col- 
lege and built from contributions from many of the alumni; Moore 
Hall (1941), named in honor of his father by the donor, Hoyt 
Augustus Moore, LL.D., of the Class of 1895; and Coleman Hall 
(1958), named in honor of the family of the donor, Jane Coleman 
Pickard (Mrs. Frederick W. Pickard), are the six campus dormi- 
tories. In 1964-1966 the interiors of Winthrop, Maine, and Apple- 
ton halls were completely renovated. 

The Chapel, a Romanesque church of undressed granite, de- 
signed by Richard Upjohn, was built during the decade from 
1845 to ^55 from funds received from the Bowdoin estate. The 
facade is distinguished by twin towers and spires which rise to the 
height of 120 feet. The interior resembles the plan of English 
college chapels, with a broad central aisle from either side of which 
rise the ranges of seats. The lofty walls are decorated with twelve 
large paintings. The Chapel stands as a monument to President 
Leonard Woods, fourth president of the College, under whose 
personal direction it was erected. The flags, added in recent years, 
are of the original thirteen colonies plus Maine, which was a part 
of Massachusetts at the time of the founding of the College in 1794. 
A set of eleven chimes, the gift of William Martin Payson, of the 
Class of 1874, was installed in the southwest tower in 1924. In the 
Chapel is an organ given in 1927 by Cyrus H. K. Curtis, LL.D. 
That portion of the chapel building which formerly housed the 
reading rooms and stack space of the college library was named 
Banister Hall in 1850 in recognition of the gifts of the Honorable 
William Banister. It now contains the Office of Career Counseling 



30 College Campus and Buildings 

and Placement and the classrooms and laboratories of the Depart- 
ment of Psychology. 

Seth Adams Hall was erected in 1860-1861. It was named in 
honor of Seth Adams, Esq., of Boston, who contributed liberally to- 
wards its construction. The building stands west of the Presidents' 
Gateway. From 1862 until 1921 it housed the classrooms of the 
Medical School of Maine. It is now used for lectures, recitations, 
conferences, and faculty offices. 

Memorial Hall, built in 1868, is a structure of local granite in 
the Gothic style. It is a memorial to the graduates and students of 
the College who served in the Civil War whose names and ranks 
are inscribed on bronze plaques in the lobby. The lower story con- 
tains classrooms and an experimental theater. The entire interior 
was rebuilt in 1954-1955 to house the Pickard Theater, one of the 
gifts of Frederick William Pickard, LL.D., of the Class of 1894. 

The President's House, built in i860 by Captain Francis C. 
Jordan, originally stood on the lot at 77 Federal Street. It was 
purchased by the College in 1867 and was occupied by President 
Harris until 1871. The house was purchased by Peleg W. Chandler, 
and in 1874 he had it moved to its present location at the corner 
of Federal and Bath streets. At a later date the College reacquired 
the house, and shortly after President Hyde assumed office in 
1885, it became his official residence. In 1926 the ballroom was 
added, and in 1952 the house was modernized and partially fur- 
nished by the College. 

The Observatory was erected in 1890-1891 with funds given by 
John Taylor, Esq., of Fairbury, Illinois. It stands on the southeast 
corner of Pickard Field and is reached from the Harpswell Road. 
In 1965 it was renovated and a new telescope was installed. 

The Walker Art Building, designed by McKim, Mead & 
White, was erected in 1892-1894. It was given to the College by the 
Misses Harriet and Sophia Walker, of Waltham, Massachusetts, 
as a memorial to their uncle, Theophilus Wheeler Walker, of 
Boston, a cousin of President Woods. A bronze bulletin board in 
memory of Henry Edwin Andrews, A.M., of the Class of 1894, 
director of the museum, 1920-1939, is located in Sculpture Hall. 
The building is surrounded on three sides by a paved terrace with 
supporting walls and parapets of granite. Granite and bronze 
sculptures adorn the front wall. 



College Campus and Buildings 31 

The Mary Frances Searles Science Building, designed by 
Henry Vaughan, was built in 1894 and completely renovated and 
modernized in 1952. It was the gift of Edward F. Searles, Esq., in 
memory of his wife. With the Walker Art Building and Gibson 
Hall, it forms the western side of the quadrangle. The building 
contains lecture rooms, laboratories, and libraries of the Depart- 
ments of Biology and Physics. 

Hubbard Hall, also designed by Henry Vaughan and erected in 
1902-1903, was the gift of General Thomas H. Hubbard, LL.D., of 
the Class of 1857, an d his wife, Sibyl Fahnestock Hubbard. For over 
sixty years, until the fall of 1965, it was the College Library. After 
suitable renovations it is now used for faculty offices, examination 
rooms, and the Department of Geology. Located in the basement 
is the Computing Center, which contains a PDP-10 time-sharing 
system. The center is available to the entire college commu- 
nity and is directed by a member of the Faculty. The Peary- 
MacMillan Arctic Museum is located on the first floor, and the 
Susan Dwight Bliss Room for rare books and bindings remains on 
the second floor. 

The Hubbard Grandstand was given to the College in 1904 by 
General Thomas H. Hubbard, LL.D., of the Class of 1857. It is sit- 
uated on Whittier Field, a tract of five acres, named in honor of 
Frank Nathaniel Whittier, M.D., of the Class of 1885, for many 
years director of the gymnasium, who was largely instrumental in 
its acquisition for varsity football and track in 1896. An electrically 
operated scoreboard, the gift of the widows of Harvey Dow Gib- 
son, LL.D., of the Class of 1902, and Adriel Ulmer Bird, A.M., of 
the Class of 1916, was erected in i960. Surrounding the field is an 
all-weather track dedicated to the memory of John Joseph Magee, 
coach, trainer, and director of track and field athletics from 1913 
to !955- 

Sargent Gymnasium and General Thomas Worcester Hyde 
Athletic Building were erected in 1912. The Gymnasium was 
built from contributions from many of the students and alumni, 
and named in honor of Dudley A. Sargent, M.D., Sc. D., of the Class 
of 1875; the Athletic Building was given by John Hyde, Esq., of 
Bath, in memory of his father, Thomas Worcester Hyde, A.M., of 
the Class of 1861. In 1965-1966 Sargent Gymnasium was altered 
and renovated to make it part of the comprehensive plan for the 
indoor athletic facilities of the College. 



32 College Campus and Buildings 

The Dudley Coe Memorial Infirmary is a three-story brick 
building erected in 1916-1917. It was given by Thomas Upham 
Coe, M.D., of the Class of 1857, in memory of his son, and stands 
in the pines to the south of the Hyde Athletic Building. In 1957 it 
was enlarged through a gift by Agnes M. Shumway, A.M. (Mrs. 
Sherman N. Shumway). In 1962 it was licensed by the state as a 
private general hospital. 

The Curtis Swimming Pool was given to the College in 1927 by 
Cyrus H. K. Curtis, LL.D. The Pool is housed in a separate wing 
attached to the Sargent Gymnasium; the Pool itself is of standard 
size, thirty by seventy-five feet, and is provided with every modern 
device for ensuring sanitation. 

The Moulton Union, designed by McKim, Mead Sc White, was 
built in 1927-1928. It was given and partially endowed by Augustus 
Freedom Moulton, LL.D., of the Class of 1873, as a social, recrea- 
tional, and service center for the College. In 1964-1965, a two-story 
extension was added on the south and east sides of the building. 
The spacious main lounge and several smaller, intimate lounges 
and student activity areas are provided for general social purposes. 
The Union also contains the college reception, information, and 
scheduling center, the campus telephone switchboard, a bookstore, 
dining facilities, and a game room. The Union stands just outside 
the quadrangle opposite Appleton, Hyde, and Moore Halls. 

The Pickard Field House stands at the entrance of Pickard 
Field. It was given in 1937 by Frederick William Pickard, LL.D., 
of the Class of 1894, and Mrs. Pickard. The building contains a 
pleasant lounge as well as lockers and showers. Pickard Field, a 
tract of sixty-six acres, was presented to the College by Mr. Pickard 
in 1926. In 1952 nine acres were added to the Field by purchase, 
making a total area of seventy-five acres, thirty of which are fully 
developed playing fields. The Field contains the varsity and fresh- 
man baseball diamonds, several spacious playing fields for football 
and soccer, and ten tennis courts. 

Rhodes Hall, formerly the Bath Street Primary School, was 
purchased from the Town of Brunswick by the College in 1946 to 
provide additional facilities for instruction and administration. 
The building was named to commemorate the fact that three pupils 
of the school later achieved distinction as Rhodes scholars at Ox- 
ford University. Here are the offices of the Department of Grounds 
and Buildings and the headquarters of the ROTC. 



College Campus and Buildings 33 

Sills Hall and Smith Auditorium, designed by McKim, Mead 
& White, were completed in the autumn of 1950. The main struc- 
ture was made possible by the first appropriations from the Sesqui- 
centennial Fund, and was named after the eighth president of the 
College, Kenneth Charles Morton Sills (1879-1954), of the Class of 
1901; the wing, containing an auditorium seating 210 persons, was 
built by appropriation of the Francis, George, David, and Benja- 
min Smith Fund, bequeathed by Dudley E. Wolfe, of Rockland. A 
language laboratory and speech center are located in the wing. In 
1968 a donor who wished to remain anonymous established the 
Constance and Albert Thayer Speech Center Fund to maintain the 
speech center. The Fund was named in honor of Albert R. Thayer, 
A.M., of the Class of 1922, Harrison King McCann Professor of 
Oral Communication Emeritus, and his wife. 

Parker Cleaveland Hall, designed by McKim, Mead 8c White, 
was dedicated on June 6, 1952. The building was made possible by 
donors to the Sesquicentennial Fund. It houses the Department of 
Chemistry and bears the name of Parker Cleaveland, who taught 
chemistry and mineralogy at Bowdoin from 1805 to 1858, and was 
a pioneer in geological studies. Special gifts provided these facili- 
ties: The Kresge Laboratory of Physical Chemistry, The Went- 
worth Laboratory of Analytical Chemistry, The 1927 Room (a pri- 
vate laboratory), The Adams Lecture Room, The Burnett Room 
(a seminar room), and The Dana Laboratory of Organic Chemistry. 

Sills Hall, Smith Auditorium, and Parker Cleaveland Hall 
are mainly of brick and designed in a simple modern classical archi- 
tectural style. Together they bound respectively the north and east 
sides of a quadrangle on the eastern boundary of the campus. 

The Harvey Dow Gibson Hall of Music, named for Harvey 
Dow Gibson, LL.D., of the Class of 1902, was dedicated in June 
1954. Its construction was made possible by funds donated by Mrs. 
Harvey Dow Gibson; by Mrs. Gibson's daughter, Mrs. Whitney 
Bourne Choate; by the Manufacturers Trust Company of New 
York; and by several friends of Mr. Gibson. Designed by McKim, 
Mead Sc White, the building contains soundproof class, rehearsal, 
and practice rooms, a recording room, several rooms for listening 
to records, offices, and the music library. The common room is 
richly paneled in carved walnut from the music salon designed in 
1724 by Jean Lassurance (1695-1755) for the Hotel de Sens in Paris. 

The Ham House, at 3 Bath Street, was for many years the resi- 
dence of Roscoe J. Ham, L.H.D., George Taylor Files Professor of 



34 College Campus and Buildings 

Modern Languages from 1921 to 1945. Acquired by the College in 
1954, it houses the offices of Bowdoin Upward Bound. 

The Pickard Theater in Memorial Hall, a gift of Frederick 
William Pickard, LL.D., of the Class of 1894, was dedicated in 
June 1955. The Theater, with comfortable seats for more than 600, 
contains a stage fifty-five feet wide and thirty feet deep; the space 
from the stage floor to the gridiron is forty-eight feet. The floor of 
the auditorium slopes to an orchestra pit, and under it are lounge 
and coat rooms. Over the auditorium is shop space for the construc- 
tion and storage of scenery and stage properties. 

The Getchell House, located at 5 Bath Street, is diagonally 
opposite Adams Hall. A three-story frame building, it was given 
to the College in 1955 by Miss Gertrude Getchell, of Brunswick, 
and completely refurbished in 1956. It houses the offices of the 
News Services. 

New Meadows River Sailing Basin. In 1955 the College pur- 
chased a cabin and section of shore front with a dock on the east 
side of the New Meadows River Basin, to provide facilities for the 
sailing team. The equipment includes five fiberglass dinghies and 
a power-driven crash boat. 

The Hockey Arena was built in 1956 with contributions from 
alumni, students, and friends of the College. It contains seats for 
twenty-four hundred spectators and a regulation ice-hockey rink 
with a refrigerated surface two hundred feet long and eighty-five 
feet wide, as well as shower-bath and locker rooms, and a snack bar. 
It is located to the east of the Hyde Athletic Building; the entrance 
faces College Street. The Arena serves primarily the College's phys- 
ical education activities, especially intramural and intercollegiate 
contests, and recreational skating for undergraduates. 

The Johnson House, named in memory of Professor Henry 
Johnson, Ph.D., of the Class of 1874, a distinguished member of 
the Bowdoin Faculty from 1877 to 1918, and Mrs. Johnson, is 
located at the corner of Maine and Boody streets across from the 
southwestern entrance to the campus. Bequeathed to the College 
in 1957, this commodious residence is now used as the home of the 
dean of the College. 

The Chase Barn Chamber, named in memory of Professor Stan- 
ley Perkins Chase, Ph.D., of the Class of 1905, Henry Leland Chap- 
man Professor of English Literature from 1925 to 1951, and Mrs. 
Chase, is a handsome room located in the ell of the Johnson House. 



College Campus and Buildings 35 

Designed by Felix Burton '07, in the Elizabethan style, the Barn 
Chamber is heavily timbered, contains a small stage, an impressive 
fireplace, and houses many of the books from the Chase library. 
The Chamber is used for small classes, seminars, and conferences. 

The Little-Mitchell House, at 6-8 College Street, houses the 
Afro-American Center. The Mitchell House was named in honor 
of Professor Wilmot Brookings Mitchell, L.H.D., of the Class of 
1890, Edward Little Professor of Rhetoric and Oratory from 1893 
to 1939. It was given by Professor Mitchell in 1961. The Little 
House, the 8 College Street side of the connected buildings, was 
acquired by the College in 1962. 

The Alumni House, at 83 Federal Street, next to the President's 
House, was bequeathed to the College in 1933 on the death of Pro- 
fessor Marshall Perley Cram, Ph.D., of the Class of 1904. Renovated 
in 1962 and maintained by the College, it is the center of alumni 
activities at Bowdoin and contains lounges, rest rooms, and other 
facilities for the use of visiting alumni and their families and guests. 
The Ladies' Lounge, located on the second floor, was presented by 
the Society of Bowdoin Women in 1965. 

The Senior Center, designed by Hugh Stubbins and Associates, 
Inc., was completed in the autumn of 1964. Built from funds con- 
tributed during the Capital Campaign, it consists of three build- 
ings, each specifically designed to support and reinforce the educa- 
tional objectives of the program for the senior year. The main 
building, a sixteen-story tower, includes living and study quarters, 
seminar and conference rooms, lounges, accommodations for visi- 
tors, and the director's office. The entire first floor of the tower has 
been named in memory and honor of the late Henry Quinby 
Hawes, A.M., of the Class of 1910, and Mrs. Hawes. Wentworth 
Hall, named in memory of Walter V. Wentworth, Sc.D., of the 
Class of 1886, an overseer of the College from 1929 to 1958, is a two- 
story building adjacent and connected to the tower. It contains the 
dining room, main lounge, and other rooms for instructional, so- 
cial, and cultural activities. Chamberlain Hall, named in mem- 
ory of General Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain, LL.D., of the Class 
of 1852, Civil War hero, governor of Maine, and president of 
Bowdoin from 1871 to 1883, contains apartments for the director 
and other participants in the program and a small banquet room 
for use on special occasions. 

The Malcolm E. Morrell Gymnasium, also designed by Hugh 
Stubbins and Associates, Inc., is a 50,000-square-foot building con- 



36 College Campus and Buildings 

nected to Sargent Gymnasium. Built in 1964-1965 from funds con- 
tributed during the Capital Campaign, it was in June 1969 named 
in memory of Malcolm Elmer Morrell, of the Class of 1924, Bow- 
doin's director of athletics from 1928 to 1967. The Gymnasium 
contains a modern basketball court with seats for about 2,500 per- 
sons, four visiting team rooms, eleven squash courts, offices for the 
director of athletics and his staff, and other rooms for physical edu- 
cation purposes. 

The Nathaniel Hawthorne-Henry Wadsworth Longfellow 
Library, designed by Walker O. Cain and Associates, of New York, 
was built in 1964-1965 from funds contributed during the Capital 
Campaign. It was named after two of Bowdoin's literary giants, 
both members of the Class of 1825. It houses the principal portions 
of the library of the College and — in its western end, named Haw- 
thorne-Longfellow Hall — most of the general administrative of- 
fices of the College. Utilizing the latest concepts in library design, 
the Library was planned to complement the older buildings of the 
College and, at the same time, be compatible with the newer archi- 
tectural concept of the Senior Center. 

The Haskell House, at 72 Federal Street, was given to the Col- 
lege by Henry C. Haskell, A.B., B.S., of the Class of 1918, and Mrs. 
Haskell in memory of Alaric W. Haskell, Sc.D., the dean of Maine 
dentists, who practiced his profession in Brunswick from 1888 un- 
til his retirement in 1955. A two-and-a-half-story colonial home, it 
was Dr. Haskell's residence for many years. It is the residence of 
the dean of the Faculty. 

OTHER MEMORIALS 

The Thorndike Oak, standing near the center of the campus, is 
dedicated to the memory of George Thorndike, of the Class of 
1806, who planted the tree in 1802 after the first chapel exercises. 

The Class of 1875 Gateway was erected in 1901 as a memorial 
to members of the Class. It forms the Maine Street entrance of the 
Class of 1895 Path. 

The Class of 1878 Gateway, erected in 1903, is a memorial to 
members of the Class. It is on Bath Street between Memorial Hall 
and the First Parish Church. 

The Warren Eastman Robinson Gateway, erected in 1920 at 
the southwestern entrance to the campus, is a memorial to Lieuten- 



College Campus and Buildings 37 

ant Warren Eastman Robinson, of the Class of 1910, who lost his 
life in the service of his country. 

The Franklin Clement Robinson Gateway, erected in 1923, 
is a memorial to Franklin Clement Robinson, LL.D., of the Class 
of 1873, for thirty-six years a teacher at Bowdoin College, and to his 
wife, Ella Maria Tucker Robinson. The gateway forms the north- 
western entrance to the campus. 

The Class of 1898 Bulletin Board, erected in 1924 near the 
Chapel, is a memorial to members of the Class. It is made of bronze, 
is double-faced and illuminated. 

The Class of 1903 Gateway, erected in 1928, is a memorial to 
members of the Class. It forms the main entrance to the Whittier 
Athletic Field. 

The Memorial Flagpole, designed by McKim, Mead & White, 
was erected in 1930 with funds given by the alumni in memory of 
the twenty-nine Bowdoin men who lost their lives in World War I. 
The Honor Roll is engraved on the mammoth granite base sur- 
mounted by ornamental bronze. The flagpole stands in the south- 
western corner of the campus between Hubbard Hall, Walker Art 
Building, and Gibson Hall. 

The Presidents' Gateway, erected in 1932, is a gift of the Class 
of 1907 in memory of William DeWitt Hyde, D.D., LL.D., presi- 
dent of the College from 1885 to 1917, and "as a mark of the 
enduring regard of all Bowdoin men for the leadership of their 
Presidents." The gateway forms one of the northern entrances to 
the campus from Bath Street. 

The Bowdoin Polar Bear, placed in 1937, is a memorial to 
members of the Class of 1912. The base and life-size statue were 
carved by Frederick George Richard Roth. The figure stands in 
front of the entrance to the Sargent Gymnasium. 

The Harry Howard Cloudman Drinking Fountain, erected in 
1938, is in memory of Harry Howard Cloudman, M.D., of the Class 
of 1901, one of the outstanding athletes at the turn of the century. 
It stands near the Sargent Gymnasium. 

The Alpheus Spring Packard Gateway, erected in 1940 on Col- 
lege Street, is a memorial to Professor Alpheus Spring Packard, 
A.M., D.D., of the Class of 1816, a member of the Bowdoin Faculty 
from 1819 to 1884. 



38 College Campus and Buildings 

The Class of 1910 Path was laid in 1940 as a memorial to mem- 
bers of the Class. It extends from Bath Street to Coleman Hall, run- 
ning parallel to the four dormitories and in front of the entrance 
to the Chapel. 

The Class of 1895 Path was laid in 1945 as a memorial to mem- 
bers of the Class. It extends from the Chapel to the Class of 1875 
Gateway. 

The Class of 1886 Pathways are a network of walks laid in 1945 
as a memorial to members of his Class through the generosity of 
Walter Vinton Wentworth, Sc.D. The pathways traverse an area 
lying north of Massachusetts Hall. 

The Class of 1919 Path, laid in 1945, is a memorial to members 
of the Class. It extends from the north entrance of Winthrop Hall, 
past the entrances to Massachusetts Hall and Memorial Hall, to 
the Franklin Clement Robinson Gateway. 

The Class of 1916 Path was laid in 1946 as a memorial to mem- 
bers of the Class. It extends from Massachusetts Hall to the Alpheus 
Spring Packard Gateway. 

The Frank Edward Woodruff Room, in Sills Hall, is a memo- 
rial to Frank Edward Woodruff, A.M., a member of the Bowdoin 
Faculty from 1887 to 1922. The room was provided in 1951 through 
the generous bequest of Edith Salome Woodruff. 

The Peucinian Room, built in 1951, is in a corner of the lower 
floor of Sills Hall. It is paneled in timber taken from the Bowdoin 
Pines. The motto of the Peucinian Society, Pinos loquentes semper 
habemus, is carved on a heavy timber above the fireplace. The fire- 
place and paneling are the gift of the Bowdoin Fathers Association 
in memory of Suzanne Young (1922-1948). 

The Class of 1924 Radio Station (WBOR, "Bowdoin-on- 
Radio") was given by the Class of 1924 on the occasion of its 
twenty fifth reunion. The station, installed in 1951 on the second 
floor of the Moulton Union, contains two broadcasting studios and 
a fully equipped control room, which are air-conditioned and pro- 
tected against sound disturbance by walls of acoustical tiling. 

The Elijah Kellogg Tree, a large pine dedicated to the mem- 
ory of the Reverend Elijah Kellogg, A.M., of the Class of 1840, 
stands near the corner of Bath Street and Sills Drive. 

The Gardner Bench, near the Hawthorne-Longfellow Library, 
is dedicated to the memory of William Alexander Gardner, of the 



College Campus and Buildings 39 

Class of 1881, and was presented to the College by Mrs. Gardner in 
June 1954. 

The Chase Memorial Lamps, dedicated to the memory of Stan- 
ley Perkins Chase, Ph.D., of the Class of 1905, Henry Leland Chap- 
man Professor of English Literature (1925-1951), stand on the 
Moulton Union terrace. They were presented to the College by 
Mrs. Chase in June 1954. 

The Dane Flagpole, in honor of Francis Smith Dane, of the 
Class of 1896, stands in the northwest corner of Whittier Field. The 
gift of Mrs. Annie Lawrence E. Dane and a member of her family, 
the flagpole was placed in 1954 in recognition of Mr. Dane's efforts 
as an undergraduate to acquire an adequate playing field for the 
College. 

The Simpson Memorial Sound System, the gift of Scott Clem- 
ent Ward Simpson, of the Class of 1903, and Mrs. Simpson, is dedi- 
cated to the memory of their parents. The system, including a 
high-fidelity record player and other teaching aids in music, was 
installed in Gibson Hall in 1954. A fund for its maintenance was 
established by Mr. and Mrs. Simpson in 1955. 

The James Frederick Dudley Classroom in Banister Hall was 
renovated and furnished in 1954 as a memorial to James F. Dudley, 
of the Class of 1865, by the bequest of Nettie S. Dudley. 

The Catlin Path, extending from the Warren Eastman Robin- 
son Gateway to Hubbard Hall, was laid in 1954 through the gener- 
ous gift of Warren Benjamin Catlin, Ph.D., Fayerweather Professor 
of Economics and Sociology. 

The Shumway Tree, a Rocky Mountain fir in memory of Sher- 
man Nelson Shumway, A.M., LL.B., of the Class of 1917, generous 
benefactor and an overseer of the College (1927-1954), was re- 
planted on the campus in front of Hawthorne-Longfellow Hall 
and dedicated in June 1955. 

The Turner Tree, a maple in memory of Perley Smith Turner, 
A.M., of the Class of 1919, professor of education at Bowdoin 
(1946-1956), was replanted on the campus east of Smith Audito- 
rium by classmates and friends and dedicated in June 1957. 

The Pickard Trees, twelve hawthornes in memory of Jane Cole- 
man Pickard (Mrs. Frederick William Pickard), donor of Coleman 
Hall and co-donor of the Pickard Field House, were replanted 



40 College Campus and Buildings 

around Coleman Hall by the Society of Bowdoin Women and 
dedicated in June 1959. 

The Class of 1909 Organ, an electronic instrument for use in 
the Pickard Theater, was presented by the Class of 1909 on the oc- 
casion of its fiftieth anniversary and dedicated in June i960. A 
fund with a current balance of $3,366, given at the same time, is 
for the maintenance of the organ and for the support of musical 
education in the College. 

Little Ponds Wildlife Sanctuary is the gift of Mrs. Harold 
Trowbridge Pulsifer in memory of her husband, Harold Trow- 
bridge Pulsifer, and Sheldon Ware, a neighbor. Located at Bethel 
Point, East Harpswell, and given in 1961, this tract of several acres 
includes a meadow, pond, woodland, and shore frontage. It is used 
for the study and conservation of wildlife and is the site of the 
Bowdoin College Marine Laboratory. 

The Class of 1937 Lounge, located in the Alumni House, was 
presented by the Class of 1937 on the occasion of its twenty-fifth 
reunion in 1962. It is a large, informal, and rustic room, with pine 
furniture, old pictures of Bowdoin and of Brunswick, and a large 
hewn granite fireplace. The lounge was given in memory of Har- 
old L. Cross, Jr., David T. Deane, J. Donald Dyer, and Maxwell A. 
Eaton, who gave their lives in the service of their country during 
World War II. 

The Cecil Cleophus McLaughlin Study, in Chamberlain Hall, 
is a memorial to Cecil Cleophus McLaughlin, M.D., of the Class of 
1923. The study was the gift of his wife, and is for the use of the 
director of the Senior Center. 

The Hutchinson Lounge and Hutchinson Terrace, in Went- 
worth Hall, are memorials to Charles Lyman Hutchinson, A.B., of 
the Class of 1890, a prominent lawyer in Portland. They are on the 
south side of the building between the main dining room and 
lounge. 

The Wilmot Brookings Mitchell Lounge, on the second floor 
of Wentworth Hall, is a memorial to Wilmot Brookings Mitchell, 
Litt.D., L.H.D., of the Class of 1890, a beloved teacher of English 
for almost fifty years. 

The Harrison King McCann Music Lounge, on the sixteenth 
floor of the tower of the Senior Center, is a memorial to Harrison 
King McCann, A.M., of the Class of 1902, for thirty years an over- 
seer of the College. 



College Campus and Buildings 41 

The Stuart Franklin Brown Lobby, in the Hawthorne- 
Longfellow Library, is a memorial to Stuart Franklin Brown, of 
the Class of 1910, and was the gift of Mrs. Brown. 

The Class of 1914 Librarian's Office, in the Hawthorne- 
Longfellow Library, is in honor of the members of the Class of 
1914, which made a specific gift for this purpose. The office is on 
the first floor to the left of the entrance. 

The Class of 1938 Newspaper Room, in the Hawthorne- 
Longfellow Library, is in honor of the members of the Class of 
1938. The room is on the first floor to the right of the entrance. 

The William John Curtis 1875 Room, in the Hawthorne- 
Longfellow Library, is a memorial to William John Curtis, LL.D., 
of the Class of 1875, for over twenty-five years an overseer and 
trustee of the College, and a generous benefactor always in the 
name of his Class. The room, in the northeast corner of the first 
floor, is used for current periodicals. 

The Gerald Gardner Wilder Cataloguing Room, in the Haw- 
thorne-Longfellow Library, is a memorial to Gerald Gardner 
Wilder, A.M., of the Class of 1904, librarian of the College from 
1916 to 1944. The room is in the southeast area on the first floor. 

The Melville Weston Fuller Reading Room, in the Haw- 
thorne-Longfellow Library, is a memorial to Melville Weston 
Fuller, LL.D., of the Class of 1853, chief justice of the United States 
Supreme Court from 1888 to 1910, and an overseer and trustee of 
the College from 1875 to 1910. The room occupies the southern bay 
on the first floor. 

The George Thomas Little Bibliography and Card Cata- 
logue Area, in the Hawthorne-Longfellow Library, is a memorial 
to George Thomas Little, Litt.D., of the Class of 1877, librarian 
of the College from 1885 to 1915. The area occupies the center por- 
tion of the first floor. 

The Robert Peter Tristram Coffin Reading Room, in the 
Hawthorne-Longfellow Library, is in memory of Robert Peter 
Tristram Coffin, Litt.D., of the Class of 1915, a distinguished au- 
thor, poet, and professor. The room was the gift of the Class of 
1915 on the occasion of its fiftieth reunion, and occupies the north- 
ern bay on the first floor. 

The Franklin Pierce Reading Room, in the Hawthorne- 
Longfellow Library, is in memory of Franklin Pierce, LL.D., of the 



42 College Campus and Buildings 

Class of 1824, the fourteenth president of the United States. This 
informal reading room is at the east end of the second floor. 

The Harold Lee Berry Special Collections Suite, in the 
Hawthorne-Longfellow Library, is in memory of Harold Lee 
Berry, A.M., of the Class of 1901, for nearly forty years an overseer 
and trustee of the College, and generous benefactor of the College. 
The suite comprises several rooms in the northeast area of the 
third floor. 

The Dean Paul Nixon Lounge-Conference Room, in the 
Hawthorne-Longfellow Library, is a memorial to Paul Nixon, 
L.H.D., LL.D., for over forty years a teacher of Latin and dean of 
the College from 1918 to 1947. The room is on the southeast corner 
of the third floor. 

The William Pitt Fessenden Conference Room, in Haw- 
thorne-Longfellow Hall, is a memorial to William Pitt Fessenden, 
LL.D., of the Class of 1823, United States senator 1854-1864, 1865- 
1869; United States secretary of the treasury 1864-1865; and over- 
seer and trustee of the College from 1843 to 1869. The room is on 
the second floor, near the offices of the president and deans. 

The Magee Training Room, in the Morrell Gymnasium, is a 
memorial to John Joseph Magee, coach, trainer, and director of 
track and field athletics from 1913 to 1955. 

The Colbath Room, in the Morrell Gymnasium, is a memorial 
to Henry Jewett Colbath, A.B., of the Class of 1910, an outstanding 
athlete, and dedicated teacher and coach. 

The Morrell Office, in the Malcolm E. Morrell Gymnasium, 
was given by members of the Class of 1924 in honor of their class- 
mate Malcolm Elmer Morrell, B.S., director of athletics from 1928 
to 1967. It is the office of the director of athletics. 

The Class of 1922 Fountain, between Hawthorne-Longfellow 
Library and Hubbard Hall, was constructed in 1968. It is the gift 
of Mrs. John C. Pickard of Wilmington, Del., in honor of her hus- 
band's class. The Fountain was designed by Andre R. Warren, as- 
sistant superintendent of grounds and buildings, and was con- 
structed by workmen of the Department of Grounds and Buildings. 

The Class of 1929 Electronic Chimes System, for automation 
of the Chapel chimes, was presented by the Class of 1929 on the oc- 
casion of its fortieth reunion. A fund for maintenance of the sys- 
tem was established at the same time. 



College Campus and Buildings 43 

The Donovan D. Lancaster Lounge, in the Moulton Union, 
was named in November 1970 in honor of Donovan D. Lancaster, 
A.B., of the Class of 1927, Director of the Moulton Union and the 
Centralized Dining Service Emeritus and a member of the College 
staff for over forty years. The lounge is used for lectures and 
exhibitions of art and photography throughout the year. 

The John Joseph Magee Track, surrounding Whittier Field, 
was given by a group of alumni and friends to honor the memory 
of John Joseph Magee, coach, trainer, and director of track and 
field athletics from 1913 to 1955 and an Olympic team coach in 
1920, 1924, 1928, and 1932. Constructed in 1970, the Olympic regu- 
lation all-weather track was dedicated at Commencement in 1971. 

The Fritz C. A. Koelln Room, in Sills Hall, was dedicated at 
Commencement, 1971, in honor of Fritz C. A. Koelln, Ph.D., 
George Taylor Files Professor of Modern Languages Emeritus and 
a member of the Department of German from 1927 until his re- 
tirement in 1971, "in recognition of his devoted service to the Col- 
lege and the inspiration he has been to so many undergraduates 
over the years." 



General Information 

Terms and vacations: The College holds two sessions each 
year, beginning in September and January. The dates of the 
semesters and the vacation periods are indicated on the College 
Calendar on pages vi-viii. 

Registration and Enrollment: All students are required to 
register at the opening of each semester in accordance with sched- 
ules posted at the College and mailed to students registering for 
the first time. 

Offices and Office Hours: The Offices of General Adminis- 
tration, the Admissions Office, the Business Office, and the De- 
velopment Office are located in Hawthorne-Longfellow Hall, the 
west end of the Nathaniel Hawthorne-Henry Wadsworth Long- 
fellow Library. The Office of the College Counselor is in the 
Moulton Union, the Office of Career Counseling and Placement 
is in Banister Hall (North), and the Department of Grounds and 
Buildings is in Rhodes Hall. 

In general, the administrative offices of the College are open 
from 8:30 to 5:00 Monday through Friday. 

Telephone Switchboard: The College has a central telephone 
switchboard located in the Moulton Union. All college phones are 
connected to this switchboard. The number is 207-725-8731. 

College Bills and Fees: Before the opening of the fall semes- 
ter a statement covering tuition, room rent, board, and fees for 
the year will be sent to each student. If this statement should be 
sent to someone other than the student, a request in writing to 
do so should be made to the Business Office. 

Charges for the year may be paid in two equal payments to be 
made not later than September 1 and January 15. 

Students whose term bills are not paid by September 1 or Janu- 
ary 15 may not register or attend classes except under special cir- 
cumstances and with approval of the Deans' Office. Bills incurred 
during the term must be paid when due. Students with unpaid 
bills are not eligible for academic credit, transcripts, or degrees. 
Special problems should be discussed with the dean of students or 
the director of student aid. 

Tuition: The tuition fee for the 1971-1972 academic year is 
$1,350 each semester or $2,700 for the year. There is a per-course 
charge of $340 for special students taking less than four courses 

44 



General Information 45 

a semester. Any student completing the number of courses re- 
quired for the degree in less than eight semesters must pay tuition 
for eight semesters, except that the dean of the College is author- 
ized to waive the requirements in such cases where the factors of 
advanced placement, or junior year abroad, or exchange or trans- 
fer status, or similar special circumstances exist. Work taken at 
other institutions to make up deficiencies in scholarship at Bow- 
doin shall not relieve the student of the obligation to pay tuition 
covering eight full semesters at Bowdoin College. 

There are opportunities at Bowdoin to receive financial aid in 
meeting the charge for tuition. Detailed information about schol- 
arships, loans, and other financial aid may be found on pages 
52-81. 

College Rooms and Board: Freshmen are assigned rooms by 
the Admissions Office but may indicate by letter to it their prefer- 
ence in the matter of roommates. Sophomores and juniors apply 
for rooms to the assistant dean of students. Seniors are assigned 
rooms in the Senior Center by the director of the Senior Center. 
An applicant may indicate with whom he wishes to share a room, 
and the College will honor this preference whenever possible. 
The suites in the college dormitories consist of a study and bed- 
room which are provided with essential furniture. Students should 
furnish blankets and pillows; the College furnishes bed linen and 
towels. College property is not to be removed from the building 
or from the room in which it belongs; occupants are held respon- 
sible for any damage to their rooms. Room rent is $600 a year 
($450 a year for triple rooms in the dormitories) and board is 
$700 a year. These charges are the same regardless of whether a 
student lives in a college or fraternity residence or whether he eats 
at the Union, the Senior Center, or a fraternity. Every student 
pays these charges unless he has established residence with his 
family or is married and living with his wife or has been excused 
by the dean of students. 

Other College Charges: All damage done to the buildings or 
other property of the College by persons unknown may be assessed 
equally on all the undergraduates. The College collects, in each 
academic year, student activities fees amounting to $75. A fee of 
$10 each semester for psychological counseling service is charged 
each regularly enrolled undergraduate student. The cost of tui- 
tion, board, room, and fees amounts to about $2,100 for the 
semester. To these items must be added the cost of textbooks, 



46 General Information 

personal expenses (including travel), and fraternity expenses for 
members of these organizations. 

Refunds: Refunds to students leaving college during the course 
of a semester will not be made unless for exceptional reasons. Any 
refund made will be in accordance with the schedule posted by 
the bursar of the College. 

Health Care: The facilities of the Dudley Coe Memorial In- 
firmary (licensed as a private general hospital) and the services of 
the college physicians are available to all students. If ill, students 
should immediately report to the College Infirmary. 

To cover costs of treatment and care during the college year, 
in the Infirmary or elsewhere, each student is required to have 
adequate health and accident insurance. This must be purchased 
through the College (the group rate is $35 per semester in 1971- 
1972), unless a student is covered otherwise by adequate health 
insurance certified by his parent or guardian at the time possible 
exemption from this requirement is requested. Coverage may be 
extended through the summer vacation by payment of an extra 
premium. Applications for the summer coverage are available at 
the Bursar's Office. 

Motor Vehicles: All motor vehicles, including motorcycles 
and motor scooters, must be properly registered at the Dean of 
Students' Office. A registration fee of $5 per semester is charged 
to all students registering a motor vehicle. Failure to register a 
vehicle will result in a fine of $25. Adequate liability insurance 
is required. 

The New England Association of Colleges and Secondary 
Schools accredits schools and colleges in the six New England 
states. Membership in one of the six regional accrediting associa- 
tions in the United States indicates that the school or college has 
been carefully evaluated and found to meet standards agreed 
upon by qualified educators. Colleges support the efforts of public 
school and community officials to have their secondary school 
meet the standards of membership. 

Statistics: As of June 1971, 20,556 students have been matricu- 
lated at Bowdoin College, and 14,774 degrees in course have been 
awarded. In addition, earned master's degrees have been awarded 
to 203 postgraduate students. Living alumni include 7,555 gradu- 
ates, 2,017 nongraduates, 29 medical graduates, 108 honorary 
graduates, and 202 graduates in the special postgraduate program. 



Admission to the College 

ONE can analyze the profile of Bowdoin's most recent class and 
make a rough prediction of a particular student's chances 
for admission to the next class. Approximately 75 percent of those 
admitted will have graduated from a public school, and the large 
majority will have ranked in the upper fifth of their graduating 
class. Well over half of the independent school graduates will have 
been in the upper third of their class. The typical entering fresh- 
man (although a number of exceptions could be cited) will have 
had four years of English, three or four years of a foreign lan- 
guage, mathematics through trigonometry, two or three years of 
laboratory sciences, and history. But helpful as statistics can be in 
revealing the nature of a class, it would be wrong to assume that 
they reveal the whole story of who is admitted. 

To be certain, Bowdoin is primarily interested in the strong 
student. It is interested in the person who is intellectually inclined 
and is putting his talents to good use. But "drive" and "thirst" are 
perhaps closer to the mark in describing what the College is seek- 
ing. Bowdoin's decision to make College Board Tests optional 
(announced in January 1970) is evidence that the College feels 
high aptitude is less important than a keen sense of involvement 
in the world of ideas. The true student picks the most demanding 
courses, creates independent projects, and seeks to learn beyond 
what is required. Thus, tests and grades are only part of the story 
in judging the student. Teachers' and counselors' reports and sam- 
ples of the student's writing and ideas often prove more valuable 
than test scores in revealing attitude, determination, and creativ- 
ity. Bowdoin's appraisal of the student is partly an analysis of 
grades and scores, but largely an analysis of attitude and desire. 

Bowdoin is seeking a well-rounded class of individuals who are 
proud of their individuality. In the extracurricular realm, the 
College is looking for accomplishment and depth in areas of 
particular talent rather than surface involvement in a wealth 
of activities. Bowdoin seeks the exceptional social conscience, the 
exceptional writer, the exceptional musician, the exceptional 
athlete — people who have demonstrated sufficient discipline to 
become accomplished in an activity which will benefit not only 
the college community but also the general society thereafter. 

To create a spirited and diverse community, Bowdoin is seeking 
a classful of differences. Proud of its tradition in educating Maine 
and New England students, Bowdoin seeks to balance their rep- 

47 



48 Admission to the College 

resentation with men and women from across the nation and 
the world. Those from the suburbs remain most welcome, but 
Bowdoin is actively seeking to make their college experience more 
vital by introducing more students from the inner-city and the 
ghetto. 

In summary, Bowdoin is selecting a class of students who share 
certain characteristics: drive, generous aptitude, and a genuine 
desire to learn. On the other hand, Bowdoin seeks a class of 
differences: students with different talents, of differing back- 
grounds, from different places, and with different points of view. 
The resulting class, the College hopes, is a stimulating set of 
individuals with a common pursuit: education and application. 

APPLICATION AND ADMISSION PROCEDURES 

Early Decision: Early Decision is a plan whereby a candidate, 
if he is certain of his first-choice college, can attempt to resolve 
the problem of college admission early in the senior year. Bowdoin 
is in agreement with other colleges regarding the general ground 
rules, which are as follows: 

1. When each Early Decision candidate files his formal applica- 
tion for admission, he must state in writing that he wishes to be 
considered for Early Decision and that he will enroll if admitted. 
The Early Decision candidate may file regular applications at 
other colleges, but only with the understanding that these will be 
withdrawn if the candidate is accepted on an Early Decision basis 
by his first-choice college. In other words, only one Early Decision 
application may be made, but other regular applications can be 
listed simultaneously. 

2. The student's application and formal request for Early 
Decision must be submitted to Bowdoin by November 1. The 
earlier the completed application is received, the earlier the Col- 
lege can deliberate the case and respond. Decisions will be an- 
nounced no later than mid-December, and some before that time. 

3. A successful applicant for financial aid will be notified of 
the amount of his award at the time he receives his Early Decision 
acceptance, provided his financial aid forms are complete. Those 
applicants who are admitted without a decision on financial aid 
are free to continue other applications. 

4. An Early Decision acceptance is contingent upon completion 
of the senior year in good standing. 

5. A candidate not accepted under the Early Decision program 
will automatically be transferred to the regular applicant group, 



Admission to the College 49 

and will be considered at the normal time in the spring. Failure 
to be admitted as an Early Decision candidate in no way preju- 
dices one's chances for admission later. (Each year, a significant 
number of applicants who were deferred under Early Decision 
are accepted in April.) Decisions on all applications will be an- 
nounced by mid-April. 

Regular Admission: The following items constitute a com- 
pleted admissions folder: 

1. The student's application form submitted with the applica- 
tion fee ($15) as early as possible in the senior year. The deadline 
for receiving regular applications is February 1. 

2. The secondary school report form with the school's confiden- 
tial estimate of the candidate and a transcript of grades through 
the midyear marking period of the candidate's senior year. 

3. Recommendations: Each candidate is required to submit two 
reference forms — from an English teacher and a second teacher, 
club adviser, or coach. 

4. CEEB Tests: Applicants are not required to submit results 
of the CEEB Tests. If a student does choose to submit his test 
scores, the Admissions Committee will probably find them helpful 
in reaching a decision. The secondary school record, however, will 
always be considered the most important factor. 

5. Visit and Interview: A visit to Bowdoin during the candi- 
date's junior or senior year is recommended. An interview with 
an admissions officer is strongly encouraged but not required. 

The College welcomes visitors throughout the year; however, 
interviews with an admissions officer should be arranged two 
weeks in advance. Because no interviews can be scheduled between 
February 15 and May 1, an applicant who desires an appointment 
should plan it before February 15. Student guides are available at 
the Moulton Union to conduct tours of the campus. The Admis- 
sions Office is open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. on weekdays and from 
9 a.m. until 12 noon on Saturdays during the academic year. Dur- 
ing the summer it is open from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Monday-Friday 
and closed on Saturday. 

Admission with Advanced Standing: Bowdoin participates in 
the College Entrance Examination Board Advanced Placement 
Program and grants both advanced standing in courses and credit 
toward graduation to properly qualified students. Examinations 
in Advanced Placement subjects are given by the CEEB in May of 
each year, and a student is granted placement or credit on the 
basis of his examination performance. A score of 3, 4, or 5 nor- 



50 Admission to the College 

mally results in a student's being given credit for one or two 
semesters of college-level work in the subject; if he elects to con- 
tinue that subject in college, he is given appropriate placement. 
An applicant should request consideration for advanced place- 
ment and credit by arranging for all Advanced Placement Test 
scores to be sent to the Admissions Office. 

Candidates not offering Advanced Placement examinations may 
secure advanced placement by passing a qualifying examination 
at the College. Bowdoin recognizes the place of more advanced 
courses in secondary school and provides an opportunity for the 
unusually qualified student to extend the range of work that he 
may do in school and college. Occasionally a student may gain 
sufficient credit to enable him to complete his college course in 
fewer than eight semesters. 

Transfer Students: A limited number of students from other 
colleges and universities will be admitted each year to upper-class 
standing at Bowdoin. Candidates for transfer admission should 
submit early in the spring transcripts of their college and school 
records and statements from deans or advisers. The records of 
transfer candidates should be of good quality in a course of study 
which approximates the work that would have been done at 
Bowdoin had they entered as freshmen. At least one full year of 
residence at Bowdoin is required for the degree, but transfer into 
the senior class is not usually granted. 

Special Students: Special-student status is granted to persons 
who do not wish to become candidates for the degree but wish to 
pursue studies in regular classes. Admission is based upon matu- 
rity, seriousness of purpose, and adequacy of preparation for the 
work to be undertaken. No student is permitted to continue in 
special standing more than two years. Those who enter as special 
students and who later wish to become candidates for the degree 
must satisfy all of the regular requirements for admission to the 
College. 

PROCEDURE FOR APPLICATION FOR FINANCIAL AID 

Bowdoin is one of more than seven hundred colleges which ask 
candidates for financial aid to file information through the Col- 
lege Scholarship Service, P.O. Box 176, Princeton, N.J. 08540, or 
P.O. Box 1025, Berkeley, California 94701, or P.O. Box 881, 
Evanston, Illinois 60201. This organization has been formed to 
simplify scholarship procedures and to make decisions on awards 



Admission to the College 51 

as fair as possible. Each applicant for financial aid should obtain 
the Parents' Confidential Statement Form from his school and 
request the College Scholarship Service to forward a copy of this 
statement to Bowdoin. No other form is required by Bowdoin, 
and application for assistance is complete upon receipt of the 
Parents' Statement and the completed application for admission. 
February 1 is the deadline for filing these applications. Recipients 
of financial aid are selected on the basis of their academic records 
and personal promise; the amount of such assistance is intended 
to meet the individual's need as calculated from the information 
in the Parents' Confidential Statement. Additional material about 
the program of financial aid at Bowdoin may be found on pages 
52-81. Awards of financial aid are announced with the letters of 
admission. 

All correspondence concerning admission to the 
College and prematriculation scholarships should 
be addressed to the Director of Admissions, 
Bowdoin College, Brunswick, Maine 04011. 



Scholarships, Loans, and 
Financial Aid 

SCHOLARSHIP grants, loans, and student employment are the 
principal sources of aid for Bowdoin students who need help 
in meeting the expenses of their education. Bowdoin believes that 
a student who receives financial aid as an outright grant should also 
expect to earn a portion of his expenses and that he and his family 
should assume responsibility for repayment of some part of what 
has been advanced to help him complete his college course. Grants 
will total about $765,000 in 1971-1972 and will be made to more 
than 40 percent of the student body. All awards are made on the 
basis of satisfactory academic work and financial need, which is a 
requisite in every case. The financial aid program is coordinated by 
the director of student aid, to whom all applications, except those 
from students not yet enrolled in college, should be directed. Pro- 
spective freshmen should submit their applications to the director 
of admissions. 

For the past several years, more than $235,000 has been lent an- 
nually to students. Long-term loans continue to be an integral part 
of financial aid, supplementing scholarship grants. Long-term 
loans may also be made to students not receiving scholarship grants 
on recommendation of the director of student aid. These loans, in- 
cluding those made from National Defense Student Loan funds, 
bear no interest during undergraduate residence. Interest at 3 per- 
cent is charged; and payment over a ten-year period is called for 
beginning nine months after graduation or separation; or after 
graduate school, three years of military, Peace Corps, or Vista ser- 
vice, or a combination of these. National Defense Student Loans 
also provide for the waiver of some payments for men who become 
teachers. Small, short-term loans are available upon application 
at the Business Office. 

The student employment program offers a wide variety of op- 
portunities to undergraduates. These include direct employment 
by the College, employment by the fraternities, and employment by 
outside agencies represented on the campus or located in the com- 
munity. Some jobs are assigned to supplement grants and loans, 
but there are other opportunities for students who are interested, 
able, and willing to work. Except for the assignment of a few jobs 
known as bursaries, special commitments for employment are not 
made to freshmen until after the opening of college in September. 

52 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 53 

The College participates in the Work-Study Program established 
under the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964 and in the Educa- 
tional Opportunity Grants Program established under the Higher 
Education Act of 1965. 

Prematriculation Scholarships: About 100 freshmen each 
year receive prematriculation awards to help them meet the ex- 
penses of their first year. Recently the range of awards has ex- 
tended from $400 to 14,000. As noted above, some awards are direct 
grants, but most include the tender of loans and bursaries. The size 
and nature of these awards depend upon the need demonstrated by 
the candidates. Application should be made to the director of ad- 
missions before February 1 of each year. A candidate will be noti- 
fied of a prematriculation award at the time he is informed of the 
decision on his application for admission, usually about April 15. 

The general basis for the award of all prematriculation scholar- 
ships is the same although there are particular qualifications in 
several instances which are described below. For every award, how- 
ever, each candidate is judged on the basis of his academic and per- 
sonal promise as well as on the degree of his financial need. In de- 
termining these, the College considers the evidence provided by 
the school record, the results of standardized aptitude tests, the 
recommendations of school authorities and others, the range and 
degree of the candidate's interests, and the statement of financial 
resources submitted on the Parents' Confidential Statement of the 
College Scholarship Service. 

A freshman who holds a prematriculation award may be assured 
of continuing financial aid that meets his needs in his upper-class 
years if his year-end grades are such as to assure normal progress 
toward graduation. This will ordinarily require grades of Pass in 
all regular courses, except that in some cases one grade of Fail may, 
at the discretion of the Committee on Student Aid, be balanced by 
one grade of High Honors or two grades of Honors. In each upper- 
class year the proportion of financial aid offered as a grant will be 
progressively decreased, and that offered as a loan increased, except, 
in the case of certain scholarships where the full award must be 
made as an outright grant. 

All awards of financial aid made in anticipation of an academic 
year, including the freshman year, will remain in effect for the full 
year unless the work of the holder is markedly unsatisfactory. 
Awards for such students may be reduced or withdrawn for one 
semester. Awards may also be reduced or withdrawn for gross 
breach of conduct or discipline. 



54 Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 

General Scholarships: Awards similar to prematriculation 
scholarships are granted to undergraduates already enrolled in col- 
lege on the basis of their academic records and their financial need. 
Normally, these awards are made at the end of one academic year 
in anticipation of the next, but applications may be made in No- 
vember for aid to be assigned during the spring semester on a 
funds available basis. Awards made for a full year are subject to 
the same provisions covering prematriculation awards, but those 
made for a single semester are not considered as setting award 
levels for the following year. 

Bursaries and Major Employment Assignments: So far as prac- 
ticable all college student jobs paying as much as $200 per year will 
be assigned to students of recognized need by agreement between 
the director of student aid, the department head concerned, and 
the students to be employed. Bursaries, assigned to incoming fresh- 
men as part of their financial aid, are subject to similar regulations, 
whether they involve college jobs or work in fraternities. 

Graduate Scholarships: These awards are made to students 
who have completed their work at Bowdoin and are pursuing ad- 
vanced study at other institutions. Application should be made in 
writing to the director of student aid. They are described on pages 

7 6 "79- 



U. S. Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps Scholarships: 
These four-year scholarships are awarded by the United States 
Army on a competitive basis to high school seniors. Recipients may 
use these scholarships at any college which will admit them and 
which has the ROTG program. Additionally, scholarships for one, 
two, and three years are awarded on a competitive basis to students 
already in the four-year program. The grant from the Army covers 
full tuition with an annual allowance for fees, books, and supplies 
as well as $50 a month subsistence pay. Awards are made without 
regard to financial need. Recipients must agree to take the Four- 
Year ROTC Program to earn a commission and to serve four years 
on active duty as an officer in the United States Army. To secure 
application forms for the four-year ROTC scholarship, individuals 
should write to the commanding general of the Army area in which 
they live or to the director of the ROTC program at Bowdoin Col- 
lege no later than October of the senior year in high school. Ap- 
plications for the one-, two-, and three-year ROTC scholarship 
program are made during the school year upon announcement by 
the director of the ROTC program. 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 55 

General Scholarships 

The awards made as general scholarships are derived from funds 
provided by many generous donors, including alumni who contrib- 
ute annually through the Alumni Fund. Most of them are assigned 
on an annual basis early in the summer by the Faculty Committee 
on Admissions and Student Aid, but others, especially for fresh- 
men, are made at the end of the fall semester. The scholarships are 
listed alphabetically in each of two sections. Endowed scholarships 
are in Section I; scholarships funded annually are in Section II. 

Section I: Endowed Scholarships 

(As of January 31, 1971) 

E. Farrington Abbott Memorial Scholarship Fund (1965) $25,821 
Given by his family. 

Preference, first, to students from Androscoggin County, and sec- 
ond, to students from Maine. 

Clara Rundlett Achorn Scholarships (1932) 10,000 

Given by Edgar O. Achorn 1881. 
Preferably to students from Lincoln Academy, Newcastle. 

Fred H. Albee Scholarship Fund (1956) 2 4>445 

Given by Mrs. Fred H. Albee. 

Louella B. Albee Scholarship (1956) 
Given by Mrs. Fred H. Albee. 
One-half the income of a trust fund awarded every four years. 

Stanwood Alexander Scholarship (1903) 9,668 

Given by DeAlva Stanwood Alexander 1870. 
Preferably to students from Richmond, or for excellence in Ameri- 
can history. 

Vivian B. Allen Foundation Scholarship Fund (1970) 100,000 

Given by the Vivian B. Allen Foundation. 
To students from foreign countries. 

Leon W. and Hazel L. Babcock Fund (1965) 21,722. 

Cxiven by Leon W. Babcock 1917. 

Students showing aptitude and interest in the study of the physi- 
cal sciences. 

Antanina Kunigonis-Maicinkevicius Bachulus Fund 

(M) ( >4) i7>53 8 

Given by John Matthew Bachulus 1922. 
Preference to a student of American citizenship and Lithuanian 
descent, or a foreign student of Lithuanian origin. 



56 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 



Eva D. H. Baker Scholarship (1932) 4>546 

Given by Guy P. Estes 1909. 
Preferably to a Christian Scientist. 

Dennis Milliken Bangs Scholarship (1918) 4*829 

Given by Mrs. Hadassah J. Bangs. 

W. S. Bass '96 and J. R. Bass '00 Memorial Scholarship 

Fund (1965) 12,553 

Given by members of the Bass family. 

Students from Wilton, other towns in Franklin County, or from 
Maine. 

Richard C. Bechtel Scholarship Fund (1967) 15*230 

Given by Richard C. Bechtel 1936. 

Preference to students showing aptitude and interest in the field 
of mathematics. 

Charles R. and Mary D. Bennett Scholarship Fund (1967) 5,100 
Given by Mrs. Charles R. Bennett. 

Students from Yarmouth, from North Yarmouth Academy or 
Yarmouth High School, or from Cumberland County. 

Freeman E. Bennett and Ella M. Bennett Fund (1950) 33>i8o 

Given by Mrs. Freeman E. Bennett. 

Louis Bernstein Scholarship Fund (1970) 10,000 

Given by Louis Bernstein 1922. 

Harold Lee Berry Scholarship Fund (1959) 14,887 

Given by Harold Lee Berry 1901. 

Charles G. Berwind Scholarship Fund (1966) 24,636 

Given by Charles G. Berwind and others. 
Preference to students who have been associated with the program 
of the Big Brothers of America, Inc. 

Beverly Scholarship (1923) 2,654 

Given by the Beverly (Mass.) Men's Singing Club. 
Preference to students from Beverly, Massachusetts. 

William Bingham 2nd Scholarship Fund (1956) 25,000 

Given by the Trustees, Betterment Fund under the will 
of William Bingham 2nd. 

Students from Bethel, other towns in Oxford County, or from 
Maine. 

Adriel U. Bird Scholarship Fund (1953) 105,000 

Given by a friend of Adriel U. Bird 1916. 
Students from New England graduated from New England schools. 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 57 

Blake Scholarship (1882) 3,885 

Given by Mrs. Noah Woods. 

George Franklin Bourne Scholarship (1887) 970 

Given by Mrs. Narcissa Sewall Bourne. 

James Bowdoin Scholarship Fund (1969) 30,000 

Given by Clara Bowdoin Winthrop. 
Preference to students who are residents of Maine. 

James Bowdoin Student Aid Fund (1962) 2,310 

Given by several persons. 

George W. R. Bowie Fund (1965) 3,000 

Given by William Roland Bowie. 

A needy Protestant student, preferably a country boy of American 
ancestry from Androscoggin County. 

Robert W. Boyd Scholarship Fund (1968) 7*050 

Given by his friends. 

John Hall and George Monroe Brett Fund (1957) 47>735 

Given by Mrs. John Hall Brett. 

Geraldine Brewster Scholarship Endowment Fund (1957) 4,288 
Given by Geraldine Brewster. 

Stuart F. Brown Scholarship Fund (1968) * 9*362 

Given by Mrs. Stuart F. Brown and family. 
An annual scholarship of $1,000. 

Preference to students from Whitinsville and Uxbridge or other 
towns and cities in Worcester County, Massachusetts. 

William Buck Scholarship Fund (1947) 1,500 

Given by Anna S. Buck. 
A premedical student, preferably from Piscataquis County. 

George W. Burpee Scholarship Fund (1968) 6,580 

Given by his friends. 

Moses M. Butler Scholarship Fund (1903) 9*545 

Given by Mrs. Moses M. Butler. 

Buxton Scholarship Fund (1875) 1 2,744 

Given by Cyrus Woodman 1836, Frank H. L. Hargraves 
1916, and Gordon S. Hargraves 1919. 
Preference to natives and residents of Buxton. 

Florence Mitchell Call Scholarship (1927) 1,500 

Given by Norman Call 1869. 



58 Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 

Sylvester B. Carter Scholarship (1918) 2,726 

Given by Sylvester B. Carter 1866. 
Residents of Massachusetts. 

Warren B. Catlin Fund (1969) 
Given by Warren B. Catlin. 

$35,000 of the annual income of a fund of $1,721,054 for financial 
assistance to students in the form of loans and/or grants. 

Justus Charles Fund (1875) 9»595 

Given by Justus Charles. 

Henry T. Cheever Scholarship (1897) 486 

Given by Henry T. Cheever 1834. 

Hugh J. Chisholm Scholarship (1915) 69,649 

Given by Mrs. Hugh J. Chisholm and Hugh J. 
Chisholm, Jr. 

Claff Scholarship Fund (1963) 16,585 

Given by the Claff Charitable Foundation. 
No award until principal reaches $25,000. 

Samuel Clark, Jr., Scholarship Fund (1941) 12,500 

Given by Samuel W. Clark, Jr. 
Students serving as assistants, preferably from Portland. 

Class of 1872 Scholarship (1903) 2,444 

Given by the Class of 1872. 

Class of 1881 Scholarship (1907) 3>947 

Given by the Class of 1881. 

Class of 1892 Scholarship Fund (1918) M47 

Given by the Class of 1892. 

Class of 1896 Memorial Scholarship Fund (1917) 5,800 

Given by the Class of 1896. 

Class of 1903 Scholarship (1914) 20,691 

Given by the Class of 1903. 
Preference to descendants of members of the Class. 

1916 Class Fund (1941) 5»5°7 

Given by the Class of 1916. 

Class of 1919 Scholarship Fund (1970) 3M04 

Given by the Class of 1919. 
Preference to descendants of members of the Class. 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 59 

Class of 1920 Scholarship Fund (1938) 2,771 

Given by the Class of 1920. 

Class of 1926 Fund (1951) 39»5^9 

Given by the Class of 1926. 

Class of 1929 Memorial Scholarship Fund (1954) 50*858 

Given by the Class of 1929. 
Preference to descendants of members of the Class. 

Class of 1930 Scholarship Fund (1955) 32*271 

Given by the Class of 1930. 

Class of 1931 Memorial Fund (1956) 21,757 

Given by the Class of 1931. 

Class of 1932 Scholarship Fund (1957) 20,613 

Given by the Class of 1932. 

Class of 1933 Memorial Fund (1958) 1 4»43° 

Given by the Class of 1933. 
Preference to descendants of members of the Class. 

Class of 1936 Scholarship Fund (1961) 32,685 

Given by the Class of 1936. 

Class of 1940 Memorial (1965) 23,084 

Given by the Class of 1940. 

Preference to students of meritorious scholastic achievement who 
are athletically adept. 

Class of 1942 Memorial Scholarship Fund (1968) 37>343 

Given by the Class of 1942. 

Two scholarships of one-half the annual income each to freshmen, 
one to a student of meritorious achievement who is athletically 
adept and one to a student of meritorious achievement who is 
adept in the study of classics, music, or art. 

1944 Class Fund (1944) 32,891 

Given by the Class of 1944. 

James F. Claverie Memorial Scholarship Fund (1967) 5>556 

Given by Mrs. Dorothy A. Claverie. 
Preference to descendants of James F. Claverie 1910. 

Mary Cleaves Scholarship Fund (1872) 3>oi2 

Given by Mary Cleaves. 

Philip O. and Alice Meyer Coffin Scholarship Fund (1967) 10,035 
Given by Alice M. Coffin. 

Preference to students who graduated from the Brunswick High 
School. 



60 Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 

Alfred E. Cohan Scholarship Fund (1970) 10,000 

Given by Hannah Seligman. 
Students who have an interest in the creative arts. 

Sanford Burton Comery Fund (1936) 1,000 

Given by the Belmont High School and friends. 
Preferably to a student from the Belmont, Massachusetts, High 
School, or the Thomaston, Maine, High School. 

Albert D. and Madelyn Dyer Conley Scholarship Fund 

(1968) 12,102 

Given by Mr. and Mrs. Albert D. Conley in memory of 
John Small Dyer, Medical 1904. 

Preference to physically or socially handicapped students from the 
State of Maine. 

Connecticut Alumni Scholarship Fund (1955) 11,160 

Given by the Bowdoin Alumni Association of 
Connecticut. 

Carleton S. Connor Memorial Fund (1963) 32,235 

Given by his friends and relatives. 
Preference to students from Connecticut. 

E. C. Converse Scholarship Fund (1922) 51,376 

Given by Edmund Cogswell Converse. 

Leon T. and Florence Kennedy Conway Scholarship Fund 

(1967) 30,200 

Given by Leon T. Conway 1911 and Mrs. Conway. 

Preference to students from Hackensack and other New Jersey 
communities. 

Harry S. and Jane B. Coombs Fund (1962) 2,000 

Given by Mrs. Harry S. Coombs. 

Else H. Copeland Scholarship Fund (1955) 30,000 

Given by Melvin Thomas Copeland 1906. 

Manton Copeland Scholarship Fund (i960) 24,346 

Given by friends of Professor Copeland. 
Preference to juniors and seniors majoring in biology. 

Cram Memorial Scholarship (1872) 973 

Given by Marshall Cram. 

Ephraim Chamberlain Cummings Scholarships (1914) 2,914 

Given by Mrs. Ephraim C. Cummings. 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 61 

Charles M. Cumston Scholarship (1902) 24,176 

Given by Charles M. Cumston 1843. 
Preferably to graduates of the English High School of Boston. 

Mary Decrow Dana Scholarship Fund (1967) 25,979 

Given by Luther Dana 1903. 

Dr. Murray Snell Danforth Fund (1956) 10,000 

Given by Agnes H. Danforth. 

Legal residents of Maine preparing for the medical or related pro- 
fessions. 

Deane Scholarship in English Literature (1924) 993 

Given by Mrs. Sarah M. B. Deane. 

A deserving student showing particular ability in English litera- 
ture. 

Benjamin Delano Scholarship (1877) 973 

Given by Benjamin Delano. 

Dodge Fund (1959) 20,000 

Given by Leon A. Dodge 1913. 

Most deserving student who graduated from Lincoln Academy, 
Newcastle, or if none, to students from Lincoln County. 

John C. Dodge Scholarship (1872) 5>4 1 3 

Given by John C. Dodge 1834 and his family. 

James L. and Harriet I. Doherty Scholarship (1931) 5,000 

Given by Mrs. James L. Doherty. 

Frank Newman Drew Scholarship (1926) 2,000 

Given by Franklin M. Drew 1858. 

Edward A. Drummond Scholarships (1914) 5,050 

Given by Edward A. Drummond. 
Preferably to students from Bristol. 

Joseph Blake and Katharine Randall Drummond 

Scholarship Fund (1966) 14,500 

Given by Mrs. Joseph B. Drummond. 
Preference to students from Cumberland County. 

Charles Dummer Scholarships (1874) 6,166 

Given by Mrs. Charles Dummer. 

Robert H. Dunlap Scholarship (1970) 78,739 

Given by Mrs. Robert H. Dunlap. 

For qualified French students to study for a year at Bowdoin or 
for qualified Bowdoin students to study for a year in France. 



62 Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 

Jessie Ball du Pont Scholarship Fund (1966) 417,969 

Given by Mrs. Alfred I. du Pont. 

Emma Jane Eaton Scholarship (1944) 10,000 

Given by Mrs. Emma Jane Eaton. 

Students who are graduates of the Calais High School or natives 
of Washington County. 

Ayres Mason Edwards Scholarships (1937) 5,375 

Given by Mrs. Ayres Mason Edwards. 

Robert Seaver Edwards Scholarship Fund (1965) 10,000 

Given by an anonymous donor. 

John F. Eliot Scholarship (1932) 35.676 

Given by John F. Eliot 1873 and Mrs. Eliot. 

And Emerson Scholarships (1875) 7,245 

Given by And Emerson. 

Emery Scholarship (1933) 1 2,o73 

Given by Mrs. Anne Crosby Emery Allinson. 
For an individual boy to be selected by the dean of the College. 

William Engel Fund (1936) 21,692 

Given by Mrs. William Engel. 

Dana Estes Scholarship (1912)- 2,460 

Given by Dana Estes. 

Guy Parkhurst Estes Scholarships (1958) 100,000 

Given by Guy Parkhurst Estes 1909. 

Lewis Darenydd Evans II Scholarship Fund (1950) 142,796 

Given by Frank C. Evans 1910 and Mrs. Evans. 
As scholarships or loans to students from the State of Maine. 

Fagone Scholarship Fund (1969) 1 >9°2 

Given by Mrs. Helen Bacon Fagone and friends in 
memory of Francis A. Fagone of the Class of 1922. 
Preference to a student from Portland High School or Deering 
High School in Portland, Maine, who intends to pursue a medical 
course of study or one in the natural sciences. 

George B. Farnsworth-Thomas P. and Agnes J. Hanley 

Scholarship Fund (1966) 10,388 

Given by Miss Margaret A. Hanley and Daniel F. 
Hanley 1939. 
Preference to juniors and seniors who are premedical students. 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 63 

Hugh F. Farrington Scholarship Fund (1947) 200 

Given by Mrs. Hugh F. Farrington. 

A member of the Phi Delta Psi Fraternity to be awarded at the 
end of his junior year. 

G. W. Field Fund (1881) 4,066 

Given by George W. Field 1837. 

Preference, first, to students or graduates of the Bangor Theo- 
logical Seminary and, second, to graduates of the Bangor High 
School. 

Herbert T. Field Scholarship Fund (1967) 4 1 >°94 

Given by Caroline F. Dunton. 
Preference to students from Belfast and Waldo County, Maine. 

Edward Files Scholarship Fund (i960) 3,600 

Given by Charles Edward Files 1908. 
Preference to a student from Cornish or a nearby town. 

Joseph N. Fiske Scholarship (1896) 973 

Given by Mrs. Joseph N. Fiske. 

John P. Fitch Scholarship Fund (1968) 23,031 

Given by Mrs. John P. Fitch. 

Dr. Ernest B. Folsom Scholarship Fund (1967) 58,028 

Given by Effie I. Jordan. 

Wm. E. Foster Scholarship Fund (1968) 100,000 

Given by Mrs. Alta Whitehouse Foster. 
Preference to students intending to pursue a career in journalism. 

Samuel Fraser Scholarship Fund (1969) 3,000 

Given by Samuel Fraser 1916. 
Students from Masardis, Maine. 

Benjamin Apthorp Gould Fuller, of the Class of 1839, 

Scholarship (1916) 1,242 

Given by an anonymous donor. 
Preference to a student from Augusta. 

George Gannett Fund (1913) 6,289 

Given by Mrs. George Gannett. 

General Electric College Bowl Scholarship Fund (1964) 14,081 
Given by the General Electric Company and others. 

William Little Gerrish Scholarship (1890) 973 

Given by Frederic Henry Gerrish 1866. 

Charles H. Gilman Scholarship (1924) 1,000 

Given by Mrs. Charles H. Gilman. 



6 4 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 



Given Foundation Scholarship Fund (i960) 100,000 

Given by the Irene Heinz Given and John LaPorte 
Given Foundation, Inc. 

Dr. Edwin W. Gould Scholarship (1936) 1,000 

Given by Edwin W. Gould, Medical 1887. 

Joseph and Lester Gumbel Scholarship Fund (1959) 20,000 

Given by Lester Gumbel 1906. 

Henry W. and Anna E. Hale Scholarship Fund (1945) 1 5» 1 54 

Given by an anonymous donor. 

John P. Hale Scholarship (1916) 3,780 

Given by Mrs. John P. Hale and Mrs. Elizabeth Hale 
Jacques. 

Hall-Mercer Scholarship Fund (1940) 74,726 

Given by the Reverend Alexander G. Mercer. 

John F. Hartley Scholarship (1915) 13*988 

Given by Frank Hartley. 
Students or graduates intending to enter the profession of the law. 

Moses Mason Hastings Fund (1933) 8,753 

Given by Mrs. Fred H. Dodge. 
Preferably to students from Bethel and Bangor. 

Hasty Scholarship Fund (1912) 1,000 

Given by Almira K. Hasty. 
Preferably to students from Portland or Cape Elizabeth. 

John W. and Florence S. Higgins Scholarship Fund (1966) 296,704 
Given by John W. Higgins 1902 and Mrs. Higgins. 
Preference to students from Starks, Skowhegan, Somerset County, 
and Maine, in that order. 

Ernest Laurence Hill Scholarship Fund (i960) 121,894 

Given by Mrs. Annette S. Hill. 

Linnie P. Hills Fund (1963) 9,809 

Given by Mrs. Linnie P. Hills. 

Howe Scholarship (1931) 44^67 

Given by Lucien Howe 1870. 

Preferably to students intending to study ophthalmology or allied 
subjects. 

Caroline Huntress Scholarship Fund (1943) 979 

Given by Roderick L. Huntress 1927. 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 65 

Roscoe H. Hupper Scholarship Fund (1968) 10 »992 

Given by Mrs. Roscoe H. Hupper. 

Preference to students who, first, are graduates of Hebron Acad- 
emy or, second, to students from the State of Maine. 

Guy H. Hutchins Scholarship (1943) 1,000 

Given by Guy H. Hutchins, Medical 1899. 
A student majoring in biology or chemistry. 

Winfield S. Hutchinson Scholarships (1959) 334*6 

Given by Mrs. Winfield S. Hutchinson. 

William Dunning and Mary Elliott Ireland Scholarship 

Fund (1968) 2,193 

Given by William D. Ireland, Jr., 1949. 

Preference to a student who has had some connection with the 
College in the past. 

Ireson-Pickard Scholarship (i960) 5,000 

Given by Jennie E. Ireson. 

Howard Rollin Ives Memorial Scholarship (1917) 38,038 

Given by friends of Howard Rollin Ives 1898. 

Henry Whiting Jarvis Scholarship Fund (1954) 1,000 

Given by Mrs. Eleanor Jarvis Newman. 

Alfred Johnson Scholarships (1870) 2 >9 l 3 

Given by Alfred Waldo Johnson 1845. 

John Johnston Fund (1938) 25,000 

Given by Albert W. Johnston. 

Sarah Maude Kaemmerling Scholarship and Loan Fund 

(1959) 106,366 

Given by Mrs. Sarah Maude Kaemmerling. 

Kappa Scholarship Fund (1947) 5,387 

Given by Charles S. F. Lincoln 1891. 
To a member of the Psi Upsilon Fraternity. 

Frederick L. Kateon Scholarship (1971) 15,000 

Given by Frederick L. Kateon. 

One-third to a student majoring in foreign languages, one-third to 
a student tending toward public life or the law, and one-third to 
a student pursuing premedical courses. 

Dean Nathaniel C. Kendrick Scholarship Fund (1970) 7,275 

Given by his family and friends. 



66 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 



Frank H. Kidder Scholarship (1929) 21 >333 

Given by Frank H. Kidder. 

Preference to graduates of Thayer Academy or students from Mas- 
sachusetts. 

Monte Kimball Scholarship Fund (1970) 3!>58i 

Given by W. Montgomery Kimball 1923. 
Preference to students from Henderson County, North Carolina. 

Bowdoin Martin Luther King, Jr., Scholarship (1971) 1*405 

Given by various donors. 

Charles Potter Kling Fund (1934) 50,000 

Given by Charles P. Kling. 

Provides tuition and books for students of colonial or revolution- 
ary ancestry. 

George B. Knox Fund (1962) • 683,372 

Given by George B. Knox 1929 and Mrs. Knox. 
Preference, first, to students from California and, second, to stu- 
dents from the Pacific coast as scholarships or financial aid. 

Samuel Appleton Ladd, Jr., Scholarship Fund (1969) 10,010 

Given by the Class of 1929. 
Juniors and/or seniors interested in pursuing a business career. 

Frederic Evans Lally Scholarship (1902) 486 

Given by Frederic Evans Lally 1882. 

Joseph Lambert Fund (1896) 970 

Given by Mrs. Ann E. Lambert. 

Donovan D. Lancaster Scholarship (1969) 6>353 

Given by members of Alpha Rho Chapter, Kappa Sigma 

Fraternity. 
Preference to an active member of Alpha Kappa Sigma Fraternity. 

John V. Lane Scholarship (1942) 5,000 

Given by Susan H. Lane. 

Lawrence Foundation (1847) 6,220 

Given by Mrs. Amos Lawrence. 
Preference to graduates of Lawrence Academy. 

Lawrence Scholarship (1926) 25,025 

Given by Mrs. Samuel C. Lawrence. 
Students residing in the State of Maine. 

Richard Almy Lee Scholarship (1910) 2,000 

Given by Mrs. Elizabeth Lee Eliot and Miss Sylvia Lee. 
Preference to a member of the Beta Theta Pi Fraternity. 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 67 

Edward K. Leighton Scholarships (1953) 
Given by Edward K. Leighton 1901. 
A part of the income of the Edward K, Leighton Fund. 
Students residing in Knox County. 

Leon Leighton and Margaret B. Leighton Scholarship 

Fund (1944) 10,000 

Given by Leon Leighton, Jr., 1919. 
Preference to descendants of alumni of Bowdoin College. 

Frank E. and Nellie V. Leslie Scholarship Fund (1967) 5,000 

Given by Nellie V. Leslie. 

Preference to students from Maine or Massachusetts pursuing a 
premedical course. 

Weston Lewis Scholarship (1919) 15,000 

Given by Mrs. Weston Lewis. 

Charles F. Libby Scholarship (1915) 3*270 

Given by Charles F. Libby 1864. 

A student and resident of Portland, preferably pursuing a classical 
course. 

Lucien P. Libby Memorial Scholarship (1971) 15,000 

Given by Mrs. Lucien P. Libby. 
Preference to boys from Portland. Maine. 

Amos D. Lockwood Scholarship (1888) 1*103 

Given by Mrs. Sarah F. Lockwood. 

George C. Lovell Scholarship (1917) *>974 

Given by Mrs. George C. Lovell. 
Preference to a student from Richmond. 

Lubec Scholarship Fund (1961) 50,000 

Given by Sumner T. Pike 1913. 

Preference to current or former residents, or descendants of resi- 
dents, of Lubec, with second preference to students similarly asso- 
ciated with other communities in Washington County. 

Moses R. Ludwig and Albert F. Thomas Scholarships 

(1884) 1,017 

Given by Mrs. Moses R. Ludwig. 

Earle Howard Lyford Scholarship (1956) 2,000 

Given by Mrs. Earle Howard Lyford. 

Frederick J. and Hope M. Lynch Fund (1968) 20,000 

Given by Hope M. Lynch. 
Preference to students born and residing in Maine. 



68 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 



Louis Blalock McCarthy Scholarship Fund (1966) ! 5»73° 

Given by his family and friends. 

Scott S. McCune Scholarship Fund (1963) 25,000 

Given by Mr. and Mrs. George W. McCune, Jr., George 
B. Knox 1929, and Mrs. Knox. 
Preference to students from Idaho and Utah. 

S. Forbush McGarry, Jr., Scholarship Fund (1941) 23,106 

Given by S. Forbush McGarry, Jr., 1936 and Caroline 
McGarry. 

Greenwood H. McKay Fund (1965) 10,000 

Given by Roland L. McKay, Medical 1908. 
Preference to students from Augusta. 

Max V. MacKinnon Scholarship Fund (1968) 1,028 

Given by Mrs. Louise McCurdy MacKinnon. 

George Clifton Mahoney Fund (1939) 8,310 

Given by George C. Mahoney 1891. 

William N. Mann Scholarship Fund (1969) 2,000 

Given by William N. Mann. 

Preference to residents of Yarmouth, Maine, or second, to gradu- 
ates of North Yarmouth Academy. 

Richard S. Mason Scholarships (1958) 
Given by Jane Graham Mason. 
One-third of the income of a fund of $40,000. 

Charles P. Mattocks Scholarship (1955) 2,000 

Given by Mrs. Mary M. Bodge. 

Francis LeBaron Mayhew Scholarship Fund (1922) 6,333 

Given by Mrs. Francis LeBaron Mayhew. 

James Means Scholarship (1885) 2,040 

Given by William G. Means. 

Joseph E. Merrill Scholarships (1909) 
Given by Joseph E. Merrill 1854. 
The sum of $4,000 annually from the income of this fund. 
To American-born students, preferably those born in Maine. 

Edward F. Moody Scholarship (1912) 5>475 

Given by Inez A. Blanchard and others. 
To a meritorious student for proficiency in chemistry. 

Jennie L. Moody Fund (1947) 20,000 

Given by William A. Moody 1882. 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 



69 



Hoyt A. Moore Scholarship Fund (1954) 100,000 

Given by Hoyt A. Moore 1895. 

For Maine boys, preferably from Ellsworth and other places in 
Hancock County. 

Malcolm E. Morrell Scholarship Fund (1967) 10,386 

Given by his friends. 
To a member of the junior or senior class. 

Freedom Moulton Scholarship Fund (1933) 10 >395 

Given by Augustus F. Moulton 1873. 

New Hampshire Charitable Fund Scholarship (1964) 30,000 

Given by the New Hampshire Charitable Fund and 
New Hampshire Alumni. 
A student residing in New Hampshire. 

Edward Henry Newbegin Scholarship (1909) *>456 

Given by Henry Newbegin 1857. 

Guilford S. Newcomb Scholarship (1939) 1,000 

Given by Edward R. Stearns 1889. 
A worthy student from Warren. 

Crosby Stuart Noyes Scholarships (1897) 3*885 

Given by Crosby Stuart Noyes. 
Preference to natives or residents of Minot. 

O'Brien Scholarship (1935) 5,000 

Given by Mrs. Harriet O'Brien Walker. 
Preferably to students from Machias. 

Osborne-Fawcett Scholarship Fund (1967) 20,000 

Given by Mrs. D. C. Osborne. 

Preference to students from the New York City-Long Island, N.Y., 
area. 

Packard Scholarship (1905) 2,000 

Given by Alpheus S. Packard, Jr., 1861. 
A student in botany, geology, or zoology. 

George Winfield Parsons Scholarship (1956) 2,500" 

Given by Harry S. Parsons, Medical 1891. 
To a student from Brunswick. 

Lindley F. and Mabelle Foss Parsons Scholarship Fund 

(*9 6 9) 1,225 

Given by Marcus L. Parsons. 

Preference to students from Somerset County, Maine, or second, 
to students from rural Maine. 



70 Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 

John H. Payne Scholarship (1947) 9>5°° 

Given by John H. Payne 1876. 
Preferably students born and brought up in the State of Maine. 

John H. and Ernestine A. Payne Scholarship Fund (1947) 168,895 
Given by Mrs. John H. Payne. 
Preferably students born and brought up in the State of Maine. 

Payson Scholarship (1935) 193,887 

Given by Mrs. Gharles H. Payson. 

Roland Marcy Peck Memorial (1917) 973 

Given by Anna Aurilla Peck. 

Woolf Peirez Scholarship Fund (1958) 33*690 

Given by Louis A. Peirez. 

Students from New York City or Nassau County, preferably those 
who are foreign born or are of foreign -born parents. 

Samuel H. and Sarah Allen Perkins Scholarship Fund 

0947) 1 '°°7 

Given by Dr. Anne E. Perkins and Dr. Erne A. 

Stevenson. 

Arthur Lincoln Perry Scholarship (1936) 5,000 

Given by Mary Adelia Perry. 

Trueman S. Perry Scholarship (1939) 882 

Given by Trueman S. Perry 1850. 
A student looking to the Evangelical ministry as a profession. 

Margaret M. Pickard Scholarship Fund (1954) 35» 000 

Given by John C. Pickard 1922. 

Pierce Scholarship (1878) 1,020 

Given by Mrs. Lydia Pierce. 

Stanley Plummer Scholarship (1920) 2,016 

Given by Stanley Plummer 1867. 
Preference to students born in Dexter. 

Alton S. Pope Scholarship (1970) 1 > 1 75 

Given by Mrs. Alton S. Pope and Philip H. Pope. 
Preference to graduates of Cony High School, Augusta, Maine. 

Potter Scholarship (1950) 52,500 

Given by Caroline N. Potter. 

Walter Averill Powers 1906 Scholarship Fund (1963) 10,062 

Given by Ralph A. Powers 1913. 
A student residing in the State of Maine. 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 71 

John Finzer Presnell, Jr., Scholarship Fund (1947) 1,000 

Given by Mr. and Mrs. John F. Presnell. 
A student of high Christian principles. 

C. Hamilton Preston, Class of 1902, Scholarship (1955) 2,000 

Given by C. Hamilton Preston 1902. 

Annie E. Purinton Scholarship (1908) 5>5°5 

Given by Mrs. D. Webster King. 
Preference to a Topsham or Brunswick boy. 

Henry Brewer Quinby Scholarship Fund (1930) 43,000 

Given by Mrs. Gurdon Maynard. 

Preference to students from Maine, of American ancestry on both 
sides. 

Henry Cole Quinby Scholarship (1962) 134,970 

Given by Florence C. Quinby. 
Preference to students from Kents Hill School. 

Returned Scholarships (1933) 8,382 

Given by various persons. 

C. Earle Richardson and Ethel M. Richardson Fund 

(1962) 85,000 

Given by C. Earle Richardson 1909. 
Preference to students from Maine. 

Flora T. Riedy Fund (1965) 15,000 

Given by Flora T. Riedy. 
As scholarships or loans to students. 

Rodney E. Ross 1910 Scholarship Fund (1965) 25,841 

Given by Rodney E. Ross 1910. 

Walter L. Sanborn Oxford County Scholarship Fund 

(1948) 19,400 

Given by Walter L. Sanborn 1901. 

Residents of Oxford County, preferably from Norway and Paris. 

Mary L. Savage Memorial Scholarship (1872) 1,068 

Given by William T. Savage 1833. 

Vernon and James Segal Fund (1966) 1,200 

Given by Vernon L. Segal 1943 and James S. Segal 1950. 
As a scholarship or loans to students. 

Stephen Sewall Scholarship (1873) 1,068 

Given by Stephen Sewall. 



72 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 



William B. Sewall Scholarship (1870) J* 1 29 

Given by Mrs. William B. Sewall. 

Charles Burnham Shackford Scholarship Fund (1963) 10,000 

Given by Martha Hale Shackford. 
A student or students studying in the humanities. 

Charles Wells Shaw Scholarship (1942) 1,000 

Given by Mrs. William Curtis Merryman. 
Preference to residents of Bath or Brunswick. 

Shepley Scholarship (1871) 973 

Given by Ether Shepley. 

Shumway Scholarship (1959) 92,449 

Given by the family of Sherman N. Shumway 1917. 
Students giving evidence of interest and ability in accomplishing 
leadership in campus activities and citizenship. 

Wayne Sibley Scholarship (1956) 35,150 

Given by George I. Alden Trust and his family. 
Preferably to a student from Worcester County, Massachusetts. 

Freeman H. and Anne E. Smith Scholarships (1934) 2,000 

Given by Mrs. Cora A. Spaulding. 

To two students preferably from North Haven, Vinalhaven, or 
Rockland. 

Joseph W. Spaulding Fund (1926) 2,500 

Given by Mary C. Spaulding. 
To a member of the freshman class. 

Ellis Spear Scholarship (1919) 11,006 

Given by Ellis Spear 1858. 

William E. Spear Scholarship Fund (1924) 1 » 1 95 

Given by Mrs. William E. Spear. 

John G. Stetson '54 Fund (1954) 5^975 

Given by Marian Stetson. 
Preference to boys from Lincoln County. 

William Law Symonds Scholarship (1902) 3,367 

Given by his family. 

Preference to a student showing tendency to excellence in litera- 
ture. 

Jane Tappan Scholarship Fund (1956) 7,000 

Given by Mrs. Margaret Tappan Shorey. 

W. W. Thomas Scholarship (1875) 5,828 

Given by William Widgery Thomas i860. 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 73 

Earle S. Thompson Scholarship Fund (1961) 165,331 

Given by Earle S. Thompson 1914 and Bell McKerlie 

Watts. 

Preference, first, to graduates of high schools in Sagadahoc County 
or whose homes are in that county and, second, to those resident 
in the State of Maine. 

Frederic Erie Thornlay Tillotson Scholarship Fund (1962) 12,741 

Given by his friends. 

A freshman interested and talented in music. 

Marvin Tracey Memorial Scholarship Fund (1965) 2,518 

Given by Mrs. Dorothy Simon. 

Hiram Tuell Fund (1946) 500 

Given by Harriet E. and Anne K. Tuell. 

21 Appleton Hall Scholarship (1940) 3,000 

Given by its former occupants. 

Walker Scholarships (1935) 25,000 

Given by Annetta O'Brien Walker. 

Genevieve Warren Memorial Scholarship Fund (1967) 14,035 

Given by Herbert E. Warren 1910. 

John Prescott Webber, Jr., Scholarship (1902) 2,654 

Given by John P. Webber. 

George Webster Scholarship (1947) 3,000 

Given by Mary L. Webster. 

Arthur D. and Francis J. Welch Scholarship Fund (1967) 213,075 
Given by Mr. and Mrs. Edward P. Morgan, Vincent B. 
Welch 1938, and Mrs. Welch. 

Preference to academically talented students of high character, 
with leadership potential and athletic proficiency, and from out- 
side New England. 

Wentworth Scholarship Fund (1937) 1,000 

Given by Walter V. Wentworth 1886. 

Ellen J. Whitmore Scholarship (1903) i>943 

Given by Ellen J. Whitmore. 

Huldah Whitmore Scholarships (1887) 4,856 

Given by William G.. Barrows 1839. 

Nathaniel McLellan Whitmore and George Sidney 

Whitmore Scholarships (1887) 2,096 

Given by Mrs. Mary J. Whitmore. 



74 Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 

Frederick W. and Elizabeth M. Willey Scholarship Fund 

(*9 6 3) 8,929 

Given by Frederick W. Willey 1917 and Mrs. Willey. 

Roliston G. Woodbury Scholarship Fund (1964) 1 5»533 

Given by his friends. 

Richard Woodhull Scholarship (1912) 9*964 

Given by Mrs. Mary E. W. Perry. 
Preference to the descendants of the Reverend Richard Woodhull. 

Cyrus Woodman Scholarships (1903) 9*387 

Given by Mary Woodman. 

Paul L. Woodworth Scholarship Fund (1970) 1,000 

Given by Madeline P. Woodworth. 

Preference to students from Fairfield, Somerset County, and Maine, 
in that order. 

Fountain Livingston Young and Martha Higgins Young 

Scholarship Fund (1964) 22,922 

Given by Paul C. Young 1918 and John G. Young 1921. 
Preference to descendants of Fountain and Martha Young, or to 
residents of Texas. 

Louis J. Zamanis Scholarship Fund (1961) 8,000 

Given by Mrs. Louis J. Zamanis. 



Section II: Scholarships Funded Annually 

(As of January 31, 1971) 

Alumni Fund Scholarships 

Given by the Directors of the Alumni Fund. 

A portion of the receipts of the Alumni Fund, to provide scholarships for 
entering freshmen. These awards are in varying amounts depending on the 
financial status of each candidate; selections are made by the Faculty Com- 
mittee on Admissions and Student Aid. 

George F. Baker Scholarships 

Given by the George F. Baker Trust. 

Awarded annually to three or four young men who give promise of leader- 
ship in American life. The specific amount of each award depends on the 
need of the individual and may be as much as $2,500. The awards are re- 
newable throughout the recipients' Bowdoin careers, subject to continued 
need and effective performance. No restrictions to any particular field or 
career, although there is special interest in those aiming at careers in busi- 
ness as the start, at least, of their life work. 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 75 

Henry Francis Barrows Scholarship 
Given by Fanny Barrows Reed. 
One or more scholarships from a trust fund, for Protestant students. 

Bath Iron Works Corporation Scholarship 
Given by the Bath Iron Works Corporation. 

An annual gift of $1,000, restricted to an upperclassman who is the son of a 
Bath Iron Works Corporation employee, a resident of Bath, or a resident of 
the State of Maine. 

Bowdoin Club of Boston Scholarship 
Given by the Bowdoin Club of Boston. 
An annual gift for an enrolled student from the Boston area. 

Bowdoin Fathers Association Scholarship 

Given by the Directors of the Bowdoin Fathers Association. 
An award, usually equal to tuition, to a deserving candidate from outside 
New England. Selection is made by a committee composed of the dean of 
the College, the director of admissions, and a member of the Faculty Com- 
mittee on Admissions and Student Aid. 

Chi Psi Scholarship 

Given by the Chi Psi Fraternity. 
$200 annually, under certain circumstances. 

General Motors Scholarships 

Given by the General Motors Corporation. 

Gillies-Rust Scholarship 

Given by Mr. and Mrs. William B. Gillies, Jr., and The Rust 

Foundation. 

An annual gift of $500. 

Abraham S. Levey and Fannie B. Levey Foundation Scholarships 
Given by The Second Abraham S. and Fannie B. Levey Foun- 
dation. 
An annual gift of $500. 

Agnes M. Lindsay Scholarships 
Given by Agnes M. Lindsay Trust. 
An annual gift of $8,000. Preference for students from rural New England. 

Abby Page Scholarships 

Given by Harvey Dow Gibson 1902. 

Two scholarships of $250 each to two boys of each graduating class in Frye- 

burg Academy, to be selected by the trustees of the academy. 

Presser Foundation Scholarship 
Given by the Presser Foundation. 

An annual gift of $400 with preference to those students who are preparing 
to become teachers of music. 



76 Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 

Procter Sc Gamble Scholarships 

Given by the Procter & Gamble Fund. 

Awarded by the College, these grants provide tuition and an allowance for 
fees, books, and supplies, plus an annual grant of $600 to the College. 
Awards are made on the basis of financial need. 

Alfred P. Sloan National Scholarships 

Given by the Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Inc. 

Awarded by the College, the stipends may range to a maximum of $2,500. 
Although the foundation prefers to have economic need disregarded alto- 
gether as a criterion in the selection of candidates, it recognizes this would 
probably be impracticable. The College receives an additional grant for 
each scholarship recipient who is enrolled. 

Hattie M. Strong Foundation Scholarship Fund in Memory of 
Justice Harold Hitz Burton 
Given by the Hattie M. Strong Foundation. 
An annual gift of $4,000. \ 

Graduate Scholarships: Arts and Sciences 

Applications for graduate scholarships should be made in writ- 
ing to the director of student aid before May 15, 1972. 

Class of 1922 Graduate Scholarship Fund: A fund of $32,157 
from an anonymous donor honoring the members of the Class of 
1922, living and deceased. Ninety percent of the income from the 
Fund is to be awarded to a deserving member of the graduating 
class to help defray the expenses of graduate work designed to assist 
him in preparing for a career in teaching at either the college or the 
secondary school level. ( J 9^5) 

Charles Carroll Everett Scholarship: A fund of $13,993 be- 
queathed by Miss Mildred Everett in memory of her father, Charles 
Carroll Everett, D.D., of the Class of 1850, the net income of which 
is given to that graduate of Bowdoin College whom the president 
and Faculty shall deem the best qualified to take a postgraduate 
course in either this or some other country. ( 1 9°4) 

Timothy M. Hayes Fund: A fund of $2,501 given by Timothy 
and Linn Hayes for support of postgraduate studies in the social 
sciences, i.e., those branches of knowledge which deal with the in- 
stitutions and functioning of human society and with the inter- 
personal relationships of individuals as members of society. (1970) 

Guy Charles Howard Scholarship: A fund of $21,155 be- 
queathed to the College by Miss Ethel L. Howard in memory of 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 77 

her brother, Guy Charles Howard, of the Class of 1898, the income 
of which is to be used to enable "some qualified student to take a 
postgraduate course in this or some other country, such student to 
be designated by the Faculty." ( x 95^) 

Henry W. Longfellow Graduate Scholarship: A fund of 
$10,058 given by the daughters of Henry W. Longfellow, of the 
Class of 1825 — Miss Alice M. Longfellow, Mrs. Edith L. Dana, and 
Mrs. Annie L. Thorpe — for a graduate scholarship "that would 
enable a student, after graduation, to pursue graduate work in 
some other college, or abroad if considered desirable; the work 
to be done in English, or general literature, and the field to be 
as large as possible — Belles Lettres in a. wide sense. The student 
to be selected should be one not merely proficient in some specialty, 
or with high marks, but with real ability in the subject and capa- 
ble of profiting by the advanced work, and developing in the best 
way." (1907) 

The Wilmot Brookings Mitchell Graduate Scholarship: An 
award of $1,000 from a fund established by Hugh A. Mitchell, of 
the Class of 1919, "to honor the memory of my father and his love 
for Bowdoin." Professor Mitchell was a member of the Class of 
1890 and from 1893 to 1939 Edward Little Professor of Rhetoric 
and Oratory. The award is made by the president upon recommen- 
dation of a committee composed of the three senior professors of 
the Department of English "to a member of each graduating class 
who has majored in English and intends to teach English, the win- 
ning candidate to be selected on the basis of character as well as 
superior ability and talent for teaching." The award is to be used 
to help defray the costs of graduate work in a leading university in 
this country or England. O965) 

Galen C. Moses Graduate Scholarship: A fund of $5,110 be- 
queathed by Emma H. Moses in memory of her husband, a member 
of the Class of 1856, the income "to be awarded and paid to the 
student most proficient in any natural science during his under- 
graduate course, who shall actually pursue a postgraduate course 
in such science at any recognized college or university; said income 
to be paid to such student for a period not exceeding three years, 
unless he sooner completes or abandons said postgraduate course." 

0934) 

O'Brien Graduate Scholarship: A fund of $20,000 given by 
Mrs. John Washburn, of Minneapolis, in memory of her uncles, 
John, William, Jeremiah, and Joseph O'Brien, for a "scholarship, 



78 Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 

preferably a graduate scholarship, for a student, or students, to be 
selected annually by the Faculty, who shall be deemed most suit- 
able to profit by travel or advanced study, either in this country or 
abroad." ( 1 937) 

Nathan Webb Research Scholarship in English or English 
Literature: A fund of $32,217 bequeathed to the College by Dr. 
Latham True in memory of his wife's father, the Honorable Na- 
than Webb, LL.D., the income to be used to support a scholarship 
of $1,200 annually. The recipient must have received his A.B. from 
Bowdoin, preferably be unmarried, and use the scholarship in his 
study toward a Ph.D. "If deemed advisable, the said scholarship 
may be awarded to the same student for two or three years in suc- 
cession, but no longer." (*963) 

In addition to the scholarships.indicated here, Bowdoin students 
will be nominated and placed in competition for the Rhodes schol- 
arships, Woodrow Wilson Fellowships, and the Marshall scholar- 
ships, and may apply for the Fulbright-Hays scholarships for study 
abroad, National Science Foundation Graduate Fellowships, and 
other fellowships supported by the government, foundations, or 
universities. 

Graduate Scholarship: Law 

Lee G. Paul Scholarship: A fund of $32,500 given by Lee G. 
Paul, of the Class of 1929, the income to be used to provide financial 
assistance to graduates attending the Harvard University School of 
Law and requiring financial aid. ( J 964) 

Graduate Scholarships: Medicine 

Garcelon and Merritt Fund: About $17,000 from the income 
of this fund, established in memory of Seward Garcelon, of the 
Medical Class of 1830, and Samuel Merritt, of the Medical Class of 
1843, * s appropriated annually for medical scholarships. The larger 
part of the amount is awarded to students pursuing their studies in 
medical schools, and the remainder may be assigned to students in 
the College who are taking premedical courses; but, at the dis- 
cretion of the Board of Trustees, all of the income available may 
be assigned to students in medical schools. 

Awards are made only to "worthy and struggling young men . . . 
in need of pecuniary aid," and preference is given to graduates 
and former students of Bowdoin College. Applications from men 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 79 

not graduates or former students of Bowdoin College, but who are 
residents of the State of Maine, may be considered after they have 
completed one year in medical school. 

Applications for medical scholarships must be made upon forms 
furnished by the director of student aid, and must be received by 
the director before December 15. 



Loan Funds 

(As of January 31, 1971) 

The following loan funds were established to assist students in 
unexpected circumstances to continue their college courses. Appli- 
cations for loans should be addressed to the director of student aid. 

Bowdoin Loan Fund (1959) $256,269 

College appropriation. 

Cummings Loan Fund (1943) 2,440 

Given by George O. Cummings 1913. 
Administered by the deans. 

Davenport Loan and Trust Fund (1908) 14,689 

Given by George P. Davenport 1867. 

George P. Davenport Student Loan Fund (1959) 2,824 

Given by the Trustees of the Davenport Fund. 
Residents of the State of Maine, preferably graduates of Morse 
High School, Bath. 

Harry Fabyan Students' Aid Fund (1966) 5*130 

Given by Mrs. Harry C. Fabyan. 
Administered by the president of the College. 

Guy P. Gannett Loan Fund (1941) 1 8,875 

Given by an anonymous donor. 

Augustus T. Hatch Loan Fund (1958) 5,469. 

Given by the Davenport-Hatch Foundation, Inc. 

Albion Howe Memorial Loan Fund (1903) 4,823 

Given by Lucien Howe 1870. 

Edward P. Hutchinson Loan Fund (1940) 707 

Given by Edward P. Hutchinson 1927. 
Administered by the deans. 



80 Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 

William DeWitt Hyde and Kenneth C. M. Sills Loan 

Fund (1964) 28,164 

Established by Fred R. Lord 1911. 
Administered by the president and dean of the College. 
For undergraduates, instructors, and assistant professors. 

Arthur Stephen Libby Memorial Fund (1949) 1,577 

Given by Mrs. Arthur S. Libby. 

Charles W. Marston Loan Fund (i960) 5479 

Given by Mrs. Charles W. Marston. 

Meddiebempsters Loan Fund (1950) 585 

Given by "The Meddiebempsters." 

Carleton P. Merrill Loan Fund (1963) 10,269 

Given by Ella P. Merrill. 

New England Society Loan Fund (1947) 2,898 

Given by the New England Society in the City of 
New York. 

President's Loan Fund (1909) 23,688 

Given by various donors. 

Alfred P. Sloan Foundation Loan Fund (i960) 14*346 

Given by the Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Inc. 

In addition, under the terms of The National Defense Educa- 
tion Act Loan Fund, about $1,176,602 has been provided by grants 
from the United States government and supplemented by the Col- 
lege in the amount of $130,734. Loans are made as provided under 
Title II, Public Law 85-864 of September 2, 1958 — The National 
Defense Education Act of 1958, as amended. (*959) 



Other Student Aid Funds 

John L. Roberts Fund (1958) 

A fund of $21,075 given by John L. Roberts of the Class of 1911 
to assist some underprivileged scholar, other than a teacher or one 
contemplating teaching, to do research in any field he may choose. 

Harold Hitz Burton Student Book Fund (1967) 

A fund of $7,964 given in honor and memory of the late Honor- 
able Harold Hitz Burton, LL.D., of the Class of 1909, by members 
of the Bowdoin Club of Washington and others to assist needy 



Scholarships, Loans, and Financial Aid 81 

Bowdoin undergraduates in the purchase of books required in 
their courses. Administered by the dean of students. 

Earle S. Thompson Student Fund (1967) 

A fund of $25,000 given in honor of Earle S. Thompson of the 
Class of 1914 to provide administrative internships for seniors in 
Bowdoin's Senior Center Program. 



The Curriculum 

BOWDOIN does not prescribe a pattern of required liberal arts 
courses for all students. Instead, each student determines, 
with the help and approval of his academic counselor, what pat- 
tern of courses is most "liberating" for him. This practice is based 
on the belief that each student has come to Bowdoin to pursue 
seriously a liberal education. Courses, it is assumed, do not simply 
lead to other courses in the same subject, but properly taught they 
raise questions and evoke a curiosity that other disciplines must 
satisfy. The movement from subject to subject occurs not because 
it is prescribed or because continuation in the same subject is de- 
nied, but because the student finds the movement right for his 
intellectual needs. 

Concomitant with this desire to broaden knowledge is a desire 
to know in depth. To that end, each student participates in a ma- 
jor program during the last two years. In selecting a major field in 
which to concentrate, the student leaves his academic counselor 
of the first two years to work with a member of the department in 
which he is to major. Although each department has specific re- 
quirements, special needs are recognized and individualized pro- 
grams involving more than one department are possible. 

Should a student and his adviser be unable to agree on a desira- 
ble selection of courses, a special faculty committee serves as an 
appeal board. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE 

For the degree of bachelor of arts, a student must pass thirty- 
two semester courses and satisfy the requirements of his major 
department. He must also have been in residence at Bowdoin Col- 
lege for at least one year. 

GENERAL REGULATIONS 

1. Course Load: Students are required to take a minimum of 
four regular courses each semester. Students wishing to take more 
than five courses must have permission of the Deans' Office. If de- 
sired, a fifth course may be taken on an ungraded basis. 

2. Course Examinations: The regular examinations of the Col- 
lege are held at the close of each semester. An absence from an 
examination entails the mark of zero. In the event of illness or 

82 



The Curriculum 83 

other unavoidable cause of absence from examination, the Deans' 
Office may authorize makeup of the examination. 

3. Course Grades: Course grades are High Honors, Honors, 
Pass, and Fail. A fifth course carried on an ungraded basis is 
marked "Sat" (satisfactory) or "Unsat" (unsatisfactory). High 
Honors indicates a performance of outstanding quality, charac- 
terized where appropriate by originality in thought as well as by 
mastery of the subject at the level studied; the kind of work which 
leads to a degree summa cum laude. Honors indicates a perfor- 
mance which, though short of High Honors, is above the common 
in insight and understanding and is equal to or close to the quality 
of work which leads to a degree cum laude. Pass is a satisfactory 
performance consistent with standards for graduation. Fail indi- 
cates unsatisfactory work. In independent study courses that will 
continue beyond one semester, instructors shall have the option of 
submitting at the end of each semester except the last a grade 
of "S" for Satisfactory in place of a regular grade. A regular 
grade shall be submitted at the end of the final semester and shall 
become the grade for the previous semesters of independent study. 
With the approval of the Deans' Office, a grade of Incomplete may 
be recorded in any course. If the course is not completed within 
one year, the Incomplete becomes permanent or changes to Fail. 

4. Grade Reports: A report of the grades of each student is sent 
to his parents or guardian at the close of each semester. 

5. The Dean's List: Students who receive Honors or High 
Honors for three-quarters of their grades and who receive no fail- 
ures for one semester are placed on the Dean's List. For purposes 
of the Dean's List, Satisfactory in an independent study is con- 
sidered as an Honor grade. Dean's List students are given certain 
privileges regarding attendance at classes. 

6. Deficiency in Scholarship: A student who fails three or 
more courses at the end of the first semester of the freshman year, 
or who fails two or more courses at the end of any other semester 
is dropped from college for one semester. A student is dropped 
permanently from college if he is subject to dismissal a second 
time for failing two or more courses. 

7. Maximum Residency: No student shall be permitted to re- 
main at Bowdoin for more than nine semesters of full-time work. 

8. Senior Course Selection: Each student shall take a course in 
his major department in each semester of his senior year. 

9. Leave of Absence: A student in good standing may, with 
the approval of his adviser, apply to the Recording Committee for 
a leave of absence for a specified number of semesters. The leave 



84 The Curriculum 

must begin at the end of a regular semester. A student on ap- 
proved leave is eligible for financial aid upon his return. 



THE MAJOR PROGRAM 

A major program is offered by every department which has been 
authorized by the Faculty to do so. The departmental require- 
ments for each major are listed in Courses of Instruction on 
pages 92-164. 

Interdepartmental major programs, designed to meet an in- 
dividual, cultural, or professional objective, may be offered if ap- 
proved by the departments concerned and the Recording Com- 
mittee. 

Each student must choose his major by the end of his sophomore 
year after consultation with the department concerned. During the 
week preceding the spring vacation, the registrar shall post hours 
for faculty conferences with sophomores regarding choice of a 
major. No student may major in a department unless he has satis- 
fied the department that he is able to do work of at least passing 
quality in its courses. Changes in major programs may take place 
only with the permission of the Recording Committee following 
the submission of a written request stating the reason for the 
change. Such request must also be approved by the departments 
concerned. A student who has not been accepted in a major de- 
partment cannot continue his registration. 

INDEPENDENT STUDY 

With departmental approval, a student may elect a course of 
independent study under tutorial supervision. In most depart- 
ments the project will consist of a written dissertation or an ap- 
propriate account of an original investigation, but projects in 
music, the fine arts, and letters are also encouraged. Students who 
seek departmental honors are expected to register for at least one 
course in independent study and to achieve an honor grade in it. 

A department will ordinarily approve one or two semesters of 
independent study, for which regular course credit will be given. 
A definite plan for the project must be presented by the student, 
approved by the department, and filed in the Dean of the College's 
Office. The plan for a fall semester must be on file by October 1; 
the plan for a spring semester must be submitted in December with 
the registration card for spring courses. Where more than one 



The Curriculum 85 

semester's credit is sought, the project will be subject to review by 
the department at the end of the first semester. In special cases the 
Recording Committee, upon recommendation of the department, 
may extend credit for additional semester courses beyond two. In 
independent study courses that will continue beyond one semes- 
ter, instructors shall have the option of submitting at the end of 
each semester except the last a grade of "S" for Satisfactory in place 
of a regular grade. A regular grade shall be submitted at the end 
of the final semester and shall become the grade for the previous 
semesters of independent study. The final corrected copy of the 
project must be submitted to the department before the last day of 
classes of the final semester of the work. For administrative pur- 
poses this independent study will bear one or more of the course 
numbers 201, 202, 203, 204, depending upon the number of course 
credits allowed. 

THE AWARD OF HONORS 

Departmental Honors 

The degree with honors, high honors, or highest honors in a 
major subject is awarded to a student who has distinguished him- 
self in that subject. The award is made by the Faculty upon 
recommendation of the department. It is based upon such con- 
siderations as (a) honor grades in at least a majority of major 
courses; (b) honor grades in any departmental special major re- 
quirements; and (c) honor grades in independent study in the 
major department. 

All written work in independent study accepted as fulfilling 
honors requirements shall be deposited in the Library in a form 
specified by the Library Committee. 

General Honors 

A degree cum laude shall be awarded to a student who receives 
Honors or High Honors in three-quarters of the necessary number 
of Bowdoin courses presented for the degree. 

To receive a degree magna cum laude a student shall fulfill the 
requirement for a degree cum laude with the additional require- 
ments that at least one-quarter of his grades must be High Honors, 
plus one High Honors grade for each Pass grade. 

A degree summa cum laude shall be awarded to a student who re- 
ceives High Honors in at least one-half, and Honors in all his other 
Bowdoin courses presented for the degree. 



86 The Curriculum 

THE SENIOR PROGRAM 

The Senior Center is designed as a community of scholars whose 
educational growth is not restricted to the classroom. A residence 
for the director of the Senior Center and his family is provided as 
an integral part of the Center. Two faculty members and a num- 
ber of foreign teaching fellows also have living quarters in the 
Center, so that they can maintain close contact with the seniors. 
Guest suites for lecturers and other visitors from outside Bowdoin 
enable the Center to invite a variety of persons to come for ex- 
tended visits, during which individual conferences and small group 
discussions can be held. Often a lecturer whose specialty is related 
to the subject of one of the seminars presents a public lecture of 
general interest, meets with members of one of the Senior Sem- 
inars for a more specialized encounter, and holds discussions with 
interested students in his guest suite, in the Senior Center dining 
hall, or in one of the small meeting rooms of the Center. Musical, 
dramatic, and artistic events take place in the Center, with students 
sometimes as spectators, sometimes as participants. 

The formal academic portion of the Senior Program includes 
seminars and an increased emphasis upon independent study. The 
major program in a department chosen by the student, including 
honors work for qualified seniors, and elective courses in various 
fields of study continue as in the past to be fundamental parts of 
the educational experience of the senior year. 

Each senior may enroll in one seminar in the fall semester, and 
he may, if he wishes, elect to take a second seminar in the spring 
semester. Carrying academic credit, the seminars count toward the 
degree requirements as do traditional courses. Each seminar con- 
sists of one or more instructors and approximately fifteen students, 
who explore in some depth a problem within an area of learning 
outside their major field. Penetrating analysis is expected rather 
than the accumulation of a wide range of information such as 
might be sought in an introductory course. 

To assist the senior with his career planning, the Senior Center, 
in cooperation with the Office of Career Counseling and Placement 
and the various academic departments of the College, conducts a 
broad advisory program of career and graduate study guidance. 
Bowdoin alumni and others representing many careers are invited 
to the Center to advise students who show interest in pursuing simi- 
lar callings. The Center maintains a library of catalogues and other 
materials pertaining to graduate study in all fields of interest to 
Bowdoin students. A special effort is made to draw into this aspect 



The Curriculum 87 

of the Senior Program not only seniors but all undergraduates as 
they make plans for work and study following graduation. 

The director of the Senior Center is a member of the Faculty 
who combines teaching duties with his supervision of the program. 
He works with a Senior Center Council consisting of the dean of 
the Faculty and three members of the Faculty appointed by the 
president. 

The Council is assisted by a Student Committee for the Senior 
Center. This committee consists of the three elected class officers 
and may include additional members chosen by the seniors. 

SPECIAL PROGRAMS 

I. Afro-American Studies 

No college aspiring to offer liberal education to its students at 
this time in history can remain indifferent to the problem of black- 
white relations in this country. Along with many other colleges and 
universities, Bowdoin has acknowledged that the traditional liberal 
arts curriculum has given inadequate attention to serious study of 
this problem. Therefore, the Faculty in the spring of 1969 author- 
ized the addition of Afro-American studies to the curriculum. 

The new program has been created by the Committee on Afro- 
American Studies, which is composed of five members of the Fac- 
ulty and five students. The chairman of the committee is the pro- 
gram director. Under his leadership, the committee has created 
two multidisciplinary problem-centered courses, which constitute 
the nucleus of the major in Afro-American Studies. Students com- 
plete their selections of major courses from a list of regular offer- 
ings, in other departments, approved by the committee. (See pages 

92-93)- 

II. Environmental Studies 

For several years a number of courses in the Bowdoin curriculum 
have dealt with one or more aspects of environmental problems. 
Recently the Bowdoin Faculty has broadened its concern with 
environmental studies by voting to establish a continuing faculty- 
student committee to deal with the subject. One of the tasks of this 
committee is to develop upper-level, interdisciplinary courses in 
environmental studies for qualified students. Participants in these 
courses are expected to have a strong background, and to have de- 
veloped some problem-solving techniques, in an existing major 
discipline. For 1971-1972 the course developed by this committee 
is entitled The Androscoggin, A Case History. 



88 The Curriculum 

It is possible for students with particular interests in Environ- 
mental Studies and Economics to frame a joint-major in these 
fields. The chairman of the Department of Economics should be 
consulted for details. 

III. Independent Language Study 

Students who have demonstrated high motivation and for whom 
a special language is pertinent to their educational plans may un- 
dertake Independent Language Study for academic credit. These 
courses are under the guidance of a member of a foreign language 
department and utilize tapes and native speakers. Examinations 
are conducted at the end of each semester by an examiner from 
another college. Approval in advance must be given by the director 
of the program, Robert R. Nunn, associate professor of Romance 
languages, and the Recording Committee. These courses may be 
in any language for which programmed tapes, native speakers, and 
outside examiners are available. At present, such instruction is 
available in Chinese and Danish. For administrative purposes this 
independent study will be designated Chinese 11, 12 . . . , Danish 
21, 22 ... , depending upon the number of course credits allowed. 

IV. Preengineering Programs 

Students desiring to enter the profession of engineering may 
qualify for the degree of bachelor of arts from Bowdoin College 
and also for a degree in engineering in a total of five years (instead 
of the six years normally necessary for both degrees) by completing 
one of the joint programs described below. After three years of 
study at Bowdoin, students become eligible for recommendation 
to the cooperating engineering institutions provided that suffi- 
ciently good grades have been achieved in the prescribed courses; 
in most instances honor grades will be required for recommenda- 
tion by the College. Students wishing to avail themselves of one 
of these plans should notify the Deans' Office of Bowdoin College 
at the beginning of their freshman year because the programs re- 
quire a very definite pattern of courses. 

Boiudoin-California Institute of Technology Three-Two Plan 

Students enrolled in the California Institute of Technology Com- 
bined Plan take mathematics and physics in all three years and 
chemistry in sophomore and possibly junior years, depending on 
the courses contemplated at C.I.T. 



The Curriculum 89 

Recommended students are assured of admission to C.I.T. as 
juniors. The Bowdoin degree will be awarded to such students 
upon notification from the Institute that they have received their 
degrees from C.I.T. 



Bowdoin-Columbia School of Engineering Combined Plan 

Students enrolled in the Columbia Combined Plan are encour- 
aged to take their Bowdoin electives in the general, broad liberal 
arts field. They must, however, complete two years of mathematics 
and three or more years of physics and chemistry, the distribution 
between the two sciences depending upon the type of engineering 
contemplated. Recommended students are assured of admission to 
the School of Engineering as juniors after a five to eleven weeks' 
summer school at Camp Columbia. The Bowdoin degree will be 
awarded to such students upon notification from the School of En- 
gineering that they have received their degrees from Columbia. 

Bowdoin-Massachusctts Institute of Technology Two-Degree Plan 
Since 1937 Bowdoin College has been sending students to the 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology under conditions similar to 
those of the plans listed above. At present, because of the large 
number of colleges participating, M.I.T. reserves the right to scru- 
tinize the records of all students applying for transfer before grant- 
ing admission. 

Students enrolled in the M.I.T. Two-Degree Plan take mathe- 
matics and physics in all three years and chemistry in sophomore 
and possibly junior years, depending upon the courses contem- 
plated at M.I.T. Recommended students enter M.I.T. as juniors 
after, in some cases, an intervening summer term. The Bowdoin 
degree will be awarded to such students upon notification from the 
Institute that they have received their degrees from M.I.T. 

Programs under this plan can be arranged in architecture, city 
planning, food technology, geophysics, industrial management, 
quantitative biology, and science teaching, as well as in the various 
branches of engineering. 

V. Premedical Studies 

Students contemplating the study of medicine are advised to ar- 
range their undergraduate course as early as possible through con- 
sultation with the Premedical Advisory Committee under the 
chairmanship of James M. Moulton, professor of biology. 



go The Curriculum 

VI. Teaching 

A Faculty Committee on Teaching as a Career exists to advise 
students about preparation for school teaching and for such gradu- 
ate programs as those offering a master of arts in teaching degree. 
Advice about college and university teaching is primarily the con- 
cern of the student's major department because it will involve 
plans for doctoral work in his major field. 

Students interested in teaching in schools should discuss their 
plans with the members of the Faculty Committee on Teaching as 
a Career. Since the normal advice will be that a student include 
courses in psychology and education along with a major in a teach- 
ing field, he should make his interest known as early as possible. 

VII. Twelve College Exchange 

Bowdoin has joined with Amherst, Connecticut College, Dart- 
mouth, Mount Holyoke, Smith, Trinity, Vassar, Wellesley, Wes- 
leyan, Wheaton, and Williams to form the Twelve College 
Exchange program. 

Through the pooling of the resources of these colleges, there 
exists an unrivaled educational opportunity for students. The full 
implications of the exchange are as yet incomplete, but beginning 
with the 1969-1970 academic year the participating colleges agreed 
to exchange students, most of whom are juniors. About forty 
Bowdoin students will participate in the exchange during 1971- 
1972. 

Bowdoin students wishing to participate in the exchange for the 
1972-1973 academic year should make application to the Record- 
ing Committee of the Faculty. Detailed information on the course 
offerings of the participating colleges is available from the Office 
of the Dean of the College. Application is normally made for two 
semesters. It is hoped that the exchange will afford students the 
opportunity to take courses which are not offered on their own 
campus or to study specialized aspects of their major field of con- 
centration with faculty members who have achieved preeminence 
in that specialty. Course work satisfactorily completed at any of the 
participating colleges will receive credit toward a degree at the 
student's "home" college. 

VIII. Off-Campus Study 

Although Bowdoin does not have an urban center away from 
the campus or a special overseas program, a number of students 



The Curriculum 91 

participate successfully in a variety of urban and overseas pro- 
grams sponsored by other institutions and organizations. Informa- 
tion on these programs is available in the Deans' Office. Approval 
for participation is given by the Recording Committee upon rec- 
ommendation of a student's major department. Where a foreign 
language is involved, the approval of the department concerned is 
also required. 



Courses of Instruction 

Arrangement: The departments of instruction in the following 
descriptions of courses are listed in alphabetical order. 

Time and Place of Classes: A schedule containing the time and 
place of meeting of all courses will be issued before each period 
of registration. 

Year Courses: Courses marked with an asterisk are year courses, 
and if elected, must be continued for two consecutive semesters. 

Bracketed Courses: All courses that cannot be scheduled for a 
definite semester are enclosed in brackets. 

Independent Study: See pages 84-85 for a description. 

Prerequisites: Unless otherwise stated in the description, a course 
is open to all students. 

Afro-American Studies 

Administered by the Committee on Afro-American Studies: 

Chairman to be elected; the Dean of Students; 

Messrs. M. Brown (Music), Freeman (Economics), Johnson 

(Mathematics), Levine (History), Small (Government); 

Miss Holloway (History); R. M. Adams, Jr. '73, R. P. Hale '73, 

G. W. Lewis '73, J. L. Lyons '73 

Requirements for the Major in Afro-American Studies: 
The major consists of ten course units, of which six must be His- 
tory 13, 14, and Afro-American Studies 5-6 and 7-8. The remain- 
ing four courses must be selected from a list of courses approved 
by the Committee on Afro-American Studies. Courses approved 
for inclusion in the Afro-American Studies major are: Afro- 
American Studies 200; Art 27; Economics 10, 12; Education 2; 
English 22, 36; Government 5, 51; History 20, 21, 34; Interdepart- 
mental Course 1; and Sociology 6, 8. 

*5-6. Problems in Afro-American Life. Every year. 

A study of psychological, social, economic, and political 
forces which influence the experiences and life styles of Afro- 
Americans as individuals in a subculture in the United States. 
This seminar will help the student to synthesize his previ- 
ous course work and will provide a significant research and 

92 



Art 93 

bibliographic undertaking for him in the literature of Afro- 
American Studies. 

Prerequisites: History 13, 14, and the approval of the fac- 
ulty members of the Committee on Afro-American Studies. 

*7>8. Public Policy and Social Change. Every year. 

A research seminar on the critical problems of social 
change as they relate to the Afro-American community. The 
objectives are to make public policy recommendations and 
to construct subsystem models in education, economics, and 
politics. 

Prerequisites: Afro-American Studies 5-6 and the approval 
of the faculty members of the Committee on Afro-American 
Studies. 

200. Independent Study. 

Art 

Professor Beam, Chairman; Associate Professor Cornell; 

Assistant Professor Stoddard; Lecturers Mr. McKee 

and Mr. Terrien; and Mr. West 

Requirements for the Major in Art: The major consists of 
six courses offered by the department. These shall include four 
courses in the history and criticism of art, Art 1 through 30. A 
student intending to major in art is urged to begin his study with 
Art 1, 2, preferably in his freshman year. He may complete the 
major by taking two additional courses in art history or by en- 
rolling in two of the studio art courses: Art 41 through 44. 

1. The Language of Art. Fall 1971. Mr. Beam and members 

OF THE DEPARTMENT. 

An introduction to form and style in the pictorial and 
sculptural arts. A study of basic types of expression in these 
arts as exemplified by representative illustrations from a 
variety of periods and cultures. Concludes with a considera- 
tion of style and styles in the history of art as defined by 
such authorities as Panofsky and Wolfflin. Several laboratory- 
type exercises are assigned for study purposes. 

2. The Language of Architecture. Spring 1972. Mr. Stoddard 

AND MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT. 

An introduction to the organization of the formal ele- 
ments for utilitarian, aesthetic, and spiritual expression 



94 Courses of Instruction 

through the materials and structural systems of architecture. 
An analysis of numerous examples as illustrations of basic 
types and major historical styles. Special types of architec- 
ture, such as theater, urban megastructures, and the interac- 
tion of other media within the context of architecture, are 
discussed. Design problems are assigned for collateral study, 
and field trips are scheduled. 

21. The Art of Antiquity. Fall 1972. Mr. Beam. 

Architecture, sculpture, and painting in Egypt, Mesopo- 
tamia, and southern Europe during ancient times. Emphasis 
upon the art of ancient Greece. Concludes with the art of 
Rome. 

22. Medieval Art. Spring 1973. Mr. Stoddard. 

Medieval art of the early Christian era, Byzantine art, 
Barbaric art, Ottonian and Romanesque, and the art and 
architecture of late Gothic cathedrals in France, England, 
Germany, Italy, and Spain. Emphasis on manuscript illumi- 
nation, ivory carving, metalwork, and stained glass, exam- 
ples of which are studied in Boston collections. 

23. European Art of the Renaissance. Fall 1971. Mr. Beam. 

European architecture, sculpture, and painting from the 
fourteenth through sixteenth centuries in Italy and northern 
Europe. The civilization arising from the revival of antiquity 
and the rediscovery of reality is studied broadly and atten- 
tion is given to such masters as Giotto, Van Eyck, Da Vinci, 
Michelangelo, Raphael, Titian, Durer, and Brueghel. 

24. European Art of the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries. 
Spring 1972. Mr. Beam. 

The post-Renaissance period of European art in the Man- 
nerist, Baroque, and Rococo styles. Special consideration of 
the schools that arose in Spain, Flanders, Holland, France 
and England, and of such masters as Caravaggio, Bernini, 
El Greco, Velasquez, Rubens, Hals, Rembrandt, Hogarth, 
and Goya. 

25. European Art of the Nineteenth Century. Fall 1971. Mr. 
Stoddard. 

The main movements in European painting, drawing, and 
sculpture from the late eighteenth century to 1900. Such 
exemplars of neoclassicism, romanticism, realism, impres- 
sionism, and postimpressionism as David, Ingres, Delacroix, 



Art 95 

Goya, Daumier, Manet, Monet, Degas, Cezanne, Van Gogh, 
Renoir, and Toulouse-Lautrec are studied. Attention is 
given to the architectural movements that provided the 
background for painting and sculpture in this period. 

26. Art of the Twentieth Century. Spring 1972. Mr. Stoddard. 

A study of European and American painting and sculp- 
ture. Deals initially with developments in Europe in the first 
decade of this century, including the influence of ethno- 
graphic primitive art, Picasso and Cubism, surrealism, cine- 
matography, Piet Mondrian, and nonobjective art. Con- 
cludes with movements in contemporary American art. 

27. American Art. Fall 1972. Mr. Beam. 

The main developments of art in America, with special 
emphasis on painting and sculpture from colonial times to 
1900, and a review of the principal architectural movements 
up through the time of Henry Hobson Richardson. Such 
artists as Gilbert Stuart, Homer, Eakins, Sargent, and Whis- 
tler are studied. The contribution of black artists to Amer- 
ican art is considered. Concludes with a survey of the con- 
tinuation of the American realistic tradition in contemporary 
painting. 

28. Modern Architecture. Spring 1973. Mr. Stoddard. 

Devoted to the major trends of modern architecture since 
the beginning of the Industrial Revolution, with attention 
to such leaders as Sullivan, Frank Lloyd Wright, LeCorbu- 
sier, Saarinen, Mies Van der Rohe, Kahn, Gropius, The 
Architects Collaborative, Stubbins, Breuer, and The Cam- 
bridge Seven. 

30. The Art of the Orient. Spring 1972. Mr. Beam. 

The architecture, sculpture, and painting of the Near and 
Far East, especially Persian painting, Indian sculpture, Chi- 
nese painting and sculpture, and Japanese painting, prints, 
and architecture. Attention is given to ceramics, bronze cast- 
ing, jade carving, and other minor arts in which the Orient 
has excelled. 

41. Fundamentals of Composition. Fall 1971. Mr. Cornell. 

The basic principles of composition in drawing and paint- 
ing in two three-hour meetings weekly in classroom and stu- 



96 Courses of Instruction 

dio. Problems in composition are related to a study of major 
types of composition found in the history of art. No previous 
training is necessary. 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

41b. Advanced Photography. Fall 1971. Mr. McKee. 

Photographic and cinematographic visualization and com- 
position. Seminar discussions, field and laboratory work. Stu- 
dents are expected to undertake projects independently and 
to discuss their progress at regular meetings. 

Prerequisite: Open to experienced students with consent 
of the instructor. 

42. Two- and Three -Dimensional Design in the Visual Arts. 
Spring 1972. Mr. Cornell. . 

The principles of design and their historical expression. 
Classroom discussions and studio practice. 

Prerequisite: Art 41 or consent of the instructor. 

42a. Fundamentals of Two- and Three-Dimensional Architec- 
tural Design. Spring 1972. Mr. Terrien. 

The principles of architectural design and their historical 
expression. Classroom discussions and studio practice. 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

42b. Principles of Photography. Spring 1972. Mr. McKee. 

Photographic visualization and composition as conse- 
quences of fundamental techniques of black-and-white still 
photography. Weekly discussion, field and laboratory work. 
No prior experience necessary, but a student must have use 
of appropriate camera equipment. Enrollment limited by 
available darkroom facilities. 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

43,44. An Introduction to Drawing and Painting. 1971-1972. 
Mr. Cornell. 

The principles of drawing and painting, augmented by 
practice in the studio with various media of drawing, paint- 
ing, and graphic arts. Two three-hour meetings weekly in 
classroom and studio. 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 



Biology 97 

Biochemistry 

Administered by the Committee on Biochemistry: 
Mr. Howland (Biology), Chairman; Messrs. Hughes (Physics 

and Astronomy), Mayo (Chemistry), Mathis (Chemistry), 
Moulton (Biology), and Settlemire (Biology and Chemistry) 

Requirements for the Major in Biochemistry: The required 
courses are Physics-Chemistry 17, 18; Mathematics 11, 12; Biol- 
ogy 44; and Chemistry 19, 21, 31. A student must elect six semes- 
ter courses from the following: Biology 33, 40, 47, 200; Chemis- 
try 32, 43, 44, 46, 200; Physics 25, 200. Should a student elect 
Biology 11, 12, he need take only five additional elective courses. 
A student may count as electives up to two semesters of the 200 
courses, and he may petition the committee to be allowed to sub- 
stitute other science courses for electives. 



Biology 



Professor Moulton, Chairman; Professors Gustafson, 

Howland, and Huntington; Assistant Professors 

Knowlton and Settlemire; Research Associate Dr. Ritchie; 

Teaching Fellow Mrs. Wine 

Requirements for the Major in Biology: The major consists 
of six semester courses in the department exclusive of courses in 
the 200 series. Major students are required to complete Chemistry 
21, a year of mathematics including Mathematics 11, and two 
semesters of physics. They are advised to take Physics-Chemistry 
17, 18 and mathematics during their freshman year and to begin 
biology and take Chemistry 21 during their sophomore year. 

11, 12. General Biology. Every year. The Department. 

An examination of fundamental biological phenomena, 
theories, and principles based upon material selected from 
the plant and animal kingdoms. Special attention is given 
to the methods of scientific investigation, the relationship of 
biology to other fields of endeavor, and to man and his 
environment. Representative organisms and their functions 
are studied in the laboratory. Lectures and three hours of 
laboratory work each week. 

21. Invertebrate Zoology. Every fall. Mr. Knowlton. 

A survey of invertebrate animals — their varieties, mor- 



98 Courses of Instruction 

phology, development, evolution, and behavior. Laboratories 
include the study, through dissection and experiments, of 
representative invertebrates of each group considered so far 
as possible. Field trips emphasize the study of invertebrate 
habitats and associations. Lectures, field trips, and three 
hours of laboratory work each week. 

Prerequisite: Biology 11, 12 or equivalent. 

23. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates. Every fall. Mr. 

MOULTON. 

Vertebrate morphology. Emphasis on the evolution of 
mammalian organ systems. Laboratory work consists of dis- 
section and study of comparable systems in representative 
vertebrates. Lectures and three hours of laboratory work 
each week. 

Prerequisite: Biology 11,12 or equivalent. 

24. Biology of Plants. Every spring. Mr. Gustafson. 

A survey of the plant kingdom with emphasis on the fun- 
damental principles and problems of botany. Laboratory 
work includes an examination of varied material from all 
groups of plants, supplemented by field trips investigating 
the local flora. Lectures and three hours of laboratory work 
each week. 

Prerequisite: Biology 11, 12 or equivalent. 

26. Ornithology. Every spring. Mr. Huntington. 

A study of the biology of birds, especially their behavior 
and ecology. Facilities used in the course include the Al- 
fred O. Gross Library of Ornithology and the College's 
collection of North American birds. Field trips, including 
a visit to the Bowdoin Scientific Station (see page 184), are 
an important feature of the course. 

Prerequisite: Biology 11, 12 or equivalent. 

29. Ecology. Every fall. Mr. Huntington. 

The relationships between organisms and their environ- 
ment. Topics include the flow of matter and energy through 
ecosystems, population dynamics, interactions between and 
within species, the effect of the environment on evolution, 
and man's role in the biosphere. Laboratory experiments 
emphasize independence and diversity in field investigations. 
Lectures, conferences, and three hours of laboratory or field 
work each week. 

Prerequisite: Biology 11, 12 or equivalent. 



Biology 99 

30. Vertebrate Histology. Every other spring. Spring 1973. Mr. 
Moulton. 

The microscopic anatomy of animal cells and tissues. 
Course material includes the characteristic microscopic struc- 
ture of the various body tissues. An examination of the pos- 
sible relations of structure and function within tissues. Op- 
portunity for practice in technique of tissue preparation is 
part of the laboratory work. Lectures and three hours of 
laboratory work each week. 

Prerequisite: Biology 11, 12 or equivalent. 

33. Cell Physiology. Every fall. Mr. Settlemire. 

The nature of cells and subcellular structures, including 
an examination of the cell environment, the exchange of 
materials across membranes, energy conversion and utiliza- 
tion, cell excitation and contraction, and growth and cell 
division. Laboratory experiments emphasize the methods of 
modern research. Lectures and three hours of laboratory 
each week. 

Prerequisites: Biology 11, 12 or equivalent and Chemistry 
19, 21. 

36. General Physiology. Every spring. Mr. Knowlton. 

The functional aspects of organ systems and of organisms 
as a whole. Lectures, conferences, and three hours of lab- 
oratory work each week. 

Prerequisites: Biology 11, 12 or equivalent and Chemistry 
19, 21. 

40. Microbiology. Every spring. Mr. Settlemire. 

The structure, function, and nutrition of micro-organisms 
from a molecular approach and discussions of the principles 
of immunology. Laboratory work includes the basic tech- 
niques of identifying and culturing micro-organisms and 
metabolic and growth experiments using radioactive tech- 
niques. 

Prerequisites: Biology 11, 12 or equivalent and Chemistry 
19, 21. 

42. Embryology. Offered ev^ry other spring. Spring 1972. Mr. 
Moulton. 

The experimental and descriptive biology of animal ga- 
metes and embryos, from gametogenesis to advanced stages. 
The principles of embryological development as shown by 
both invertebrate and vertebrate organisms with special at- 



ioo Courses of Instruction 

tention to problems of differentiation. Laboratory work in- 
cludes observations and experiments with living eggs and 
embryos as well as with prepared mounts and sections, 
graphic reconstructions of chick embryos, and studies of 
mammalian development. Lectures and three hours of lab- 
oratory work each week. 

Prerequisite: Biology 11, 12 or equivalent. 

44. Biochemistry. Every spring. Mr. Howland. 

An introduction to the study of enzymes and enzyme sys- 
tems. Emphasis on mechanisms of enzyme catalysis and on 
selected topics in metabolisms. Lectures, demonstrations, and 
use of the PDP-10 for model studies. 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 19, 21. 

47. Genetics. Every fall. Mr. Gustafson. 

The development of ideas on variation and heredity, the 
physical basis of inheritance, applications to plant and ani- 
mal breeding, relationships of genetics to the theories of 
evolution, and inheritance in man. Laboratory work in ex- 
perimental breeding and in molecular aspects of genetics. 
Lectures, conferences, and three hours of laboratory work 
each week. 

Prerequisite: Biology 11, 12 or equivalent. 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 



Chemistry 



Professor Mayo, Chairman; Associate Professor Butcher; 

and Assistant Professors Anderson, Hyams, Mathis, 

Settlemire, and Wheatland 

Requirements for the Major in Chemistry: The required 
courses are Chemistry 11 or 18, 12 or 19, 21, 22, 31, 32, three 
advanced courses approved by the department, and Physics 17. 
Because the department offers programs based on the interest 
of the student, a prospective major is encouraged to discuss his 
plans with the department as early in his college career as pos- 
sible. The department conducts meetings designed to introduce 
interested students to the literature of chemistry. Students, fac- 
ulty members, and outside speakers lead seminars sponsored by 
the department. 



Chemistry 101 

11. Principles of Chemistry. Fall 1971. Mr. Anderson. 

The fundamental concepts of chemistry. The properties of 
chemical substances and the dynamics of chemical change. 
Students with adequate preparation may pursue projects of 
individual interest. Laboratory work emphasizes quantita- 
tive procedures. Lectures, conferences, and four hours of 
laboratory work a week. 

Prerequisite: Physics 11, 12. 

[15. Advanced General Chemistry.'] 

17. Physics. The Properties of Matter I. Every fall. Messrs. 
Butcher (Chemistry), Hughes (Physics), and Wing (Physics). 

A discussion of the fundamental laws governing the be- 
havior of matter, including electricity, thermodynamics, and 
chemical kinetics. This course, together with Chemistry 18, 
constitutes the introductory program for students planning 
advanced work in science. 

Prerequisite: Concurrent registration or previous credit in 
Mathematics 11. Not open to those with credit for Physics 
11, 12 or Chemistry 11. 

18. Chemistry. The Properties of Matter II. Every spring. 
Messrs. Butcher (Chemistry), Hughes (Physics), and Wing 
(Physics). 

Continuation of Physics 17. 

Prerequisite: Physics 17 and concurrent registration or 
previous credit in Mathematics 12. Not open to those with 
credit for Physics 11, 12 or Chemistry 11. 

19. Elementary Organic Chemistry. Fall 1972. Messrs. Mathis 
and Mayo. 

An introduction to the chemistry of the compounds of 
carbon. The foundation for further work in organic chem- 
istry and biochemistry. Lectures, conference, and six hours 
of laboratory work a week. 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 11, 15 or 18. 

21. Organic Chemistry. Fall 1971 and spring 1973. Messrs.- 
Mathis and Mayo. 

A continuation of the study of the compounds of carbon. 
Chemistry 19 and 21 cover the material of the usual course 
in organic chemistry and form a foundation for further work 
in organic chemistry and biochemistry. Lectures, conference, 
and six hours of laboratory work a week. 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 or 19. 



102 Courses of Instruction 

22. Fundamentals of Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry. Every 
spring. Messrs. Settlemire and Wheatland. 

The general principles of inorganic and analytical chem- 
istry. The laboratory consists of basic inorganic preparations 
with subsequent analyses of the products. Lectures, confer- 
ence, and six hours of laboratory a week. 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 21. 

31. Physical Chemistry I. Every fall. Mr. Butcher. 

Thermodynamics and its application to problems of chem- 
ical interest including the solid, liquid, and gaseous states; 
equilibrium; electrochemistry; and kinetics. 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 22, Physics 11, 12, Mathematics 
11, 12, or consent of the instructor. 

32. Physical Chemistry II. Every spring. Messrs. Anderson and 
Hyams. 

Quantum mechanics with applications to the determina- 
tion of molecular structure and the theory of the chemical 
bond. 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 31 or consent of the instructor. 

[41. Advanced Analytical Chemistry.] 

42. Inorganic Chemistry. Fall 1971. Mr. Wheatland. 

The structures, properties, reaction mechanisms, and syn- 
theses of inorganic compounds. 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 31, 32. 

43. Molecular Structure Determination in Organic Chemistry. 
Fall 1971. Mr. Mayo. 

The application of infrared, Raman, ultraviolet, nuclear 
magnetic resonance, and mass spectrometry to the structural 
elucidation of complex organic systems. 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 21 or consent of the instructor. 

44. Advanced Organic Chemistry. Spring 1972, Mr. Mathis. 

An introductory study of structure and mechanism in 
organic and bio-organic chemistry. Emphasis on understand- 
ing the mechanistic implications of molecular structure and 
developing mechanistic theory from experimental data. 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 21, 31 or consent of the instruc- 
tor. 

45. Advanced Physical Chemistry. Fall 1972. Mr. Hyams. 

The material to be covered depends upon the interests 
of the students. 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 31, 32 or consent of the instructor. 



Classics 103 

46. Special Topics in Chemistry. Spring 1972. Mr. Settlemire. 
The material to be covered depends upon the interests 
of the students. 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 21 or consent of the instructor. 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 

Classics 

Associate Professor Ambrose, Chairman; and Professor Dane 

Requirements for the Major in Classics, Greek, or Latin: 
The major in classics consists of eight units to be chosen equally 
from the departmental offerings in Greek and Latin except 
Greek 1 and Latin 3, 4. A major in Greek consists of any six 
units in Greek except Greek 1. A major in Latin consists of any 
six units in Latin except Latin 3, 4. 

Classics 

12. Introduction to the Languages and Literatures of Greece 
and Rome. Every spring. Mr. Dane. 

Develops from the outset an elementary reading knowl- 
edge of Greek and Latin by the concentrated study of paral- 
lel passages. Lectures and readings in reputable English 
translations survey the main outlines and spirit of classical 
literature. 

No previous knowledge of Greek or Latin is required. 
Closed to students who have studied both languages. 

Greek 

1. Elementary Greek. Every fall. Mr. Ambrose. 

A thorough presentation of the elements of accidence and 
syntax based, insofar as possible, on unaltered passages of 
classical Greek. 

2. Continuation of Course 1. Every spring. Mr. Ambrose. 

In the latter half of the term a work of historical or philo- 
sophical prose is read. 

3. Plato. Every fall. Mr. Dane or Mr. Ambrose. 

4. Homer. Every spring. Mr. Ambrose. 

5. Selected Greek Authors. Every fall. Mr. Ambrose. 

Designed to meet the needs of advanced students in Greek 



104 Courses of Instruction 

literature, with extensive readings from representative au- 
thors in such fields as drama; history; philosophy; lyric, 
elegaic, and epic poetry; and oratory. The course may be 
repeated for credit with contents changed. 

6. Continuation of Course 5. Every spring. Mr. Ambrose. 

Latin 

3. Cicero. Every fall. Mr. Dane. 

A rapid review of grammar followed by reading in a philo- 
sophical essay. 

Prerequisite: Two years of secondary school Latin. 

4. Vergil. The Aeneid. Every spring. Mr. Dane or Mr. Am- 
brose. 

Prerequisite: Latin 3 or its equivalent. 

5. Horace and Catullus. Every fall. Mr. Ambrose. 

Prerequisite: Latin 4 or its equivalent. 

7. Selected Latin Authors. Every fall. Mr. Dane. 

Designed to meet the needs of advanced students in Latin 
literature, with extensive readings from representative au- 
thors in such fields as satire, drama, philosophy, history, and 
elegy. The course may be repeated for credit with contents 
changed. 

8. Continuation of Course 7. Every spring. Mr. Dane. 
200. Independent Study. The Department. 

Economics 

Associate Professor Freeman, Chairman; Professors 

Abrahamson, Darling, and Shipman; Assistant Professors 

Hanis, Hopkins, and Vail; and Lecturer Mr. Hokanson 

Requirements for the Major in Economics: The major con- 
sists of Economics 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, and three other courses approved 
by the department. One of the electives may be chosen with the 
consent of the department from courses in related disciplines. 
Students planning graduate study in economics should consult 
with the chairman of the department before choosing electives. 
The department requires seniors to take an integrative essay ex- 
amination in the fall semester and the Undergraduate Record 
Examination in Economics in the spring semester. 



Economics 105 

The department offers a modified major program for students 
considering work in environmental studies. The chairman should 
be consulted for details. 

1. Principles of Economics. Every semester in sections of 20-30 
students each. The Department. 

Fundamental economic concepts, relationships, and insti- 
tutions, with emphasis on analytical methods. 

2. Applications of Economic Principles. Every spring in sec- 
tions of 10-30 students each. The Department. 

Selected contemporary problems and the way in which 
economic principles and policies can aid in their solution. 
Prerequisite: Economics 1. 

3. Economic Statistics. Every fall. Mr. Hanis. 

Statistical theory and descriptive methods applied to typi- 
cal research problems in economics. Laboratory work in- 
volves individual student use of instructional computer pro- 
grams. No prior computer experience is required. 

Prerequisites: Economics 1 and Mathematics 12 or 14, or 
consent of the instructor. 

4. Accounting and the Analysis of Financial Statements. Every 
spring. Mr. Hokanson. 

Accounting analysis as an important working tool for the 
business executive, the public administrator, and the eco- 
nomic researcher. Consideration of such subjects as the 
preparation and interpretation of financial statements, the 
nature of income, the valuation of assets, depreciation, and 
reserves. 

Prerequisites: Economics 1 and consent of the instructor. 

5. Economic Analysis I. Every fall. Mr. Freeman. 

An advanced study of contemporary price theory focusing 
on such elements as the household and the firm and their 
behavior in relation to prices and quantities produced under 
various market conditions. Actual and optimal patterns of 
resource allocation and income distribution are examined. 
An introduction to welfare economics and linear program- 
ming, input-output analysis, and other modern analytical 
techniques. 

Prerequisite: Economics 1. 

6. Economic Analysis II. Every spring. Mr. Hopkins. 

An advanced study of contemporary national income and 



106 Courses of Instruction 

growth theory with emphasis on the relationships among 
consumption, investment, government receipts and expendi- 
tures, money and interest rates, and their role in determin- 
ing the level of aggregate economic activity. Some attention 
is given to policy implications of the analysis. 
Prerequisite: Economics 1. 

7. International Economics. Spring 1973. Mr. Freeman. 

The theory and practice of foreign trade, balance of pay- 
ments, international movements of capital, and governmen- 
tal policies with regard to international economic affairs 
generally. 

Prerequisite: Economics 1. 

8. Economic History and Development. Fall 1971. Mr. Ship- 
man. 

An advanced study of economic growth and industrializa- 
tion in the West, combining development theory and institu- 
tional history. Emphasis on Great Britain from 1750 to 1850 
and the United States from 1790. A general knowledge of 
European and American history is assumed. 

Prerequisite: Economics 1. 

9. Economics of Money, Banking, and Finance. Fall 1971. Mr. 
Darling. 

The general principles and institutions of money, bank- 
ing and financial markets as they relate to the performance 
of the economic system. Current problems concerning finan- 
cial institutions, the flow of funds into investment, the Fed- 
eral Reserve System, and the use of monetary and financial 
controls are considered. 

Prerequisite: Economics 1. 

10. Economics of the Public Sector. Fall 1971. Mr. Hopkins. 

A study of U. S. federal and state government revenue and 
expenditure policies as they affect resource allocation. Pri- 
mary attention is given fiscal problems associated with public 
goods and externalities, and general aspects of tax policy. 

Prerequisite: Economics 1. 

11. Urban Economics. Spring 1972. Mr. Darling. 

The economic causes and consequences of urbanization. 
The relationships among the metropolitan region, its city 
core, and the national economy analyzed from the viewpoint 
of their bearing on the rate of economic growth and the 



Economics 107 

quality of life in the urban area. Attention is given to the 
economic aspects of such problems as unemployment and 
poverty, housing, transportation, environmental pollution, 
public education, health care and recreation, crime and pub- 
lic disorder, including differences in these problem areas as 
they relate to the black community and other minorities. 
Prerequisite: Economics 1. 

12. Labor and Manpower Economics. Fall 1971. Mr. Abraham- 
son. 

The problems surrounding unionism, collective bargain- 
ing, unemployment, and manpower utilization are consid- 
ered from the viewpoints of labor, management, and the 
public. 

Prerequisite: Economics 1. 

13. History of Economic Thought. Fall 1972. Mr. Shipman. 

The "worldly philosophers" from the seventeenth century 
onward. Special attention is given to the historical develop- 
ment of those ideas and concepts now constituting the core 
of economic analysis, and to the relation such ideas bear to 
the mainstream of intellectual history. 

Prerequisite: Economics 1. 

14. Economic Systems and Planning. Fall 1971. Mr. Vail. 

Theoretic and case study of alternative methods of eco- 
nomic organization in the modern world. Special considera- 
tion of the economics of central planning in the Soviet 
Union, Eastern Europe, and China; of indicative planning 
in Italy; and of planning problems specific to the developing 
nations of East Africa. 

Prerequisite: Economics 1. 

15. Industrial Organization and Public Control. Spring 1972. 
Mr. Shipman. 

A study of the structure, performance, and control of 
selected industries. Attention is given to transport, power, 
and communications as well as to the manufacturing sector." 
Social and cultural impacts are also explored. 

Prerequisite: Economics 1. 

16. Econometrics and Simulation. Spring 1973. Mr. Hanis. 

An application of elementary mathematics, statistics, and 
computer simulation to the study of past and alternative 
future economic relations. Special emphasis on the use of 



108 Courses of Instruction 

existing social science information and computing systems. 
Students are expected to enter the course with advanced pro- 
gramming skills in the language Basic and with at least 
some knowledge of Fortran. 

Prerequisites: Economics 1, and Economics 3 or Mathe- 
matics 26 or 30, and consent of the instructor. 

18. Economics of Resources and Environmental Quality. Every 
spring. Mr. Freeman. 

The economic dimensions of environmental quality and 
resource management problems faced by the United States 
and the world. The relationships among population, produc- 
tion, and pollution; the role of market failure in explaining 
the existence of pollution; evaluation of alternative strate- 
gies for pollution control and environmental management; 
the adequacy of natural resource stocks to meet the future 
demands of the United States and the world. 

Prerequisite: Economics 1 or consent of the instructor. 

19, 20. Contemporary Problems. 

Topics include urban economics, population problems, 
conservation and the quality of the environment, the eco- 
nomics of health and education, economic fluctuations and 
forecasting, social and economic implications of science, the 
problems of economic growth in poor nations, and the eco- 
nomics of poverty in America. 

Prerequisites, if any, are determined by the instructor. 
Spring 1972: 20. Problems of Economic Growth in Underde- 
veloped Areas. Mr. Vail. 

A study of the problems of growth and development in less 
industrialized parts of the world. Special attention is given to 
the experience of Africa and to the role of formal develop- 
ment planning. 

Prerequisite: Economics 1. 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 

Education 

Professor Hazelton, Chairman 

1. History of Education. Every fall. 

The development of education, chiefly in the United 
States, in its social and cultural setting. 



English 109 

2. Education in the Twentieth Century. Every spring. 

The purposes, organization, and government of modern 
educational systems. The main emphasis is given to these 
aspects of American education, but comparative studies of 
the English system are included. 

Prerequisite: Education 1 or consent of the instructor. 

5. Secondary Education. Fall 1971. 

The problems of policy and practice in secondary educa- 
tion. Special attention is given to the development of public 
policy in American education. 

Prerequisite: Education 2 or consent of the instructor. 

6. Teaching. Spring 1972. 

A study of the process of teaching, the organization of sub- 
jects, and the teacher's profession. Part of the work of the 
course consists of observation in secondary schools. 

Prerequisites: An appropriate sequence of courses in psy- 
chology and education, and consent of the instructor. 

200. Independent Study. 

Note: Undergraduates considering a career in teaching should make their 
interest known to Mr. Hazelton as soon as possible. 
On page 90 there is a further discussion of careers in teaching. 



English 



Associate Professor Redwine, Chairman; Professors Brown, 

Coxe, Greason, and Hall; Associate Professor Coursen; 

Assistant Professors Burroughs, Ikeler, and Paluska; and 

Director of Theater Mr. Rutan 

Requirements for the Major in English and American Lit- 
erature: The major consists of ten courses including a Junior 
Major Tutorial (English 60) and nine semester courses as follows: 
At least one semester unit is required from each of four groups: (1) 
English 10, 11, or 12; (2) 13 or 14; (3) 15, 16, or 17; (4) 18, 19, or 
20. Five additional units may be chosen from the foregoing and/ 
or English 1, 2 (Freshman-Sophomore Seminars,* not more than 
two), 21, 22, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 41. In addition, candidates 
for honors in English are required to write an honors essay and 
to take a comprehensive examination in the senior year. Ex- 
ceptions to this program may be arranged by the department to 

♦Composition seminars do not count toward the major. 



1 1 o Courses of Instruction 

encourage and accommodate special individual programs such as 
interdisciplinary majors. 

Freshman-Sophomore Seminars 

1, 2. Seminars in English Composition and Literature. Every 
semester. 

Open to freshmen and sophomores. Enrollment normally 
limited to fifteen a section. Class discussion, outside read- 
ing, written papers, and conferences. 

i. Composition. Fall 1971 and spring 1972. The Depart- 
ment. 

Written work on assigned topics. Emphasis on analysis of 
problems of exposition. 

2. Survey of English Literature: Beginnings Through the 
Eighteenth Century. Fall 1971. Mr. Ikeler. 

Emphasis on Chaucer, Shakespeare, and Swift. 

3. Survey of English Literature: Romantic, Victorian, and 
Modern. Spring 1972. Mr. Ikeler. 

Nineteenth-century poetry and the development of the 
novel. Blake, Keats, Wordsworth, Tennyson, Dickens, Thack- 
eray, Hardy, Joyce, and Eliot. 

4. Russian Fiction of the Nineteenth Century. Fall 1971. 
Mr. Burroughs. 

Emphasis on Tolstoy and Dostoevski; War and Peace, 
The Brothers Karamazov; Turgenev's Fathers and Sons. 

5. Twentieth-Century Southern Fiction: Themes and Back- 
grounds. Spring 1972. Mr. Burroughs. 

Concentration on fiction growing out of the South's social 
and historical experiences. Faulkner: Go Down Moses, The 
Unvanquished, Light in August; Hughes, ed.: The Best 
Short Stories by Negro Writers; Styron: The Confessions of 
Nat Turner; O'Connor: The Violent Bear It Away, A Good 
Man Is Hard to Find. 

6. The Literature of Oppression. Fall 1971 and spring 1972. 
Mr. Paluska. 

Literature dealing with the conditions and responses of 
the disenfranchised, alienated, and weak. Baldwin: The Fire 
Next Time, Go Tell It on the Mountain; Cleaver: Soul on 
Ice; Dickens, Hard Times; Dreiser: An American Tragedy; 



English 1 1 1 

Melville: Benito Cereno, Billy Budd, "Bartleby the Scriv- 
ener"; Prescott: Conquest of Mexico; Orwell: A Collection 
of Essays; Wright: Native Son. Near the end of the semester 
students have the opportunity to work independently on an 
author or problem of their choice. 

7. Autobiography. Fall 1971. Mr. Coursen. 

Selections from Dylan Thomas, Nabokov, Updike, Capote, 
Maxim Gorki, Woodie Guthrie, E.B. White, Skip Marquis, 
Rube Marquard, and Joe Dane. The seminar will work 
toward the student's own activity in the genre of autobiog- 
raphy. 

8. The Modern Short Story. Fall 1971. Mr. Hall. 

Advanced Courses 

7. English Composition. Every year. Fall 1971. Mr. Ikeler. 

Written work on assigned topics; attention to the disci- 
plines of composition, with emphasis on methods of exposi- 
tion. Ordinarily limited to students not planning to take 
English 8. 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

8. Advanced Composition. Every year. Spring 1972. Mr. 
Coursen. 

Written work with emphasis on imaginative writing. Ordi- 
narily limited to students who have not taken English 7. 
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

9. Literary Composition. Every other year. Fall 1972. Mr. Coxe. 

The writing of poetry and fiction. Primarily for juniors 
and seniors. 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

[10. Origins and Development of the Language.] 

11. Chaucer. Every other year. Fall 1971. Mr. Burroughs. 

A study of the Canterbury Tales, the Prologue and con- 
necting links, Troilus and Criseyde, and the minor poems. 

12. Medieval Poetry and Prose. Every other year. Fall 1972. Mr. 
Burroughs. 

Initial consideration of old English poetry; concentration 
on the major literature of the fourteenth and fifteenth cen- 
turies. All Middle English works read in the original. 



1 1 2 Courses of Instruction 

13. Shakespeare I. Every fall. Fall 1971. Mr. Brown. 

An intensive study of Shakespeare's principal comedies, 
history plays, early tragedies, and poems. 

14. Shakespeare II. Every spring. Spring 1972. Mr. Brown. 

An intensive study of the principal tragedies and the dra- 
matic romances. 

15. English Literature of the Early Renaissance. Every other 
fall. Fall 1971. Mr. Redwine. 

A critical study of the literature of the sixteenth century, 
with emphasis upon Elizabethan nondramatic poetry. 

16. English Literature of the Later Renaissance. Every other 
spring. Spring 1972. Mr. Redwine. 

A critical study of the literature of the seventeenth century 
exclusive of Milton, with emphasis on the poetry of Donne 
and Jonson and their followers. 

17. Milton. Every other year. Fall 1972. Mr. Redwine. 

A critical study of his chief writings in poetry and prose. 

18. Eighteenth-Century Poetry and Prose. Every other year. 
Spring 1972. Mr. Greason. 

A study of neoclassical values, with special attention to the 
writings of Swift, Pope, and Johnson. 

19. English Romanticism. Every other year. Fall 1972. Mr. Hall. 

The origins, growth, and nature of romanticism, with em- 
phasis on Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, 
and Keats, with illustrative parallels in the visual arts, in- 
cluding paintings of Gainsborough, Reynolds, Constable, 
Blake, and Turner. 

20. Victorian Poetry. Every other year. Spring 1973. Mr. Coxe. 

A critical study of the major Victorian poets. 

21. Twentieth-Century English and American Literature I. Every 
other fall. Fall 1971. Mr. Hall. 

The philosophic and technical bases of the modern schools 
beginning with Joseph Conrad. 

22. Twentieth-Century English and American Literature II. 
Every other spring. Spring 1972. Mr. Coursen. 

Various developments in contemporary literature. 

30. Literary Criticism: Definitions and Methods. Every year. 
Spring 1972. Messrs. Hall and Redwine. 



English 113 

An approach to criticism through the definitions of its 
governing concepts and terms; analysis of selected critical 
writings and practice in the application of the principles 
and instruments of criticism. 

31. The Development of the English Drama. Every other fall. 
Fall 1972. Mr. Rutan. 

The plays of Medieval, Elizabethan (excluding Shake- 
speare), Jacobean, and Restoration drama, as far as Sheridan. 

32. Modern Drama. Every other spring. Spring 1973. Mr. Rutan. 

Modern dramatic literature, with emphasis on the com- 
parative trends and influences of foreign drama. 

33. The English Novel I. Every other fall. Fall 1971. Mr. Pa- 
luska. 

The development of English fiction and the changing pat- 
terns of the novel in the eighteenth and nineteenth centu- 
ries, through Thackeray. 

34. The English Novel II. Every other spring. Spring 1972. Mr. 
Ikeler. 

Later nineteenth-century fiction. 



35. American Literature I. Every fall. Fall 1971. Mr. Brown. 
Lectures and readings in 
Puritan Age to the Civil War 



Lectures and readings in American literature from the 



36. American Literature II. Every spring. Spring 1972. Mr. 
Brown. 

Major American writers from 1865 to 1950. 

41. Studies in Literary Genres. Every year. 

Lectures, discussions, and extensive readings in a major 
literary genre: e.g., The Narrative Poem, The Lyric Poem, 
Fiction, Comedy, Tragedy, or The Essay. 

1. Shakespeare and the Eucharist. Fall 1971. Mr. Coursen. 
An examination of six plays in the context of the Queen" 
Elizabeth Prayer Book (1559). Shakespeare's use of ritual 
and ceremony and its .close relation to the religious prac- 
tices of the Elizabethan "common man" will be examined 
in Richard II, Hamlet, Othello, King Lear, Macbeth, and 
The Tempest. The student is not required to have a back- 
ground in religion; the emphasis is on how the Elizabethan 
Communion service informs the plays. 



1 14 Courses of Instruction 

2. Hawthorne and the Romance. Spring 1972. Mr. Hall. 
The origins and development of Romance fiction with 

readings in medieval romance, Hawthorne, Melville, Emily 
Bronte, Conrad, and others. 

3. American Autobiography. Spring 1972. Mr. Paluska. 
Various literary forms and styles that grow out of Amer- 
ica's inclination toward self-examination and public explana- 
tion. Introspective poetry, journals, and travel narratives as 
well as more conventional autobiographies from Puritans 
to modern black writers to be discussed and written about. 
The reading list includes works by Franklin, Emerson, 
Thoreau, Melville, Twain, Baldwin, and Malcolm X. 

[47. Playwriting.] 

50. Fundamentals of Theater. Every semester. Mr. Rutan and 
William H. Moody, theater technician. 

A studio class for students interested in fundamentals of 
acting, directing, set designing, or technical production in 
the theater. 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

60. Junior Major Tutorial. Every semester. The Department. 
Individual study for one semester (fall or spring) under 
tutorial supervision in an area (e.g., a period, a movement, 
a genre) which has not been covered formally through 
courses. The study shall consist of conferences and the 
supervised writing of a major essay. 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 

Geology 

Associate Professor Hussey, Chairman 

Students contemplating graduate work in geology should con- 
sult with the chairman of the department as soon as possible. 
They should plan a major program in chemistry, physics, biology, 
or mathematics, and take Geology 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 8. Geology 1 
and 2 should be taken in the freshman year and by the end of the 
sophomore year the following courses should be completed: Math- 
ematics 11, 12 and Physics-Chemistry 17, 18. 

1. Introduction to Physical Geology. Every year. 

Lectures devoted to the composition and structure of the 
earth and the processes which affect the earth's crust. Three 



Geology 115 

hours of laboratory each week includes the recognition and 
study of common rocks and minerals, the interpretation of 
topographic and geologic maps, and two half-day trips to 
examine the geological features of the Brunswick vicinity. 
In addition a one-day trip is taken to southern York County 
to examine evidence for glaciation, recent sea level changes, 
and sequence of intrusion of four major magma series. 

2. Introduction to Historical Geology. Every year. 

Lectures devoted to a study of the principles involved in 
the interpretation of geologic history as deciphered from the 
rock record and a review of present knowledge of the evolu- 
tion of the earth and its inhabitants. Three hours of labora- 
tory each week includes the recognition of fossils and their 
modes of preservation, interpretation of geologic maps, and 
a summary of the geologic history of the principal tectonic 
belts of North America. A one-day field trip is taken in the 
spring to illustrate important aspects of the geologic history 
of the southern coastal Maine area. 

Prerequisite: Geology 1. 

3. Crystallography and Mineralogy. Fall 1971 and fall 1973. 

Lectures devoted to morphological crystallography, crystal 
chemistry, and a survey of the common rock-forming and eco- 
nomic minerals. Six hours of laboratory each week includes 
morphological and X-ray crystallography, and identification 
of minerals by inspection, chemical, optical, and X-ray dif- 
fraction techniques. 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 18 or Geology 1. 

4. Optical Mineralogy and Petrography. Spring 1972 and spring 

*974- 

The classification, genesis, and description of the common 
rock types. Six hours of laboratory each week devoted to the 
theory and use of the petrographic microscope as applied to 
mineral identification and rock description. 

Prerequisite: Geology 3. 

5. Structural Geology. Fall 1972 and fall 1974. 

The primary and secondary structures of rocks, and the 
interpretation of crustal deformation from these features. 
Laboratory work includes the interpretation of the struc- 
tural features of the United States as synthesized from local 
and regional data. 

Prerequisite: Geology 1, 2. 



1 16 Courses of Instruction 

8. Invertebrate Paleontology. Spring 1973 and spring 1975. 

The concepts and paleontological evidence of evolution, 
the principles of paleontology, and application of fossil data 
to geology and biology. The classification and morphology 
of the invertebrate groups occurring as fossils. Three lecture 
hours and three laboratory hours each week. 

Prerequisite: Geology 1, 2 or Biology 11, 12. 

200. Independent Study. 

German 

Associate Professor Hodge, Chairman; Professor Riley; 
Mr. Cerf; and Teaching Fellow Stiefenhofer 

Requirements for the Major in German: The major consists 
of any five courses selected from German 13 through German 18 
and one semester of German 22 or an independent study ap- 
proved by the department. 

1, 2. Elementary German. Every year. Messrs. Cerf and Hodge. 
Three hours a week of training in grammar, composition, 
and reading. Two hours of audio-lingual training in the lan- 
guage laboratory or in conversation classes with the teaching 
fellow, Mr. Stiefenhofer. 

3, 4. Intermediate German. Every year. Mr. Riley. 

Three hours a week of reading, composition, and review 
of grammar. One hour of audio-lingual training in the lan- 
guage laboratory or in conversation classes with the teach- 
ing fellow, Mr. Stiefenhofer. 

5, 6. German Conversation and Composition. Every year. Mr. 
Hodge. 

Designed to increase oral fluency, compositional skills, 
and understanding of spoken German. Metaphorical expres- 
sion and other idiomatic usages may be emphasized during 
the second semester. 

Prerequisite: German 4 or its equivalent. 

7. Advanced Translation: German to English. Fall 1972. 

For students of all disciplines who expect to do specialized 
reading or research work in German. Emphasis on "decod- 
ing" difficult structures, discrepancies between grammar and 
style, and various approaches to vocabulary learning. Read- 



German 117 

ings from areas of general knowledge. As a final project each 
student translates a reading selection from his own subject 
area. 

Prerequisite: German 4 or its equivalent. 

8. Continuation of Course 7. Spring 1973. 

Prerequisite: German 7 or consent of the instructor. 

13. The Development of Literary Classicism. Fall 1971. Mr. 
Hodge. 

Beginning with the reaction against the Age of Reason 
and continuing into the later works of Goethe and Schiller. 
Prerequisite: German 4 or its equivalent. 

14. The Romantic Movement. Spring 1972. Mr. Hodge. 

Its literary philosophy, several schools of thought, and 
preferred genres, including consideration of such representa- 
tive or influential figures as Tieck, A.W. and F. Schlegel, 
Kleist, Arnim, Brentano, Chamisso, Eichendorff, E.T.A. 
Hoffmann, and Schopenhauer. 

Prerequisite: German 4 or its equivalent. 

15. 16. Literature of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. 

1 9?2-i973- 
German literature ca. 1830-1950. Such authors as Hebbel, 

Storm, Meyer, Keller, Hauptmann, Hofmannsthal, Mann, 

Kafka, and Brecht are included. 

Prerequisite: German 4 or its equivalent. 

17. Contemporary Literature. Fall 1972. 

Stress on the newest — largely untranslated — authors and 
on authors not ordinarily considered in German 15, 16, e.g., 
Diirrenmatt, Musil, Grass, Boll, Weiss, Handke, Dorst, 
Doderer, among others. 

18. The Short Prose Form. Fall 1971. Mr. Cerf. 

Unique theory, form, and content of the German Novelle 
as they have developed from Goethe to the present. 
Prerequisite: German 4 or its equivalent. 

22. Seminar in Aspects of German Literary History. Every 
spring. 

Work in a specific area of German literature not covered 
in other departmental courses, e.g., individual authors, lit- 
erary movements, genres, cultural influences, literary-histori- 
cal periods. 



1 18 Courses of Instruction 

Prerequisite: One semester's work beyond German 4 or 
equivalent. 

Spring 1972: The Enlightenment Period. Mr. Cerf. 

31, 32. Representative Works of German Literature in English 
Translation. 1971-1972. Mr. Riley. 

Emphasis on longer forms (novel, epic) and on literature 
since 1870. 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 

Government and Legal Studies 

Associate Professor Morgan, Chairman; Professors Daggett 

and Donovan; Associate Professors Potholm and Rensenbrink; 

Assistant Professors Emmert and Small; 

Senior Lecturer Mr. Robison 

Requirements for the Major in Government and Legal 
Studies: The major consists of at least two Level A courses and 
at least six Level B courses. Majors must, however, take at least 
one course from each division of the department's offerings: 
American government (3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 13, 14, 30, and 31); compara- 
tive government (4, 12, 22, 23, and 51); political theory (1, 16, 17, 
19, and 20); and international politics (2, 7, 8, 15, and 18). 

In addition, the student seeking to graduate with honors in 
government and legal studies must take the honors seminar (Gov- 
ern ment 60) during one semester of his senior year and must pre- 
pare an honors paper. No more than one semester of independent 
study may be substituted for a course in completing the eight- 
course requirement (two from Level A and six from Level B). 
Independent study may not be substituted for Government 60 by 
students pursuing honors; the honors candidate may, however, 
take independent study during the semester of his senior year in 
which he is not taking Government 60. 

Sophomore standing is required for courses numbered 5-29; 
junior standing for courses numbered 30-39; senior standing for 
courses 60-69. Courses numbered 50-59 are specialized seminars 
with individualized requirements as to class standing and prereq- 
uisite courses. 

Level A Courses 

1. Introduction to Political Theory. Fall 1971. Mr. Emmert. 

A systematic examination of selected major problems of 



Government and Legal Studies 1 19 

politics, such as legitimacy, obligation, authority, and par- 
ticipation. 

Introduction to International Relations. Spring 1972. Mr. 

POTHOLM. 

Patterns of cooperation and conflict in the interaction of 
nation-states; analysis of the traditional forms of interstate 
behavior. Attention is also given to such topics as the inter- 
national espionage subculture, revolutionary change, and 
the causes of war. 

Introduction to American Government. Fall 1971 and spring 
1972. Messrs. Donovan and Morgan. 

Emphasis on the national government and the making of 
public policy. Examination of the Constitution, Supreme 
Court, presidency, Congress, political parties and interest 
groups, bureaucracy, and national budget-making. When- 
ever possible an attempt will be made to relate the study 
of basic institutions to the development of current issues of 
public policy. 

Introduction to Comparative Government. Fall 1971 and 
spring 1972. Messrs. Potholm and Rensenbrink. 

An introduction to the study of governments other than 
the United States. Governments selected for study vary from 
year to year but usually include a Western European parlia- 
mentary type, a communist one-party type, and the govern- 
ment of a non-Western, noncommunist developing country. 

Level B Courses 

Urban Governments. Fall 1972. Mr. Morgan. 

The structures of political power in major American met- 
ropolitan areas, and the problems generated by recent popu- 
lation shifts in America. 

Prerequisite: Government 3 or 13 

Law and Society. Fall 1971. Mr. Morgan. 

Selected nonconstitutional areas of American public law 
which have become the focus of intense political conflict: to 
include federal and state statutory efforts in the field of civil 
rights, police practices, and the philosophical underpinnings 
of the criminal law. . 

Prerequisite: Any Level A course. 

International Law. Fall 1971. Mr. Daggett. 

The modern state system, the role of law in its operation, 



120 Courses of Instruction 

the principles and practices which have developed, and the 
problems involved in their application. 
Prerequisite: Any Level A course. 

8. International Organization. Spring 1972. Mr. Daggett. 

The development of arbitration and judicial settlement, 
the League of Nations, the United Nations, and selected 
agencies such as the International Labor Organization. 

Prerequisite: Any Level A course. 

10. The American Presidency. Spring 1972. Mr. Emmert. 

An examination through the study of historical materials 
and recent literature of the office of the president and of 
presidential leadership. Emphasis on the case for and against 
a vigorous, independent executive and on understanding the 
problems and nature of statesmanship in a liberal democracy. 
Prerequisite: Any Level A course. 

12. Advanced Comparative Government. Fall 1971. Mr. Ren- 

SENBRINK. 

An exploration of political development or moderniza- 
tion, either by a comparison of a Western developed country 
(other than the United States) to a non-Western underdevel- 
oped country or by the analysis of the modernization of a 
contemporary European government. Comparisons and con- 
trasts will be made in the light of analytic materials that 
probe the nature of development and which identify the 
problems of political formation and continuity. The aim is 
to involve the student in significant political issues in a 
familiar and in an unfamiliar context and thereby sharpen 
his understanding of basic political forces and of options 
available under varying circumstances. 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

13. Parties, Interest Groups, and Elections in America. Fall 1971. 
Messrs. Donovan and Morgan. 

Parties and interest groups, their functions in the Ameri- 
can system, and their relationships with other political insti- 
tutions. Also the dynamics of voting behavior and campaign 
techniques. 

Prerequisite: Any Level A course. 

14. The Policy-Making Process. Spring 1972. Mr. Donovan. 

The policy-making process in American government with 
emphasis on executive-legislative relations, the roles of Con- 



Government and Legal Studies 121 

gress and the presidency, and the basic problem of responsi- 
ble formulation of public policy in American democracy. 
Prerequisite: Any Level A course. 

15. Advanced International Politics. Spring 1972. Mr. Small. 

An examination of some new and even novel approaches 
to the study of international politics. Designed to help stu- 
dents become aware of the ways in which the relations 
between nation-states may be conceptualized and studied. 

Prerequisite: Government 2. 

16. Development of American Political Thought. Spring 1972. 
Mr. Donovan. 

American political thought from the seedtime of the Re- 
public through the present. Emphasis on an analysis of 
major American thinkers from Madison to John Dewey. 
Concludes with an examination of the contemporary dia- 
logue of American Liberalism, conservatism, and radicalism. 

Prerequisite: Any Level A course. 

17. Problems of Political Analysis. Spring 1972. Mr. Emmert. 

An examination of approaches to the study and under- 
standing of politics, particularly the historical, theological, 
philosophic, and scientific. Emphasis on clarifying and eval- 
uating the different philosophical foundations of these ap- 
proaches and on determining which approach is the most 
appropriate for the study of politics. 

Prerequisite: Any Level A course and consent of the in- 
structor. 

18. American Foreign Policy: Its Formulation and the Forces 
Determining Its Direction. Fall 1971. Mr. Small. 

The major theories concerning the sources and conduct 
of American foreign policy since World War II. Not only 
diplomatic, constitutional, and administrative factors but 
also the significance of economic and cultural forces. 

Prerequisite: Any Level A course. 

19. 20. The History of Political Thought in the West from 

Greek Antiquity to the Present. Fall 1971. Mr. Emmert. 
Spring 1972. Mr. Rensenbrink. 

An analysis, through close textual criticism, of the politi- 
cal writings of selected thinkers of ancient Greece and Rome, 
medieval Europe, and modern Western civilization. Non- 
Western thinkers may be included. Examples of authors to 



122 Courses of Instruction 

be read are Plato, Aristotle, Lucretius, Augustine, Marsiglio 
of Padua, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hegel, 
John Stuart Mill, Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Veblen, 
Weber, Lenin, Collingwood, Ortega y Gassett, Pareto, Sorel, 
Dewey, Sartre, Mao Tse-tung, Gandhi. Not all of these au- 
thors are read in a single year. Authors not listed may be 
read in any given year. 

Prerequisite: Government 1 or consent of the instructor. 

22. Modernization in the Non-Western World: Politics and 
Social Change. Spring 1971. Supervised by the Department. 

This course, given under the supervision and with the 
participation of the members of the department, is designed 
primarily by undergraduates. The undergraduate designers 
participate as senior members and discussion leaders. They 
receive independent study credit for their work; junior mem- 
bers of the course receive regular graded credit. Term papers 
read by a member of the department, and grades assigned by 
the department on the recommendation of the senior stu- 
dent members. 

The focus is on sub-Saharan Africa, but other examples of 
modernization may be examined by interested students and 
discussion leaders. 

This course was offered during the spring semester ipyi 
and is included here for the historical record. 

23. African Politics. Fall 1971. Mr. Potholm. 

The political phenomena in sub-Saharan Africa. Empha- 
sis on the dynamics of politics since independence, but geog- 
raphy, ethnicity, and history are also explored in introduc- 
tory lectures. 

Prerequisite: Government 2, 4, or 51. 

30, 31. American Constitutional Law. Every year. Fall 1971. Mr. 
Daggett. Spring 1972. Mr. Morgan. 

Constitutional principles in the United States. The case 
method is used in the presentation of material. 

Prerequisite: At least two previous courses in American 
government or American history. 

51. Political Analysis and the Forces of Change. Fall 1971. Mr. 
Rensenbrink. 

The perception and conceptualization of political forces 
through an examination of selected historical contexts. The 



History 123 

interaction of sociological, economic, and psychological fac- 
tors with political formation and development. 

Specifically, an introduction to the study of contemporary 
Black Africa (i.e., Africa south of the Sahara) with attention 
to Nigeria in West Africa and Tanzania in East Africa. 

Enrollment limited to twenty-four freshmen. 

60. Honors Seminar. Every fall. The Department. 
200. Independent Study. The Department. 



History 



President Howell; Associate Professor Levine, Chairman; 

Professors Helmreich and Whiteside; Visiting Associate 

Professor Holloway; Assistant Professors Bland, Dietrich, 

Karl, Nyhus, and Willman 

Requirements for the Major in History: The major con- 
sists of eight courses approved by the department, but these eight 
courses need not all be in the Department of History. Each stu- 
dent will work out his major program in consultation with a 
member of the department. The program is then subject to de- 
partmental approval. 

Although most courses have no prerequisites, students should 
note that some courses are designed as an introduction to the 
study of history while others presume a sophisticated level of in- 
terest and preparation. The following courses are specifically 
intended to introduce students to historical studies and to the 
broad outlines of European or American developments: History 
1-2, 11, 20. Students with little or no background in history but 
with an interest in a specific period or area may wish to choose 
from History 3, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 23, 24, 26. For students with 
some experience or background in the study of history or the 
particular subject matter the following courses are recommended: 
History 4, 7, 9, 10, 12, 15-16, 19, 21, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29. Courses 
numbered in the 30s are intended for advanced students (though 
not necessarily history majors) and require permission of the in- 
structor to enter. 

Interdisciplinary Concentrations: Within a major in history, 
a number of students have constructed programs that include 
courses from related departments. One such concentration is in 
American civilization. It consists of four courses in the Depart- 
ment of History and at least two courses beyond the introductory 



124 Courses of Instruction 

level in not more than two related disciplines. Other such pro- 
grams might include courses in the history, language, and litera- 
ture of a particular European country or of a particular period 
of time. 

Work Away from Bowdoin: The department is happy to co- 
operate with students who wish to do a portion of their work 
elsewhere, within or outside an institutional setting, in the United 
States or abroad. Arrangements for such work should normally be 
started during the sophomore year. 

Languages: Students contemplating graduate work in history 
to the doctoral level should incorporate appropriate language 
preparation in their undergraduate program. Usually, this means 
gaining a reading competence in two foreign languages. 

*i-2. History of Western Civilization from Classical Times to the 
Present. Every year. Mr. Helmreich. 

The fall semester considers the heritage of classical antiq- 
uity, the development of the Christian Church, the Saracenic 
Empire, the feudal system, the beginning of national states, 
the Renaissance and Reformation. In the spring semester 
the emphasis is on the growth of nationalism and the evolu- 
tion of present-day political and social systems, the French 
Revolution, the Industrial Revolution, imperialism, World 
War I, and the interwar period. 

11. Crises in European History. Every spring. Messrs. Howell, 
Karl, and Nyhus. 

An introductory course, primarily for freshmen, which 
undertakes a study of four periods when the fabric of Euro- 
pean society was under particular stress. Emphasis on such 
topics as the Investiture Controversy, the Reformation, the 
French Revolution, the Puritan Revolution, the Scientific 
Revolution. Stress on student participation through seminar- 
like procedures, use of source materials, consideration of con- 
flicting interpretations, defining of historical questions, and 
writing of short research papers. 

3. Political, Cultural, and Intellectual History of Europe in 
the Classical Period. Every other year. Spring 1972. Mr. 

WlLLMAN. 

After an introductory survey of the ancient Near East, 
concentration on the classical civilizations of Greece and 
Rome, with most attention on the Periclean and Augustan 
ages. The internal development of the two societies and the 



History 125 

impact of each upon the wider Mediterranean world is 
studied largely through the eyes of contemporaries. Works 
of literature, art, and architecture are considered as historical 
documents contributing to an understanding of classical 
culture. Among the authors to be read are Herodotus, 
Thucydides, Aeschylus, Aristophanes, and Plato; Polybius, 
Livy, Caesar, Cicero, and Tacitus. 

4. History of Europe in the Middle Ages. Every other year. Fall 
1971. Mr. Nyhus. 

A survey covering political and social institutions as well 
as intellectual and cultural movements. Begins with the end 
of the Roman Empire but emphasizes the Carolingian period 
and the High Middle Ages. 

5. History of the Reformation and the Age of Louis XIV. Every 
other year. Fall 1972. Mr. Karl. 

A brief study of the Reformation serves as an introduc- 
tion to the political, religious, and intellectual history of 
Europe from the sixteenth century to the death of Louis 
XIV. 

6. History of the Enlightenment and the Revolutionary Era. 
Every other year. Spring 1973. Mr. Karl. 

The background, course, and influence on Europe of the 
French Revolution and the Napoleonic Era. 

7. History of England to 1550. Every other year. Fall 1971. Mr. 

WlLLMAN. 

An advanced survey of the origins of English society. At- 
tention paid to the cultural, intellectual, social, political, 
and economic aspects of medieval English life in an attempt 
to produce a satisfactory definition of a complex and dy- 
namic society. The growth of representative institutions and 
the common law is studied within this context. Concludes 
with the Reformation, which is interpreted as a revolution- 
ary disruption of many of the features of medieval England. 
Readings include selections from medieval historians, from 
Bede to Froissart; other contemporary sources, such as the 
Magna Charta and More's Utopia; and modern works. 

8. History of England from the Sixteenth to the Eighteenth 
Century. Every other year. Spring 1972. Mr. Willman. 

Emphasis on the interdependence of constitutional and 
social history while considering the Elizabethan age, the 



1 26 Courses of Instruction 

prolonged revolution of the seventeenth century, and the 
normalization of the constitution in the eighteenth century. 
Concludes with the breakup of the old colonial empire and 
the beginnings of industrialization. Readings from Shake- 
speare, Bacon, Milton, Locke, Swift, Adam Smith, and 
Burke, among others. 

9. History of Europe from the Revolutions of 1848 to World 
War I. Every other year. Fall 1971. Mr. Helmreich. 

Political and social history of European states and their 
imperialistic expansion, ending in a detailed study of the 
origins of World War I. 

Prerequisite: History 1-2, junior or senior standing, or 
consent of the instructor. 

[10. Recent European History.] ■ 

12. Renaissance Europe. Every other year. Fall 1972. Mr. Nyhus. 

A close study of the politics and culture of the period. 
Consideration of the historical problem of a renaissance. 

13. Reconstruction. Fall 1971. Miss Holloway. 

The United States, 1865-1880, with emphasis on black 
participation in government and on the "counter-revolution" 
that ended that participation. 

14. Race Relations in the United States Since 1865. Spring 1972. 
Mr. Levine. 

Consideration of prejudice, discrimination, and various 
types of oppression and rebellion. Influences of demographic, 
ideological, and economic changes. The emotional flavor of 
oppression and resistance. Readings include Allport, The 
Nature of Prejudice; Malcolm X, Malcolm Speaks; and 
Margaret Walker, Jubilee. 



* 



15-16. History of Russia and East Central Europe. Every other 
year. 1971-1972. Mr. Helmreich. 

The historic origins and development of the peoples of 
Russia, the Baltic States, Poland, Czechoslovakia, Austria, 
Hungary, the Balkans, and Turkey, ending with an analysis 
of Russia's present relations with its satellites. 

Prerequisite: History 1-2, junior or senior standing, or 
consent of the instructor. 

17. Traditional China. Every other year. Fall 1971. Mr. Die- 
trich. 



History 127 

China before the nineteenth century, when all Chinese 
believed, and most outsiders who went there agreed, that 
the "Middle Kingdom" was the greatest of the world's civili- 
zations. The last millenium of traditional Chinese society: 
how it was organized, the ideas and values that sustained 
and directed it, the ways it changed over time. 

18. Modern Japan. Every other year. Spring 1972. Mr. Dietrich. 

The radical transformation of Japan since it was opened 
to Western influence by Perry in 1854. Consideration of the 
reconstruction of political relationships, changes in social 
patterns, economic development, and the adaptation to 
Western ideas. 

19. The German Problem: Thirty Years War to the Revolutions 
of 1848. Every other year. Fall 1971. Mr. Karl. 

Consideration of some mainstreams in German history, 
directed toward exploring the historical background to the 
"German Problem." 

20. Interpretations of American History. Every fall. Mr. Levine. 

Consideration of four or five topics, from the American 
Revolution to the present, all related to social change. How 
historians have disagreed with each other, the nature of his- 
torical inquiry, and the relationship between past and pres- 
ent. Readings include Hartz, The Liberal Tradition in 
America; Lowi, The End of Liberalism; Hamilton, Report 
of the National Bank; and Collingwood, The Idea of History. 

21. The United States Since 1945. Every other year. Spring 1972. 
Mr. Levine. 

Consideration of social, intellectual, political, and inter- 
national history. Topics include the cold war; the survival 
of the New Deal; the changing role of organized labor; 
Keynesian, post-Keynesian or anti-Keynesian economic pol- 
icies; the urban crisis. Readings common to the whole class 
and the opportunity for each student to read more deeply in 
a topic of his own choice. 

22. The United States and Its World Relations Since 1898. Every 
other year. Fall 1972. Mr. Whiteside. 

An attempt to integrate domestic history and changing re- 
lationships with the outside world. Although not a course in 
conventional diplomatic history, considerable attention is 
paid to diplomacy. 



128 Courses of Instruction 

23. History of England from 1800 to the Present. Every other 
year. Spring 1973. Mr. Willman. 

A survey of the cultural, intellectual, political, constitu- 
tional, social, and economic development of England. (This 
course represents a continuation of the sequence including 
History 7 and 8.) 

24. Modern China. Every other year. Spring 1973. Mr. Dietrich. 

The political, social, economic, and intellectual changes 
that transformed China between the last days of the Ch'ing 
empire and the present-day People's Republic. 

25. The Age of Jefferson and Jackson. Every other year. Spring 
1972. Mr. Bland. 

A study based on monographs and source materials of the 
early national period of American history, 1789-1848. Social 
and intellectual currents as well as political developments 
are covered. 

26. The Colonial Experience. Every other year. Fall 1971. Mr. 
Bland. 

The origins of American civilization examined through 
political and intellectual history. Emphasis on the political 
theory and practice of the Revolutionary period. 

27. The Crisis of the Union, 1848-187J. Every other year. Fall 
1972. Mr. Levine. 

A careful study from monographs and source materials of 
increasing sectional antagonism, the origins of the Civil War, 
the war itself, and attempts to solve postwar problems. 

28. The Nation Transformed. Every other year. Spring 1973. 
Mr. Whiteside. 

The transformation from a predominantly rural to a pre- 
dominantly urban nation which took place from about 1865 
to World War I. Particular stress on changing ideas. 

29. The Overseas Expansion of Europe. Every fall. Fall 1971. 
Mr. Howell and Richard B. Reed, Special Collections 
Librarian. 

Analysis of the contact between European nations and the 
non-Western world in the early modern period. Emphasis on 
the interaction of European and non-Western cultures. De- 
tailed consideration of the development of the Latin Ameri- 
can and Asian societies encountered by the Europeans. Con- 



History 129 

ducted as a seminar with an emphasis on class discussions 
and independent research. 
Enrollment limited to fifteen. 

31. Problems in Early European History. Every year. Mr. Bland, 
Mr. Nyhus, or Mr. Willman. 

A close and rigorous investigation of a single period or 
problem in ancient, medieval, or renaissance history. In ad- 
dition to critical discussion of sources and monographs, stu- 
dents develop aspects of the problem as research projects. 

Spring 1972: The Encounter of Medieval Europe with the 
Non-Western World. Mr. Nyhus. 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

32. Problems in European History. Every year. Mr. Howell or 
Mr. Karl. 

A close investigation of a single period or problem in the 
history of early modern Europe. Following critical discussion 
of sources both primary and secondary, students develop spe- 
cialized aspects as research projects. 

Spring 1972: The Age of Louis XV. Mr. Karl. 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

33. Problems in English History. Every fall. Mr. Willman. 

A close investigation of a single period or problem in the 
history of England. Following critical discussion of sources 
both primary and secondary, students develop specialized 
aspects as research projects. 

Fall 1971: English Intellectual History, 1688-1832. 

Emphasis on the approach of important eighteenth-cen- 
tury thinkers to the problems of eighteenth-century society. 
Their concern with political problems of reform, revolution 
and stabilization, and with the social problems of transition 
from a traditional to an industrial society. Problems of reli- 
gion and toleration, civil liberties, education, penology, and 
poverty also considered. Readings from Locke, Defoe, Adam 
Smith, Burke, Thomas Paine, Bentham, and Malthus, among 
others. 

Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing; at least two rele- 
vant courses in history, government, economics, philosophy, 
or English; and consent of the instructor. 

Fall 1972: English Historiography . 

34. Problems in United States History. Every year. Mr. Levine 
or Mr. Bland. 



1 30 Courses of Instruction 

A close investigation of a single period or problem in the 
history of the United States. Following critical discussion of 
sources both primary and secondary, students will develop 
specialized aspects as research projects. 

Fall 1971: The New Deal. Mr. Bland. 

Spring 1972: The American Revolution. Mr. Bland. 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 

Mathematics 

Professor Christie, Chairman; Professor ChittimjAssociate 

Professors Grobe and Johnson; Assistant Professors Brooks 

and Ward; Lecturers Mr. Curtis and Mrs. Grobe 

Requirements for the Major in Mathematics: The major 
consists of Mathematics 21, Mathematics 13 or 22, and six courses 
approved by the department. The six courses, if in mathematics, 
must be numbered 25 or higher. Students interested in the appli- 
cation of mathematics to other disciplines may include quantita- 
tive courses from other departments (e.g., Chemistry 32, Econom- 
ics 16, Physics 37). Majors are encouraged to pursue their special 
interests in independent study courses for credit, which, if ap- 
proved, may also count as courses for the major. 

Prospective majors should begin to prepare a program of study 
early, in close consultation with at least one member of the de- 
partment. Each major is requested to submit a proposed program 
to the department for its approval by the beginning of his junior 
year. It is understood that this proposal is tentative and subject 
to change as the student's interests mature. 

Below are listed some of the courses recommended to students 
contemplating various careers in mathematics. 

For secondary-school teaching: Mathematics 25, 5 or 26, 33, 

35> 3 6 - 

For graduate study: Mathematics 32, 35, 39, and at least one 

40-level course. 

For engineering and applied mathematics: Mathematics 22, 26, 
31, 34, 37, 38. 

For operations research, management science, and economet- 
rics: Mathematics 26, 30, 37, 38, and Economics 16. 

For computer science: Mathematics 26, 30, 35, 36. 

1, 2. Topics in Mathematics. Every year. The Department. 

The origins of mathematical problems, the nature of math- 



Mathematics 131 

ematical language and proof, and the purpose and applica- 
bility of abstract mathematics. One or more themes devel- 
oped each semester. Recent topics have been the unity of 
mathematics, the theory of numbers, concepts of the calcu- 
lus, basic algebraic structures, topological models and graph 
theory, and algorithmic mathematics. 

5. Introduction to Computer Programming. Every fall. The 
Computing Center Staff. 

An introduction to modern computer systems, time-shar- 
ing, and multiprogramming procedures. Program writing in 
Basic to solve problems in statistics and numerical analysis. 
Program writing in machine language and an introduction 
to Fortran and Cobol programming. Techniques of data 
storage and retrieval. 

1 1. Calculus. Every fall. The Department. 

Elements of differential and integral calculus. 

Open to students whose secondary school courses, offered 
for admission to college, have included the customary train- 
ing in first- and second-degree equations and inequalities, 
exponents and radicals, geometric progressions, the binomial 
theorem, the function concept, coordinate systems and 
graphs, and the properties of and relations among the trigo- 
nometric functions. 

12. Continuation of Course 11. Every semester. The Depart- 
ment. 

Additional calculus and an introduction to infinite series. 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 11 or an equivalent preparation 
which includes elementary analytic geometry and a thorough 
course in calculus. 

13. Differential Equations and Intermediate Calculus. Every 
semester. Messrs. Chittim and Johnson. 

Differential equations, functions of two or three variables, 
and geometry in three dimensions, using vectors, matrices,, 
and complex numbers. 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 or its equivalent. 

14. Elementary Probability and Statistics. Every semester. Mr. 
Brooks. 

Fundamental concepts of probability: experiment, out- 
come, event, probability, conditional probability, indepen- 
dence. Combinatorics: Cartesian products, permutations and 



132 Courses of Instruction 

combinations, poker, and Bernoulli trials. Random variables 
and expectations: the mean, variance, covariance, coefficient 
of correlation, the laws of averages and large numbers. De- 
scriptive statistics. Introduction to statistical decision theory. 

21. Vector Geometry and Linear Algebra. Every semester. Messrs. 
Johnson and Ward. 

Vectors and matrices applied to topics in linear mathe- 
matics. 

22. Calculus of Vector Functions. Every semester. Mr. Christie. 

The differential and integral calculus of more than one 
variable. Vector fields; gradient, curl, and divergence; the- 
orems of Green, Gauss, and Stokes. Applications. 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 13, or 21 plus the equivalent 
of 12. 

23. Elementary Topics in Algebra. Fall 1971. Mr. Chittim. 

Real and complex numbers, determinants and matrices, 
theory of equations, divisors and prime numbers, congru- 
ences, quadratic residues, continued fractions. 

Prerequisite: Two semesters of college mathematics or 
consent of the instructor. 

25. Number Theory. Fall 1972. 

A study of number theory along traditional lines. Divisors, 
prime numbers, and the problem of unique factorization 
into primes. The law of quadratic reciprocity. Topics from 
the following: distribution of prime numbers, finite fields, 
integer solutions to algebraic equations, the rational approxi- 
mation of real numbers, continued fractions, diophantine 
geometry, and analytic number theory. 

26. Numerical Analysis. Spring 1972. Mr. Curtis. 

Basic and Fortran programming, solutions of systems of 
linear and nonlinear simultaneous equations, polynomial ap- 
proximation, numerical differentiation and integration, solu- 
tions of systems of first-order differential equations. The PDP- 
10 time-sharing system will be used extensively throughout 
the course. 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 13 or 21 or 23 or consent of the 
instructor. 

30. Linear Models. Fall 1971 and spring 1973. Mr. Brooks. 

Techniques for solving maximization and minimization 
problems including linear programming and its applications 



Mathematics 133 

to resource allocation problems, transportation problems, 
and the solution of 2-person zero-sum games. 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 13 or 21 or consent of the in- 
structor. 

31. Applied Analysis. Every fall. Mr. Grobe. 

The material for this course is selected from the following 
list of topics: the Taylor expansion, uniform convergence, 
Fourier series, the Laplace transform, general methods in 
ordinary linear differential equations, boundary value prob- 
lems including the Sturm-Liouville equation and an intro- 
duction to partial differentiation equations. 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 13 or 22. 

32. Advanced Calculus. Every spring. 

An introduction to the theory of functions of one real 
variable. Topics include definition, completeness, and topo- 
logical properties of the real numbers, sequences and series 
of both numbers and functions, continuity, uniform continu- 
ity, differentiability, the Riemann integral, the Riemann- 
Stieltjes integral, and properties of some transcendental 
functions. 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 39 or consent of the instructor. 

33. Foundations of Geometry. Spring 1972. 

Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries will be treated 
in the framework of Klein's Erlangen program. Topics will 
be drawn from transformation groups and invariants, coor- 
dinatization and models, one- and two-dimensional projec- 
tive geometry and subgeometries such as affine, Euclidean 
metric, hyperbolic, and elliptic. 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 13, or 21 and 22, or 21 and 
consent of the instructor. 

34. Complex Variable. Every spring. Messrs. Chittim and 
Grobe. 

Analytic functions of a complex variable, differentiation 
and integration in the complex plane, theory of residues, 
conformal mapping. 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 31 or 32 (may be taken concur- 
rently), or Mathematics 13 or 22 and consent of the instructor. 

35. Introduction to Algebraic Structures. Every fall. Mr. John- 
son. 



1 34 Courses of Instruction 

Algebraic properties of number systems. Groups, rings, 
fields, vector spaces, and their homomorphisms. 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 21. 

36. Set Theory. Spring 1973. 

The set-theoretical foundations of mathematics, including 
equivalence and order relations, ordinal and cardinal num- 
bers, and the axiom of choice. Although there are no formal 
prerequisites, the student is expected to have completed at 
least two years of mathematics. 

37. Probability and Statistics. Fall 1971. Mr. Brooks. 

Discrete and continuous probability with applications to 
standard topics in mathematical statistics: point and interval 
estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, and analysis of 
variance. 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 12. Beginning in fall 1972 
Mathematics 14 will also be required. 

38. Topics in Probability and Statistics. Spring 1972. Mr. Brooks. 

One or more specialized topics from probability and statis- 
tics. Topics from probability include stochastic processes and 
measure-theoretic aspects of probability. Topics in statistics 
could include statistical decision theory, sampling theory, and 
experimental design. Topics in applied probability theory 
that might be covered include queuing and inventory theory, 
reliability mathematics, and Monte Carlo techniques. The 
topics for spring 1972 will depend on the amount of mate- 
rial covered in Mathematics 37 and the interests and prep- 
aration of the student. 

Prerequisite will depend upon the topic but will normally 
be Mathematics 37. 

39. Introduction to Topology. Every fall. Mr. Christie. 

Fundamental concepts of general topology: topological 
spaces, continuity, separation and countability axioms, con- 
nectedness, and compactness. The geometric emphasis is 
made more explicit, as time permits, by a consideration of 
mappings, fixed points, vector fields, networks and poly- 
hedra, curves and surfaces. 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 13 or 22. 

40. Topics in Topology. Spring 1972. Mr. Brooks. 

One or two directions in topology are pursued with a fair 
degree of thoroughness, e.g., homology theory, homotopy 



Mathematics 135 

theory, graph theory, knot theory, differential topology, ad- 
ditional general topology, or applications of topology. 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 39 or consent of the instructor. 

42. Advanced Topics in Algebra. Every spring. Mr. Johnson. 

Selection made from the following topics: rings, ring ho- 
momorphisms, ideals, polynomial rings, fields of quotients, 
fields, field extensions, Galois theory. Rings with minimum 
condition, noetherian and local rings, homology theory. Non- 
commutative rings. Finite and infinite abelian groups, tor- 
sion, the ring of endomorphisms of a module. 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 35. 

44. Advanced Topics in Geometry. Fall 1972. 

Content of the course varies, so as to provide the student 
with advanced geometrical experience from the areas of 
algebraic geometry, classical differential geometry, or projec- 
tive and metric geometry. 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 32, 35; or consent of the in- 
structor. 

45. Advanced Topics in Analysis. Fall 1971. Mrs. Grobe. 

Topics include Lebesgue measure and integration and a 
brief introduction to Banach and Hilbert spaces. 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 32. 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 

1 9J 1 Summer Advanced Seminar 
For Graduate and Postgraduate Students of Mathematics 

Professor Christie, Director; Assistant Professor Brooks, 

Associate Director; Professor Gian-Carlo Rota (M.I.T.); 

Dr. Curtis Greene (M.I.T.) 

Course. Combinatorial Theory and Applications. 

The study of combinatorial problems by methods drawn 
from all branches of mathematics. The main topics are enu- 
meration theory and combinatorial geometry. The course is. 
based on lectures by Professor Rota. Supporting sessions, 
including various seminars, are conducted by Dr. Greene 
and by numerous postdoctoral and senior members. 

Colloquium. Combinatorial Mathematics. 

Sequences of lectures on research topics by visiting lectur- 
ers F. Harary (Michigan), D. R. Fulkerson (Rand), B. Griin- 
baum (Washington), H. H. Crapo (Waterloo), H. S. Wilf 



i^6 Courses of Instruction 

(Perm.), H. J. Ryser (Caltech), W. T. Tutte (Waterloo), M. 
Hall, Jr. (Caltech), and A. W. Tucker (Princeton). 

1971 Summer Institute 
For Secondary School Teachers of Mathematics 

Professor Chittim, Director; Assistant Professor Ward; 

Assistant Professor Torrence D. Parsons (Pennsylvania State); 

Mr. Joseph F. Aieta (Weston, Massachusetts, Public Schools); 

Mr. James H. Faux (Greece Arcadia High School, Greece, 

New York) 

Course I. Elements of Complex Variables. 

The complex numbers as an extension of the real num- 
ber system; geometric representations of the complex num- 
bers; applications to geometric constructions and to the the- 
ory of equations; extension of the elementary functions to 
the complex domain; algebraic and transcendental func- 
tions; complex series; conformal mapping; theory of resi- 
dues. 

Course II. Linear Algebra. 

An introduction to the algebra of vector spaces and linear 
transformations. Vector spaces, subspaces, bases and coordi- 
nate systems; linear mappings and their matrix representa- 
tions, matrix algebra, systems of linear equations, deter- 
minants; equivalence, similarity, characteristic values and 
vectors, diagonalization, canonical forms; inner products. 
Special attention to the application of general concepts in 
two- and three-dimensional Euclidean space. 

Experimental Course. Linear Algebra. 

Given by the teacher-participants for a group of above- 
average high school students. Furnishes motivation for 
Course II by showing the connection between it and mate- 
rial suitable for presentation at the secondary school level. 
Each participant assists in the administration, organization, 
text-writing, or presentation of one course unit. There are 
twelve such course units. 

1972 Su?nmer Institute (Proposed) 
For Secondary School Teachers of Mathematics 

Course I. Geometric Transformations. 

An algebraic and combinatorial treatment of Affine and 
Projective Geometries. 



Music 137 

Course II. Advanced Mathematics as Used in Secondary Schools. 
Topics selected from linear algebra, group theory, topol- 
ogy, geometry, real analysis, theory of numbers, and proba- 
bility theory. 

Experimental Course. 

Taught by the teacher-participants to selected high school 
students. Topics will be chosen from those of Course II. 

The Summer Institutes for Secondary School Teachers of Math- 
ematics are part of a program of sequential institutes. Partici- 
pants are secondary school teachers who have done work of 
superior quality as undergraduate majors in mathematics at 
accredited institutions and who are ready to undertake graduate 
studies. Successful completion of work in four Bowdoin Summer 
Institutes leads to the award of the degree of master of arts. 

Music 

Professor Beckwith, Chairman; Associate Professor Schwartz; 
Assistant Professors Brown and Caldwell 

Requirements for the Major in Music: The required courses 
are Music 11, 12; 21-22; 31-32; and three semester courses chosen 
with the approval of the department, except that Music 1 does 
not satisfy this requirement and either Music 2 or 5 but not both 
may count. Students planning to continue the study of music in 
graduate school should complete the theory sequence through 
Music 14 and demonstrate facility at the keyboard. Any student 
planning to major in music should take Music 11, 12 by the soph- 
omore year if possible. 

The departmental offerings and the requirements for the major 
in music are so designed that a very broad course of study is pos- 
sible, well within the liberal arts tradition. It is also possible to 
follow more specialized programs, with emphasis on theory, his- 
tory or applied music, if further professional study is contem- 
plated. 

All students majoring in music are expected to participate in 
at least one performing ensemble which rehearses weekly. 

1. Introduction to Music. Every fall. Mr. Caldwell. 

For students with little or no previous training in music. 
Ability to read music or play an instrument is not necessary. 
The essentials of music — sound and time — are studied as 



1 38 Courses of Instruction 

they have been used in different periods and in the context 
of musical forms. Listening materials are drawn from a 
variety of sources: early Western music, Western music from 
the baroque through romantic eras, twentieth-century music, 
and music of non-Western cultures. 

2. Contemporary Music. Every spring. Mr. Caldwell. 

Beginning with the major composers of the turn of the 
century, such as Debussy, Mahler, and Ives, the course ex- 
amines the important trends before 1950 (impressionism, 
neoclassicism, and the twelve-tone technique) and more 
recent developments in electronic, serial, indeterminate, and 
"theater" music. Ability to read music is not required, and 
much of the course is devoted to aesthetic and stylistic prob- 
lems and their relation to more traditional practices. 

3, 4. The History of Black Music. 1971-1972. Mr. Brown. 

Beginning with the music of West Africa, the development 
of black music from colonial times to the present. All phases 
of black music are considered briefly through lectures, listen- 
ing, and selected readings. 

[5. Electronic Music] 

ii, 12. Elementary Materials of Music. Every year. Mr. Beck- 

WITH. 

Elementary harmony, counterpoint, ear training, and anal- 
ysis, primarily of eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century 
music. Some composition in free style, as well as an elemen- 
tary study of different approaches to the organization of 
sound and time from about 1600 to the early twentieth cen- 
tury. There are three class hours plus two laboratory hours 
weekly. 

13, 14. Advanced Materials of Music. Every year. Mr. Beckwith. 
A continuation of Music 11, 12 with the addition of strict 
composition. There are three class hours plus two laboratory 
hours weekly. 

Prerequisite: Music 11, 12 or equivalent. 

*2i-22. Music History and Literature. 1971-1972. Mr. Caldwell. 

Intended primarily for majors in music, but open to other 
qualified students. The ability to read music is required. 

Prerequisite: Music 11, 12 (previous or concurrent), or 
equivalent. 



Music 139 

24. Orchestration. Spring 1973. Mr. Schwartz. 

Transcription, arrangement, and free composition for en- 
sembles of stringed, woodwind, and brass instruments, 
voice(s) and piano, the primary aim being that of effective 
instrumentation. Intensive study of orchestral and chamber 
scores, drawn from the music literature. 

Prerequisite: Music 11, 12 or equivalent. 

26. Composition. Spring 1972. Mr. Beckwith. 

Free composition for the ensemble combinations cited pre- 
viously in Music 24, with the emphasis upon creative work 
in the more traditional forms (rondo, variation, sonata- 
allegro) and a variety of experimental techniques. 

Prerequisite: Music 11, 12 or equivalent. 

*3i-32. Form and Analysis. 1972-1973. Mr. Caldwell. 

A year course in the study of form and composition tech- 
nique, intended primarily for majors in music. 
Prerequisite: Music 11, 12, or 21-22, or equivalent. 

*5i-52. Applied Music. Every year. 

A study of the technique and literature for a chosen in- 
strument. One hour of private instruction a week (fifteen 
hours a semester) and weekly ensemble classes. The student 
is expected to spend at least one hour a day working on his 
chosen instrument, apart from additional research and en- 
semble classes. The student will be expected to perform pub- 
licly or before the department at the end of each semester. 

The course is intended to permit a student to continue 
study on an instrument in which he has already demon- 
strated proficiency. Only four semester course credits in 
Applied Music, however, may count toward the degree. 

Instruction will be available for most orchestral instru- 
ments, guitar, piano, organ, and voice. Fee: $90 each semester. 

Prerequisite: Consent of the department. 

Instructors: Charles Anderson (trombone), Anthony Boffa 
(guitar), Eloise Caldwell (voice), Donald Curry (bassoon), 
William Eves (piano), Stephen Kecskemethy (violin), Roger 
Nye (voice), Calvin Torrey (trumpet). Others as needed. 

53, 54. Continuation of Course 51-52. Every year. 

55,56. Contemporary Improvisation Ensemble. 1971-1972, Mr. 
Brown. 

The problems of improvisation in contemporary music 



140 Courses of Instruction 

with some emphasis on jazz, with heavy emphasis on applied 
improvisation. Enrollment to some extent is limited to stu- 
dents who play instruments. 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 

1971 Summer School of Music 

Professor Beckwith, Director; Lewis Kaplan, Music Director 

(violin and viola); Jonathan Abramowitz (cello); Eric Graf 

(flute); Lloyd Greenberg (clarinet); Walter Ponce (piano) 

The curriculum is designed to develop the musicianship, 
technique, and sense of style of young preprofessional instrumen- 
talists. The program consists of an individually designed sched- 
ule of private instruction, chamber ensemble coaching and re- 
hearsals, master classes, and performances at the student recitals. 

Instrumental students devote proportionally more time to their 
individual studies, while chamber music students devote propor- 
tionally more of their time to ensemble work and do not receive 
as much private instruction. 

Upon request, credit, equivalent to one semester course, is 
granted. 

1972 Summer School of Music (Proposed) 
See announcement for 1971 Summer School of Music. 



Philosophy 



Professor Pols, Chairman; Professor McGee; 
and Assistant Professor Sherman 

Requirements for the Major in Philosophy: The major con- 
sists of six courses approved by the department. The six must 
include 11, 12; at least one from the group 21, 23, 24; and 31. 
Philosophy 1 may not be counted for the major. 

1. Introductory Seminars. Every semester. 

Open primarily to freshmen, this course is in three semi- 
nar sections, each devoted to a separate topic. Enrollment 
limited to fifteen a section. Upperclassmen are admitted with 
the consent of the instructor, but freshmen are given priority 



Philosophy 141 

for the available places. Topics are changed from time to 
time but are restricted in scope and make no pretense at 
being an introduction to the whole field of philosophy. They 
are in all cases topics in which contemporary debate is lively 
and as yet unsettled and to which contributions are being 
made by more than one field of learning. (Although the 
course may be taken more than once with a changed topic, 
in the spring priority is given to freshmen who did not take 
the course in the fall.) 

a. Rationalism and Romanticism. Fall 1971. Mrs. Sherman. 
An examination of two views which are often held to be 

opposed. The first is that man's highest achievement and 
greatest freedom lies in learning to discipline and order his 
thought about himself and the world so that it reveals a 
universal, nonpersonal pattern. The second is that man 
should strive for maximum self-expression, the exploitation 
of his individuality, and the articulation of a unique, purely 
personal response to the world. Both historical and contem- 
porary expressions of these views are discussed. 

b. What Is Humanism? Fall 1971. Mr. McGee. 
Discussion of a view of the nature of human being and 

of the human situation that is under attack in the current 
social revolution. Texts chosen from the following: Aeschy- 
lus, Prometheus Bound, Oresteia; Sophocles, Antigone; Aris- 
tophanes, Lysistrata; Plato, "Death of Socrates," Republic; 
Aristotle, Ethics, Politics; Gicero, On Duties; Castiglione, 
The Courtier; Swift, Gulliver's Travels; Johnson, Rasselas; 
Kolakowski, Towards a Marxist Humanism; Action Program 
of the Communist Party of Czechoslovakia, April 1968. 

c. Mind and Body. Spring 1972. Mr. Pols. 

An examination of the contemporary controversy about 
the nature of the mind. Materialistic, behavioristic, and 
other "reductionistic" claims that intelligence can be under- 
stood in terms of neural physiology and "intelligent" ma- 
chines (computers and similar automatons) are contrasted 
with claims that consciousness plays an indispensable role 
in human intelligence and cannot be exhaustively under- 
stood in terms of the machine image. Scientific and philo- 
sophical arguments on both sides of the question are exam- 
ined, and the relevance of the controversy to the current 
cultural crisis is brought out. 



142 Courses of Instruction 

3. Logic and Formal Systems. Fall 1971 and fall 1973. Mrs. 
Sherman. 

Treatment of the principles of valid inference. After a 
consideration of the traditional approach, including the 
syllogism, modern techniques for representing arguments 
and logical truths are presented. A survey of the structure of 
deductive systems and their use in science is then made. 

4. Logic and the Limits of Language. Spring 1973 and spring 
1975. Mr. McGee. 

Recognition of principles implicit in ordinary English is 
achieved through individual practice in searching for mean- 
ings and estimating evidence, in distinguishing demonstra- 
tion from mere assertion and plausible persuasion, in con- 
structing valid arguments and trying to follow the ways of 
paradox, in testing differences between expressions of expe- 
rience and claims to knowledge. This practice goes beyond 
the performance of exercises set for the course to a kind of 
field-work in ordinary language, each student analyzing and 
evaluating examples of discourse he has collected from a 
variety of outside sources. 

5. Introduction to Twentieth-Century Existentialism. Spring 
1972 and spring 1974. Mrs. Sherman. 

Designed for those who have no previous background in 
philosophy but who want to understand the ethical and 
metaphysical themes that underlie existentialist literature, 
psychology, and political thought. Concentration will be on 
Heidegger, Sartre, and Camus. The central theme is the role 
of the concept of nothingness in these writers and the way it 
affects such notions as self, anxiety, absurdity and death,"and 
authenticity. If time permits, attention is given to some 
other writers, such as Unamuno, Jaspers, Ortega y Gasset, 
Merleau-Ponty, Gabriel Marcel, and Iris Murdoch. 

6. Literature as Philosophy. Spring 1973 and spring 1975. Mr. 
McGee. 

After a presentation of the explicitly philosophical back- 
ground of the literary works to be studied, the philosophic 
life-attitudes expressed in them are examined to determine 
their adequacy as philosophy and their relevance to con- 
duct. Maximum student participation is sought, and during 
much of the course seminar techniques are employed. The 
literature varies from time to time but always includes one 



Philosophy 143 

major contemporary work and one major older work. In 
1973 some of the following authors will be studied: LeRoi 
Jones, James Baldwin, Beckett, Camus, Gide, Kafka, Piran- 
dello, James, Mann, Woolf, Dostoevski, Lucretius, Dante, 
and Goethe. 

11. Major Philosophers of the West: Beginnings to Christianity. 
Every fall. Fall 1971. Mr. Pols. Fall 1972. Mr. McGee. 

The sources and prototypes of Western thought. Concen- 
tration on Plato and Aristotle, but some attention is given 
to the pre-Socratic philosophers who influenced them and to 
the Stoics and Epicureans. Medieval philosophy is more 
briefly considered, to show the interaction of Christianity 
and Greek thought. 

12. Major Philosophers of the West: Renaissance to Idealism. 
Every spring. Spring 1972 and spring 1973. Mrs. Sherman. 

Some attention given to the philosophic grounds of the 
scientific revolution and to the intellectual and moral re- 
sponse the new scientific view of the world evoked from the 
philosophers. Reading in five or six of the following: Des- 
cartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, and Kant. 

Prerequisite: Philosophy 11. 

21. Morality and the Individual. Fall 1972 and fall 1974. Mr. 
McGee. 

Various types of answers to the questions "What is right 
for me to do?/', "What ought to be done?", and "What is the 
good for man?" are traced to their philosophic bases in his- 
torical and contemporary sources. The justification these 
bases provide is critically discussed and some possible mean- 
ings of statements used to answer questions in morals are 
made explicit and compared. 

Prerequisite: Philosophy 11, 12. 

23. Theory of Knowledge. Fall 1971 and fall 1973. Mr. McGee. 

Some of the principal problems in and about the structure 
and scope of human knowledge: meaning and truth; the 
relations of a priori to empirical truths; types of inference;" 
problem solving; the limits of science. 

Prerequisite: Philosophy 11, 12. 

24. Metaphysics. Spring 1972 and spring 1974. Mr. Pols. 

A study of the claim that man can achieve knowledge of 
ultimate reality and found his own self-knowledge upon it; 
of the counterclaim that knowledge is restricted by its nature 



144 Courses of Instruction 

to science and to the commonsense world; and of contempo- 
rary attempts, by a radical reexamination of the nature of 
man's reason, to reassert wider claims for it. The significance 
of this whole dispute for our conception of human nature is 
central to the course. Substantive metaphysical issues with 
an important bearing on the problem of human nature, such 
as time, free will, and mechanistic vs. teleological explana- 
tion, accordingly receive especial attention. The reading is 
largely contemporary. 

Prerequisite: Philosophy 11, 12. 

31. Advanced Seminars in Philosophy. Every semester. 

A study of some one major philosopher, or of two related 
philosophers, or of some important philosophical problem or 
movement. This course can be repeated with credit. 

Fall 1971. Hegel and Contemporary Idealism. Mr. Pols. 

A reading of Hegel's Phenomenology of the Spirit, fol- 
lowed by a consideration of Hegel's influence on such twen- 
tieth-century figures as Husserl and Sartre. 

Spring 1972. Wittgenstein. Mr. McGee. 

Prerequisite: Philosophy 11, 12. 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 

Physics and Astronomy 

Associate Professor Hughes, Chairman; Professors Jeppesen 

and LaCasce; Associate Professor Turner; 

Assistant Professor Bohan; Lecturer and 

Research Associate Mr. Wing 

Requirements for the Major in Physics: The student who 
majors in physics should plan his total program carefully. A major 
student who intends to do graduate work in physics or engineering 
should take Physics 31, Physics 32, and at least one more course at 
the upper level. In addition to the required courses, he should 
consider Mathematics 34 and another semester of chemistry. A 
major student whose interest is in an interdisciplinary area will 
also need to plan his program carefully. A program in biophysics 
should include courses in organic chemistry and biology; geo- 
physics and oceanography should include courses in physical 
chemistry and astronomy. The major student interested in a 
career in secondary school teaching should seek a broad base in 
science courses as well as the courses necessary for his teacher's 



Physics and Astronomy 145 

certificate. For a career in industrial management, some courses 
in economics and government should be included. 

In any case, six semester courses above the level of Physics- 
Chemistry 17, 18, not including Physics 200, are required. Stu- 
dents interested in an interdisciplinary area may, with permis- 
sion, substitute a course in another department. 

1. Planetary Astronomy. Every fall. Mr. Hughes. 

A qualitative, nonmathematical discussion of the physics 
and astronomy of the solar system. Topics discussed include 
mechanisms of formation of the solar system; the age of the 
system; the nature and origin of the moon; the properties of 
the planets and the earth as a planet, with an emphasis on 
meteorology. 

2. Stars and Stellar Systems. Every spring. Mr. Hughes. 

A qualitative, nonmathematical discussion of the nature 
of stars and galaxies. Topics discussed include stellar struc- 
ture and stellar evolution, the properties of galaxies, the ex- 
pansion of the universe, the nature of quasi-stellar objects, 
and the principal cosmological theories. 

3. Physics of the Twentieth Century. Every fall. Mr. Bohan. 

A presentation of the experimental and theoretical devel- 
opments that have occurred in physics during the last eighty 
years and a discussion of how these developments have af- 
fected society and other areas of knowledge. 

11. General Physics. Fall 1971 and fall 1972. Messrs. LaCasce 
and Turner. 

Aims at an appreciation of the basic physical nature of 
the universe. The concepts of space, time, and energy as 
viewed by Newton and Einstein are examined and related 
to the motion of particles. 

Prerequisite: Concurrent registration or previous credit in 
Mathematics 11. 

12. Fields and Quantum Phenomena. Spring 1972 and spring 
1973. Messrs. LaCasce and Turner. 

The nature of fields is illustrated by the theory of elec- 
tricity and magnetism. The study of particles includes the 
quantization of radiation and the search for the ultimate 
constituents of matter. 

Prerequisite: Physics 1 1 or its equivalent. 

Physics 11, 12 are not open to seniors and students with 
credit in Physics-Chemistry 17, 18. 



146 Courses of Instruction 

17. Physics. The Properties of Matter I. Every fall. Messrs. 
Butcher (Chemistry), Hughes (Physics), and Wing (Physics). 

A discussion of the fundamental laws governing the be- 
havior of matter, including electricity, thermodynamics, and 
chemical kinetics. This course, together with Chemistry 18, 
constitutes the introductory program for students planning 
advanced work in science. 

Prerequisite: Concurrent registration or previous credit in 
Mathematics 11. Not open to those with credit for Physics 
11,12 or Chemistry 1 1. 

18. Chemistry. The Properties of Matter II. Every spring. Messrs. 
Butcher (Chemistry), Hughes (Physics), and Wing (Physics). 

Continuation of Physics 17. 

Prerequisites: Physics 17 and concurrent registration or 
previous credit in MatJiematics 12. Not open to those with 
credit for Physics 11, 12 or Chemistry 11. 

21. Theoretical Physics. Every fall. Mr. Jeppesex. 

To provide a framework for interpreting and unifying the 
present experimental knowledge in physics, selected areas 
from five great theories in physics, classical mechanics, rela- 
tivity, electricity, quantum mechanics and statistical mechan- 
ics are examined. The language of the calculus is used to 
formulate the physical models and concepts. 

Prerequisites: Physics-Chemistry 17, 18 or Physics 11, 12 
and previous credit or concurrent registration in Mathe- 
matics 13. 

22. Continuation of Course 21. Spring 1973. Mr. Bohan. 

Prerequisite: Pliysics 21. 

23. Electronic Circuits. Every fall. Mr. Turxer. 

Linear network theory, including the analysis of DC and 
AC circuits, both passive and active, and the principles of 
feedback. Laboratory work stresses the fundamentals of elec- 
tronic instrumentation and measurements. Additional topics 
selected from the following: behavior of electron tube and 
semiconductor devices, transients in linear circuits, diode 
circuits, and rectifiers, Fourier series, modulation and de- 
modulation, pulse and digital circuits, energy conversion. 

Prerequisites: Physics 11, 12 or Physics-Chemistry 17, 18; 
and MatJiematics 12. 

24. Solid State Electronics. Every spring. Mr. Turxer. 

Quantum theory and statistical mechanics are used to 
explain the transport properties of solids and junctions 



Physics and Astronomy 147 

between solids, leading to a deeper understanding of the 
behavior of transistors and integrated circuits. General prin- 
ciples of transistor amplifier circuits and linear integrated 
circuits are presented and the student is introduced to binary 
and logic circuits, including digital integrated circuits and 
modern computer circuitry. Laboratory exercises with linear 
amplifiers and digital circuits. 
Prerequisite: Physics 23. 

25. Topics in Physics. 

Investigation into an area of interdisciplinary work. 

Fall 1971. Physical Oceanography. Mr. LaCasce. 

The aim is to provide a feel for the scope of physical 
oceanography. Among the topics to be covered are tidal 
theory, surface and internal waves, the heat budget and its 
relation to the oceanic circulation. Some attention to the 
problems of instrumentation and the techniques of measure- 
ment. 

Prerequisites: Physics 11, 12 or Physics-Chemistry 17, 18; 
and Mathematics 12. 

26. Biophysics. Spring 1973. Mr. Hughes. 

An introduction with particular attention to the effects 
of ionizing radiation on cells and tissues, the application of 
X-ray diffraction methods to biological problems, and the 
study of sense organs viewed as transducers of the environ- 
ment. Some attention is given to historical aspects of the 
subject and to the development of devices such as the elec- 
tron microscope. 

Prerequisite: Physics 11, 12 or Physics-Chemistry 17, 18. 

27. Optical Measurement Techniques. Fall 1972. Mr. Jeppesen. 

Optical instruments and methods are used in many fields 
of physics and in other disciplines. An understanding of the 
physical principles associated with the instrumentation and 
techniques provides the basis for more effective measure- 
ments. A summary of geometrical optics is followed by a 
study of wave propagation and its relation to coherence, in- 
terference, and diffraction. The laboratory work provides 
experience with particular instruments or topics. 

Prerequisites: Physics-Chemistry 17, 18 and Mathemat- 
ics 12. 

31. Atomic Physics. Every fall. Mr. Bohan. 

Relativity and the quantum theory with applications to 
atomic and nuclear systems and to elementary particles. 



148 Courses of Instruction 

There is a laboratory of selected modern physics experi- 
ments associated with the course. 

Prerequisites: (1971) Physics 11, 12 and Mathematics 13, 
or consent of the instructor. (1972) Mathematics 13 and 
either Physics 21 or 23 or consent of the instructor. 

32. Electromagnetic Theory. Every spring. Mr. LaCasce. 

First the Maxwell relations are presented as a natural ex- 
tension of basic experimental laws, then emphasis is given 
to the radiation and transmission of electromagnetic waves. 

Prerequisites: (1972) Mathematics 13 or equivalent and a 
previous course in college physics. (1973) Mathematics 13 
and either PJiysics 21 or 23. 

34. Optics. Spring 1972. Mr. Turner. 

The electromagnetic theory of light and the optics of crys- 
tals and metals. Quantum theory of radiation applied to 
atoms and molecules. Light amplification by stimulated 
emission. Lectures and three hours of laboratory each week. 

Prerequisite: Physics 27. 

35. Solid State Physics. Spring 1973. Mr. Bohan. 

Crystal structure and symmetry, magnetic resonance phe- 
nomena, and transport properties in solids. 

Prerequisite: PJiysics 22 and 31 or consent of the instruc- 
tor. 

37. Advanced Mechanics. Spring 1972. Mr. Bohan. 

Further development of Lagrange's techniques, the intro- 
duction of Hamilton's equations, and normal coordinates. 
Applications to many particle vibratory systems and to other 
selected topics. 

Prerequisite: Physics 21 or 22. 

41. Quantum Mechanics. Fall 1972. Mr. Turner. 

A unified introduction to the quantum theories of Schro- 
dinger, Heisenberg, and Dirac using probability theory. Ap- 
plications of these theories to explain the physical behavior 
of simple quantized systems. 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 31 or the consent of the in- 
structor. 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 

If the investigations concern the teaching of physics, this 
course satisfies certain of the requirements for the Maine 
State Teacher's Certificate. 



Psychology 149 



Psychology 



Associate Professor Fuchs, Chairman; 
Assistant Professors Lively and Perlmuter; and Mr. Chapko 

Requirements for the Major in Psychology: The major com- 
prises Psychology 1, 4, 11, 13, 14, and two additional courses 
chosen from the following: Psychology 3, 21, 22, 23, 24, and 26. 

Students who are interested in teaching may find Psychology 1, 
11, 13, and/or 22 an appropriate combination of courses related 
to their teaching interest. 

1. General Psychology. Every semester. The Department. 

The basic psychological principles, concepts, and theories. 
The methods of investigation in psychology. Lectures and 
laboratory work each week. 

3. Psychology of Personality. Fall 1971. Mr. Chapko. 

Psychoanalytic and learning theories of normal and abnor- 
mal personality considered in relation to empirical evidence. 
Topics include identification, self-concepts, defense mech- 
anisms, manifest anxiety, achievement motivation, and au- 
thoritarian personality. 

Prerequisite: Psychology 1. 

4. Social Psychology. Spring 1971. Mr. Chapko. 

Social influences on the development and modification of 
individual behavior. Topics include attitude formation, cog- 
nitive balance, small group processes, personality develop- 
ment, and prejudice. 

Prerequisite: Psychology 1. 

11. Measurement and Statistical Method in Psychology. Every 
fall. Mr. Chapko. 

An introduction to psychological measurement and appli- 
cations of statistics to research in psychology. Required of 
majors no later than the junior year. 

Prerequisite: Psychology 1 or consent of the instructor. 

13. Experimental Psychology: Learning. Every fall. Mr. Perl- 
muter. 

A systematic understanding and analysis of research meth- 
odology and its role in psychology. Emphasis on experimen- 
tal investigation of the learning process. Laboratory work, 



150 Courses of Instruction 

including the planning and execution of an original experi- 
ment of the student's own choice. 
Prerequisite: Psychology 1. 

14. Experimental Psychology: Perception. Every spring. Mr. 
Lively. 

Laboratory investigation and analysis of sensory and per- 
ceptual processes in human behavior. 

Prerequisite: Psychology 13 or consent of the instructor. 

81. Psychology of Motivation. Every fall. Mr. Perlmuter. 

A seminar in the study of the theoretical and methodologi- 
cal considerations concerned with motivation. Readings in- 
clude Freudian psychoanalysis, S-R psychology, and cogni- 
tive dissonance. 

Prerequisite: Psychology 1 or consent of the instructor. 

22. Theories of Learning. Spring 1972. Mr. Fuchs. 

Major contemporary theories of the learning process and 
their relation to individual differences in learning and ma- 
turation. The implications of the theories for educational 
technology are discussed. 

Prerequisite: Psychology 1. 

23. Systematic Psychology. Every fall. Mr. Fuchs. 

The historical and theoretical backgrounds of modern psy- 
chology, especially the chief systems of psychology, including 
behaviorism, Gestalt theory, and psychoanalysis. 

Prerequisite: Psychology 1 or consent of the instructor. 

24. Contemporary Theory in Psychology. Every spring. Mr. 
Chapko. 

A seminar in the analysis of problems and a review of 
current theory in contemporary psychology. Spring 1972 
topic will be "Theories of Attitude and Attitude Change" 
and will encompass research and phenomenology relevant to 
formation, expression, and change in social attitudes. 

Prerequisite: Psychology 4 or consent of the instructor. 

26. Problems in Psychology: Developmental Psychology. Every 
spring. Mr. Lively. 

Topics include the development of various capacities in 
children, such as motor, perceptual, language, and cognitive, 
and the development of personality and socialization. Where 
appropriate, such theoretical traditions as American S-R, 



Religion 151 

psychoanalytic, and the epistomological approach of Piaget 
are contrasted. 

Prerequisite: Psychology 1 and one additional course in 
psychology, or consent of the instructor. 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 



Religion 

Professor Geoghegan, Chairman; Visiting Professor Richmond; 
and Assistant Professors Long and M cDermott 

Requirements for the Major in Religion: The major in re- 
ligion consists of any eight courses in religion approved by the 
department. The introductory courses, Religion 11 and 12, nor- 
mally should be taken not later than the sophomore year 

11. History of Religions I. Every fall. Mr. Geoghegan. 

A survey of modes of inquiry in religion and a comparative 
study and historical study of the major living religions of 
Far Eastern origin: Taoism, Confucianism, Hinduism, and 
Buddhism. Consideration given to some primitive and 
smaller religions and to a general comparison with Western 
religion. Lectures, conferences, and readings in basic scrip- 
tures and modern interpretations. 

12. History of Religions II. Spring 1972. Mr. Long. 

A comparative study and historical survey of major reli- 
gious traditions of Near Eastern origin: Judaism, Christianity 
(particularly Catholicism and Protestantism), and Islam. 
Consideration given to a general comparison with religion 
of non-Western origin. Lectures, conferences, and readings 
in classic texts and modern interpretations of the traditions. 

15. History of Religions V: Hinduism. Every fall. Mr. McDer- 

MOTT. 

The roots of Hinduism in Vedic tradition. The develop- 
ment of classical and contemporary systems of Hindu reli- 
gion and thought. The. relationship between Hindu religious 
values and the wider range of India's cultural life. Consid- 
eration of ritual, practice, sects, and Hindu spiritual paths. 
Readings, in translation, range from some Vedic hymns to 
the classical philosopher-theologians (Sankara, Ramanuja, 
etc.) and contemporary Hindu writings. 



152 Courses of Instruction 

16. History of Religions VI: Buddhism. Every spring. Mr. Mc- 
Dermott. 

Buddhist origins and development in India; the spread of 
the religion to East and Southeast Asia; and its interaction 
with indigenous religions. Consideration of "folk Buddhism," 
contemporary manifestations of Buddhism, and of such sects 
as Zen and Tantrism. Readings largely from the Canon and 
other sacred texts of Buddhism in translation. 

17. History of Religions VII: Religions of China. Every fall. 
Mr. McDermott. 

Native Chinese traditions: Shamanism, Confucianism, 
Taoism, "The Hundred Schools," and the cult of ancestors. 
Neo-Confucianism as a state cult. The Sinification of Bud- 
dhism. The contemporary religious situation in the People's 
Republic. Particular attention to the interaction between 
the "Great," or philosophical tradition, and folk religion. 
Readings largely from primary sources in translation, rang- 
ing from the Chinese classics to the thoughts of Chairman 
Mao. 

21. Hebraic and Judaic Origins. Every fall. Mr. Long. 

Hebrew literature and religion in their historical and cul- 
tural context with attention to the community which laid 
the foundations for Judaism. Lectures, discussions, and read- 
ings in the scriptures along with contemporary interpreta- 
tions. 

22. Christian Origi)is. Every spring. Mr. Long. 

Christian literature and religion in their historical and 
cultural context with attention to the community which 
gave shape to Christianity. Lectures, discussions, and read- 
ings in the New Testament along with contemporary inter- 
pretations. 

[23. Biblical Literature 111: Biblical Theology.] 

[24. Prophetism and Religion.] 

[25. Judaistn.] 

31. Religious Thought I: Ancient and Medieval Western Reli- 
gious Thought. Fall 1971 and fall 1972. Mr. Geoghegan. 

The philosophy of religion and of theology — especially 
the central questions of the nature and existence of God, the 
nature and destiny of man, faith and reason, the problem of 



Romance Languages 153 

evil, etc. — by means of a critical examination of the develop- 
ment of Western religious thought from its beginnings 
through the Middle Ages, with special attention to a con- 
temporary restatement of the tradition and to the presuppo- 
sitions, methods, conclusions, and influence of the thought of 
Augustine and Aquinas. Lectures, conferences, and readings 
in basic writings and contemporary interpretations. 

32. Religious Thought II: Modern and Contemporary Religious 
Thought. Spring 1972. Mr. Richmond. 

The philosophy of religion and Western theology — espe- 
cially the central questions of the nature and existence of 
God, the nature of religious experience, the nature and des- 
tiny of man, etc. — by means of a critical survey of Western 
religious thought from the European Enlightenment to the 
present with special attention to the background of modern 
Western religious thought to the Age of Reason and the En- 
lightenment, and to a wide selection from the following 
thinkers: Kant, Hegel, Schleiermacher, Kierkegaard, Ritschl, 
Barth, Buber, and Bultmann. Lectures, conferences, and 
readings in basic writings and contemporary interpretation. 

34. Religious Thought IV: Methodologies in the Study of Reli- 
gions. Every spring. Mr. McDermott. 

The various ways of interpreting religion as a phenome- 
non in human life. An analysis of the historical particularity 
and the structural universality of religious patterns of mean- 
ing. Selected works of such authors as Durkheim, Eliade, 
Freud, Jung, and van der Leeuw are considered. Illustrative 
material taken from traditional religions of Africa, the 
Pacific islands, and the American Indians. 

Open to sophomores and upperclassmen, and to freshmen 
with the consent of the instructor. 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 

Romance Languages 

Professor Geary, Chairman; Associate Professors Nunn 

(Acting Chairman, Fall 1971) and Thompson; Assistant 

Professors Brogyanyi and Carrierf; Mr. Turner; and 

Teaching Fellows Garnier and Vargas 

Requirements for the Major in French: The major consists 
of French g, 10, and six semester courses to be chosen from French 
1 1 through 20. With the consent of the department, not more than 



1 54 Courses of Instruction 

two of these six courses may be replaced by courses of indepen- 
dent study. All majors are urged to elect at least one such course. 
Prospective majors are expected to have completed French 9, 10, 
the prerequisite for advanced literature courses, by the end of the 
sophomore year. Majors who plan to attend graduate school or to 
teach should take French 5, 6. Students who intend to qualify for 
junior year programs in France should complete French 5, 6, and 
9, 10, by the end of the sophomore year. 

French 

*i-2. Elementary French. Every year. Mr. Brogyanyi. 

Emphasizes spoken French as a basis for further study in 
reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three class 
hours a week and regular language laboratory assignments. 

3. Intermediate French I. Every fall. Mr. Nunn. 

Intensive review of grammar, with increased emphasis on 
the reading of prose. Three class hours per week and regular 
language laboratory assignments. 

Prerequisite: French 2 or appropriate score on a placement 
test set by the department at the start of the fall semester. 

4. Intermediate French II. Every semester. Mr. Nunn. 

Reading and speaking French, with emphasis on vocabu- 
lary building and increased fluency. Three class hours and 
one hour in small groups with the native teaching fellow, 
Miss Garnier. 

Prerequisite: French 3 or appropriate score on a placement 
test set by the department at the start of the fall semester. 

5. Third-Year French I. Every fall. Mr. Carriere. 

Reading of selected texts, in particular the plays of Ionesco. 
Emphasis on literary analysis, especially through discussion 
in French and explication de texte. Three class hours per 
week and one hour with the French teaching fellow, Miss 
Garnier. 

Prerequisite: French 4 or appropriate score on a placement 
test set by the department at the start of the fall semester. 

6. Third-Year French II. Every spring. Mr. Carriere. 

Aims to develop fluency in spoken and written French. 
Exercises in diction based on the plays of Anouilh. Intro- 
duction to stylistics through translation of selected French 
and English literary texts. Oral presentations with the 
French teaching fellow, Miss Garnier. 



Romance Languages 155 

Prerequisite: French 5 or appropriate score on a placement 
test set by the department at the start of the fall semester. 

9. Introduction to French Literature I. Every fall. Mr. Car- 
riere. 

Close reading of selected prose passages and poetry, along 
with extensive reading and discussion of outstanding works 
from the major genres. Beginning with the Chanson de Ro- 
land and a roman courtois (both in a modern French ver- 
sion), the following works are studied: selected poems of 
Villon, the Pleiade, and La Fontaine; plays by Corneille, 
Racine, and Moliere; a conic by Voltaire, and Rousseau's 
Reveries du protnencur solitaire. 

Prerequisite: French 4 or appropriate score on a placement 
test set by the department at the start of the fall semester. 

10. Introduction to French Literature II. Every semester. Mr. 
Brogyanyi. 

A continuation of French 9. The following works are 
studied: selected poems of Chenier and other major poets 
from the romantic period to the present; representative nov- 
els of Chateaubriand, Balzac, Flaubert, Maupassant, Mau- 
riac, and Camus; romantic and modern drama, including 
plays of Musset, Sartre, Ionesco, and Beckett. 

Prerequisite: French 9 or consent of the department. 

11. French Thought and Culture I. Every other fall. Fall 1971. 
Mr. Brogyanyi. 

The evolution of French thought from the medieval pe- 
riod through the Enlightenment, with consideration of the 
relevant social and cultural contexts. Conducted in French. 

Prerequisite: French 9, 10 or consent of the instructor. 

12. French Thought and Culture II. Every other spring. Spring 
1972. Mr. Carriere. 

A continuation of French 11, with emphasis on the ro- 
mantic and decadent movements, positivism, Bergsonian 
philosophy, surrealism, and existentialism. Conducted in 
French. 

Prerequisite: French 9, 10 or consent of the instructor. 

13. French Poetry I. Every other fall. Fall 1972. 

Critical study of poetic practice and close analysis of texts 
from the Middle Ages to the romantic period. Emphasis on 



156 Courses of Instruction 

the works of Villon, Ronsard, the baroque poets, La Fon- 
taine, and Hugo. Conducted in French. 

Prerequisite: French 9, 10 or consent of the instructor. 

14. French Poetry II. Every other spring. Spring 1973. 

A continuation of French 13, from the symbolist move- 
ment to the present. Emphasis on the works of Baudelaire, 
Rimbaud, Appolinaire, Valery, and Prevert. Conducted in 
French. 

Prerequisite: French 9, 10 or consent of the instructor. 

15. French Drama I. Every other fall. Fall 1972. 

Critical study of dramatic theory and practice from the 
medieval period to the end of the eighteenth century. Medi- 
eval farce and religious drama; development of tragi-comedy, 
tragedy, and comedy; the drame bourgeois. Conducted in 
French. 

Prerequisite: French 9, 10 or consent of the instructor. 

16. French Drama II. Every other spring. Spring 1973. 

A continuation of French 15, from romantic to modern 
drama. Conducted in French. 

Prerequisite: French 9, 10 or consent of the instructor. 

17. The French Novel I. Every other fall. Fall 1971. Mr. Nunn. 

The development of the genre during the nineteenth cen- 
tury, with emphasis on the works of Balzac, Stendhal, Flau- 
bert, and Zola. Conducted in French. 

Prerequisite: French 9, 10 or consent of the instructor. 

18. The French Novel II. Every other spring. Spring 1972. Mr. 
Nunn. 

A continuation of French 17, from realism to the nouveau 
roman. The principal authors studied are Gide, Proust, 
Malraux, Bernanos, Camus, and Robbe-Grillet. Conducted 
in French. 

Prerequisite: French 9, 10 or consent of the instructor. 

19. Seminars on French Literature and Culture. 

Close study of a single author, period, theme, or literary 
movement. Following introductory lectures, main emphasis 
is on critical discussion and the preparation of research proj- 
ects. The course may be repeated for credit with the contents 
changed. 



Romance Languages 1 57 

The course is intended primarily for freshmen. Others 
may take it with the consent of the instructor. 

Prerequisite: French 4 or appropriate score on a placement 
test set by the department at the start of the fall semester. 

Fall 1971: Introduction to the Theater of the Absurd. 
Mr. Carriere. 

Particular attention will be paid to the plays of Camus, 
Beckett, and Vian. 

20. Selected Topics in French Literature and Culture. 

Designed to offer students who have a general knowledge 
of French literary genres the opportunity to study in greater 
depth selected authors and literary movements. Conducted 
in French. The course may be repeated for credit with con- 
tents changed. 

The course is intended primarily for juniors and seniors. 
Others may take it with the consent of the instructor. 

Prerequisite: French 9, 10. 

Spring 1972: French-Canadian Literature and Its Cultural 
Background. Mr. Geary. 

Italian 
[*i-2. Elementary Italian.'] 

[3, 4. Readings in Italian Literature.] 

Spanish 

*i-2. Elementary Spanish. Every other year. 1971-1972. Mr. Tur- 
ner. 

Five class hours a week, three of which are devoted to oral 
practice, reading, and linguistic analysis. The two remaining 
periods, devoted to additional oral practice in small groups, 
are conducted in Spanish by the teaching fellow, Mr. Vargas. 

3, 4. Intermediate Spanish. Every year. Mr. Turner. 

Four class hours a week: in the fall, three hours a week are 
devoted to a review of fundamentals; in the spring, there is 
progressively greater emphasis on the intensive study of se- 
lected literary texts, extensive reading outside of class, and 
practice in writing. The fourth class hour is devoted to oral 
practice in small groups with the teaching fellow, Mr. 
Vargas. 

Prerequisite: Spanish 1-2 or appropriate score on a place- 
ment test set by the department at the start of the fall semes- 
ter. 



158 Courses of Instruction 

5, 6. Spoken and Written Spanish. Fall and spring 1972-1973. 

Intended to develop fluency and to increase the range of 
expression in both speech and writing. Conducted in Spanish. 

Prerequisite: Spanish 3, 4 or appropriate score on a place- 
ment test set by the department at the start of the fall semes- 
ter. 

9, 10. Readings in Spanish and Hispanic-American Literature. 
Every other year. 1972-1973. 

Intended to acquaint the student with some of the works 
of the leading authors and to develop an ability to read 
Spanish accurately and fluently. Some works are explained 
and discussed in the classroom, others are assigned for out- 
side reading. 

Prerequisite: Spanish 3, 4 or appropriate score on a place- 
ment test set by the department at the start of the fall semes- 
ter. 

1.1. Selected Topics in Spanish and Hispanic-American Litera- 
ture. 

Designed to provide students who have a general knowl- 
edge of Spanish literature the opportunity to study in greater 
depth selected authors, genres, and literary movements. Con- 
ducted in Spanish. The course may be repeated for credit 
with contents changed. 

Prerequisite: Spanish 9, 10 or consent of the instructor. 

Fall 1971: The Latin-American Short Story. Mr. Turner. 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 

Russian 

Assistant Professor Rubin, Chairman 

*i-2. Elementary Russian. Every year. 

Emphasis on the acquisition of language skills through 
imitation and repetition of basic language patterns; the de- 
velopment of facility in speaking and understanding simple 
Russian. 

3, 4. Intermediate Russian. Every year. 

A continuation of Russian 1-2. Concentration on main- 
taining and improving the student's facility in speaking and 
understanding normal conversational Russian. Most of this 
course is conducted in Russian. 
Prerequisite: Russian 1-2. 



Sociology 159 

6. Advanced Russian. Every year. 

Intended to develop the ability to read Russian fluently 
by combining selected readings in Russian literature with 
a systematic analysis of Russian word-formation. Discussion, 
written reports, and explanation of texts exclusively in Rus- 
sian. 

Prerequisite: Russian 3, 4. 

10. Special Topics in Russian. Every year. 

Intended to enable the student to utilize his knowledge 
of Russian as a research tool in the investigation of a par- 
ticular topic. The choice of topics depends on the interests 
of the students. Reports and discussions exclusively in Rus- 
sian. 

Prerequisite: Russian 5, 6. 



200. Independent Study. 



Sociology 



Associate Professor Rossides, Chairman; Professor Taylor; 
Assistant Professor Minister; and Mrs. Wolfson 

Requirements for the Major in Sociology: The major con- 
sists of Sociology 1, 9, ii, and three more courses selected from 
among Sociology 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, and 14. 

1. Introduction to Sociology. Every semester. The Department. 
The basic concepts and methods of sociology and their use 
in the analysis of culture, society, and personality. 

3. World Population. Fall 1971 and fall 1972. Mr. Taylor. 

A study of changes in population growth and distribution 
as they relate to current problems of national and worldwide 
importance. Consideration of historical growth, but primary 
emphasis on the contemporary situation. Study of three 
significant variables — births, deaths, and migrations. Special 
attention given to population growth in the developing 
countries. 

5. Social Control. Spring 1972. Mr. Taylor. 

Control of attitudes and behavior through such means as 
propaganda and censorship, reward and punishment, edu- 
cation and indoctrination. Special emphasis on mass com- 
munications. 

Prerequisite: Sociology 1. 



160 Courses of Instruction 

6. The Urban Community. Fall 1971. Mrs. Wolfson. 

The structure and functioning of the urban community in 
different cultural contexts and at various periods in history. 
Emphasis on the position of the urban community within 
the larger society and the social and cultural changes it un- 
dergoes within these larger entities. 

Prerequisite: Sociology 1. 

7. Criminology. Spring 1972. Mr. Taylor. 

A survey of contemporary thought regarding the causes of 
crime, the treatment of offenders, and the techniques of crime 
prevention. Field trips to state institutions. 

Prerequisite: Sociology 1. 

8. Minority Groups. Fall 1971. Mr. Taylor. 

A descriptive and analytical study of intergroup relations, 
concentrating on problems of race, discrimination, and prej- 
udice. Although major emphasis is on the Negro minority 
in the United States, other interracial and intercultural con- 
tacts are considered for comparative purposes. 

Prerequisite: Sociology 1, 10 or Government 3. 

9. Social Theory. Fall 1971 and fall 1972. Mr. Rossides. 

A critical consideration of some important theories of the 
nature of human behavior and society. Though attention is 
given to historical developments, the course concentrates on 
the great formative thinkers of "contemporary" sociology 
(late nineteenth century to the present). 

Prerequisite: Sociology 1. 

[10. Introduction to Anthropology.] 

11. Research Methods in Social Behavior. Spring 1972. Mrs. 
Wolfson. 

The methodological principles and problems in the scien- 
tific investigation of human behavior. Topics include: the 
relationship of theory and method; experimental, labora- 
tory, and survey designs and techniques; data collection and 
analysis; and interpretation and presentation of results. A 
survey of research from various fields in the social sciences 
illustrates the various uses and misuses of social research 
methods. The purpose of the course is to provide the student 
with the preparation needed to evaluate and use research 
results, and to prepare him for independent research activity. 

Prerequisite: Sociology 1. 



Speech 161 

12. Organizational Behavior. Fall 1972. Mr. Minister. 

This course deals with certain basic organizational forms. 
The objective is the description and analysis of the social 
conditions under which organizations are effective or ineffec- 
tive in solving problems. The analysis sought is one suitable 
for application to groups of all types and sizes. 

Prerequisite: Sociology 1. 

13. Social Stratification. Spring 1972 and spring 1973. Mr. Ros- 
sides. 

The systems of stratification in various types of communi- 
ties and societies with emphasis on the United States. Major 
topics: the classic theories of social stratification (e.g., Marx, 
Weber, Pareto); important empirical analyses; and current 
research and theory. 

Prerequisite: Sociology 1. 

[14. Social Psychology.] 

200. Independent Study. The Department. 

Speech 

Mr. Bennett, Acting Chairman 

1. Communication. Every semester. 

Through emphasis on performance, the student learns to 
evaluate and meet the demands of verbal and nonverbal 
contemporary communication situations. Emphasis on the 
entire context of the communicative situation, including 
audience analysis, effective listening, group dynamics, and 
interpersonal communication. 

5. Persuasive Communication. Spring 1972. 

The theory and methods of influencing human behavior. 
Emphasis on audience analysis combined with persuasive 
speaking in a variety of communication situations. Propa- 
ganda and brainwashing are examined. 

Prerequisite: Speech 1 or consent of the instructor. 

6. Topics of Argumentation. Every semester. 

The use of logic, evidence, and research in the decision- 
making process. The objective is to suggest methods of analy- 
sis most useful in determining the "best" solution out of 
multiple alternatives. Activities include readings coordinated 



162 Courses of Instruction 

with lecture-discussion and controlled student experience. 
Topics rotate among logic, evidence, and research. 

Prerequisite: Any speech course, experience in forensics, 
or consent of the instructor. 

[7. Oral Interpretation of Literature.] 

8. Readers Theater. Mrs. Minister. 

A workshop for the purpose of producing ensemble oral 
interpretation of dramatic texts and selected poetry and 
prose. Attention on the problems of selecting literature for 
several types of audiences, arranging and editing programs, 
placing the readers, and determining the appropriate sug- 
gestion of costume and other visual elements. 

This course was offered during spring 19J1 and its descrip- 
tion is included here for the historical record. 

200. Independent Study. 

Interdepartmental Courses 

[1. The Urban Crisis.] 

2. Case Studies in Natural Science. Spring 1972. Members of 
the Science Departments. 

The tactics of scientific investigation as applied to areas of 
research interest of the faculty members taking part. Read- 
ing of the approximate level of Scientific American and lab- 
oratory exercises or demonstrations, depending on the exact 
topic under consideration. 

The course will be open to about twenty students with 
preference given to freshmen. 

51. Environmental Studies: The Androscoggin River, A Case 
History. Fall 1971. Mr. Huntington (Biology), coordinator. 
An upper-level course designed to bring the student into 
contact with environmental issues in a problem-solving, 
multidisciplinary framework. The Androscoggin basin will 
be studied from several viewpoints — historical, physical, bio- 
logical, economic, and political. The aim will be to weigh 
alternatives for its development and to work out programs 
of action toward desirable alternatives. The coordinator will 
arrange weekly seminars which will explore background ma- 
terial relevant to decision-making from the perspective of 



Senior Seminars 163 

specific disciplines. These will alternate with talks given by 
specialists and with field trips. In addition, students will 
undertake projects of a practical orientation, either individ- 
ually or as teams. 

Prerequisite: Open to juniors and seniors with permission 
of the coordinator. 

Senior Seminars 

Fall Semester 19J1 

1. Science, Technology, and Society. Messrs. Abrahamson and 
Mayo. 

2. Observation and Meaning. Mr. G. R. Anderson. 

3. Protest Rhetoric. Mr. Bennett. 

4. Popular Literature. Mr. H. R. Brown. 

5. Music in African Life. Mr. M. Brown. 

6. The American Indian. Rev. John P. Davis, Director, Bow- 
doin Newman Apostolate. 

7. Levels of Consciousness. Mr. Fuchs. 

8. The Context of Mathematics. Mrs. Grobe. 

9. Nazi Germany: Why? Mr. Karl. 

10. Modern American Liberalism. Mr. Levine. 

11. Religion and Contemporary Society. Mr. Long. 

12. Structure of the Oceans. Mr. J. M. Moulton. 

13. Aspects of Primitive Art. Mr. Stoddard. 

14. Anglo-American Maritime History. Robert G. Albion, Gardi- 
ner Professor of Oceanic History and Affairs Emeritus, Har- 
vard University. 

Spring Semester 1972 

20. Fifth-Century B.C. Athens. Mr. Ambrose. 

21. William Faulkner. Mr. Burroughs. 

22. Thomas Mann. Mr. Cerf. 



164 Courses cf Instruction 

23. Four Approaches to Education. Mr. Cowing. 

24. Text Manipulation and List Processing. Mr. Curtis. 

25. The Supreme Court and the "Fundamental" Freedom. Mr. 
Daggett. 

26. The Comedies of Moliere. Mr. Geary. 

27. Law and the Poor. George H. Glover, Jr., Brunswick attor- 
ney. 

28. Power Generation and Distribution. Messrs. Hughes and 
Shipman. 

29. Continental Drift. Mr. Hussey. 

30. Town Government. Mr. Libby. 

31. The Politics of Environmental Change. Messrs. Morgan and 

POTHOLM. 

32. Socialist Economic Development: Cuba and Tanzania. Mr. 
Vail. 



Reserve Officers' TrainingCorps 

THE Reserve Officers' Training Corps at Bowdoin offers a vol- 
untary curriculum of military science to eligible students. 
The curriculum consists of theoretical and practical instruction 
with particular emphasis on leadership development, which is 
specifically designed to give the student "on-campus" training and 
experience in the art of organizing, motivating, and leading 
others. It includes instruction to develop self-discipline, physical 
stamina, and bearing — qualities that are an important part of 
leadership and that contribute to success in any kind of career. 
Classes are presented by the Military Science Unit as provided 
for by an approved Core Curriculum Program. 

The objective of the curriculum offered is to produce junior 
officers who by their education, training, and inherent qualities 
are suitable for continued development as Reserve or Regular 
officers in the Army of the United States. 

The Reserve Officers' Training Corps Unit at Bowdoin is an 
Army General Military Science Unit. The curriculum includes 
instruction in subjects common to all branches of the Army, and 
further provides for college-taught academic subjects to be chosen 
by the student during all four years. Upon successful completion 
of the program and graduation from college, a student is eligible 
for appointment as a second lieutenant in one of the branches of 
the United States Army. The branch assignment of the student is 
based on his individual choice, background, aptitude, and the 
needs of the Army at the time he is commissioned. Selected Ad- 
vanced-Course students who apply may be offered commissions in 
the Regular Army. 

The Senior Division ROTC Program at Bowdoin is divided 
essentially into two major phases: 

(1) The Basic Course — covering the first two academic years. 
Enrollment for freshmen and sophomores involves one hour of 
classroom instruction weekly with a strong emphasis on leader- 
ship training. Satisfactory completion of the freshman course is a 
prerequisite for advancement to the second year of the Basic 
Course. Previous military training or satisfactory completion of 
accredited secondary school ROTC is accepted in lieu of first- 
year work in Military Science. The student must be physically 
qualified. Basic-Course students are eligible for deferment from 
military service under the Universal Military Training and Ser- 
vice Act upon their application. 

(2) Two-Year ROTC Program — replacing the first two aca- 

165 



166 Reserve Officers' Training Corps 

demic years. For students who prefer, attendance at a basic six- 
week summer training period after the sophomore year is accept- 
able in place of the Basic Course required of students in the tra- 
ditional Four-Year Program. This summer camp is in addition to 
the summer camp required of all Advanced-Course students. 

(3) The Advanced Course — covering the third and fourth aca- 
demic years. Successful completion of the Basic Course (or suc- 
cessful completion of the basic summer camp after the sophomore 
year), application by the student, and selection by the Military 
Science Unit are prerequisites for enrollment. This course in- 
volves two hours of classroom instruction weekly during the jun- 
ior and senior years. Students receive subsistence of approximately 
$50 a month while they are enrolled in the Advanced Course, 
except for the period they are at ROTC summer camp, when a 
different scale applies. 

Between the third and fourth years, students attend a six weeks' 
advanced summer camp at an Army installation. During the 
period at summer camp the students are paid approximately 
$325, including travel pay at six cents a mile to and from summer 
camp. Each student receives a total of approximately $1,200 dur- 
ing the two years of the advanced course. Advanced-Course stu- 
dents are deferred from military service under the Universal 
Military Training and Service Act. 

Uniforms, textbooks, and necessary supplies are provided at no 
expense to students enrolled in the Basic and Advanced Courses. 

The Army offers a limited number of one-, two-, and three-year 
full scholarships to outstanding students enrolled in the Four- 
Year ROTC Program. Criteria are set by the Department of the 
Army and announced by the director of the ROTC Program in 
December of each year. See page 54 for further information re- 
garding ROTC Four-Year Scholarships. 

Preparatory training in college followed by active service as a 
commissioned officer gives the individual as a student, and later 
as a graduate, maximum leadership and management experience 
of a type which will prove invaluable to him in his future execu- 
tive, professional, or business career. 

Military Science 

Lieutenant Colonel Kattar, Director; Majors O'Brien 
and Spencer; Captains Monette and Shaw 

# i 1-12. First Year Basic Course. Every year. 

An introduction to the historical growth and the organiza- 



* 



Reserve Officers' Training Corps 167 

tion of the Army and ROTC, and the Armed Forces' mission, 
functions, and responsibilities. Introduction to management 
of military resources, fundamentals of leadership, and the 
development of certain characteristics of leadership through 
progressive training in the exercise of command. This phase 
of military science continues in steps of increasing responsi- 
bility through the entire four-year program. 

21-22. Second Year Basic Course. Every year. 

The course introduces the student to maps and aerial pho- 
tographs, examines the fundamentals of military operations 
and small unit tactics, and continues to develop the tech- 
niques of leadership. 

Prerequisite: Military Science 11-12. 

*3i-32. First Year Advanced Course. Every year. 

A study of the factors which affect human behavior, meth- 
ods of accomplishing motivation, and the application of the 
principles of leadership; a study of military techniques of 
instruction; advanced work in small unit tactics and commu- 
nications; and a study of counterinsurgency operations. 

Prerequisite: Military Science 21-22 or credit for comple- 
tion of six weeks of basic summer camp. 

ROTC Advanced Summer Camp: Students enrolled in the 
Advanced Course are required to attend a summer camp of 
six weeks' duration upon completion of MS 32. Camp train- 
ing is essentially on the individual and small-unit level, with 
a student receiving experience in the performance of tacti- 
cal, technical, and administrative duties in the field. Inten- 
sive training will be conducted with emphasis on the devel- 
opment of leadership. Camp is conducted at and supported 
by a major military installation. Exact location will be an- 
nounced. 

*4i-42. Second Year Advanced Course. Every year. 

A study of command and staff organization and the theory 
and dynamics of the military team (advance tactics); the po- 
sition of the United States on the contemporary world scene-; 
administration and logistical management; the concept of 
military justice in the Armed Forces; and a survey of ap- 
plied leadership and military management. 
Prerequisite: Military Science 31-32. 



The Library 



THE strength of a college library derives from its collections of 
books and other library materials and from the staff to make 
the library useful to students. Bowdoin's Nathaniel Hawthorne- 
Henry Wadsworth Longfellow Library is exceptionally strong in 
its reputation as a college library. Totaling more than 400,000 
volumes, its collections have been built up over a period of more 
than 170 years and include an unusually large proportion of dis- 
tinguished and valuable volumes. Similarly distinguished has been 
its roster of librarians of the College, a list that includes John Ab- 
bot, Calvin Stowe, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, and George T. 
Little. Its present full-time staff includes a dozen professional li- 
brarians and about an equal number of library assistants. 

The first books that belonged to the library — a set of the Count 
Marsigli's Danubius Pannico-Mysicus, given to the College in 1796 
by General Henry Knox (who had been a bookseller in Boston be- 
fore he achieved fame as George Washington's chief ordnance offi- 
cer) — are still a part of its collections. In the early decades of the 
nineteenth century Bowdoin's library, largely because of extensive 
gifts of books from the Bowdoin family and the Benjamin Vaughan 
family of Hallowell, Maine, was one of the largest in the nation. It 
has been maintained as one of the larger college libraries of the 
country, but its areas of growth are now defined by the curriculum 
of the College and restrained by the desirability of containing it as 
a collection to which students can have easy, and almost complete, 
access on open shelves. In addition to its 400,000 volumes (a count 
which includes bound periodicals and newspapers), the library has 
a collection of approximately 60,000 maps, over 2,000 photographs, 
and more than 300,000 manuscript items. The current annual rate 
of acquisition is about 14,000 volumes and the annual expendi- 
ture per student is more than $290. 

The Hawthorne-Longfellow Library building was opened in the 
fall of 1965. The library occupies 60,000 square feet of its floor 
space and will eventually incorporate the 26,000 square feet pres- 
ently used for the College's administrative offices. It now provides 
space for well over 400,000 volumes and for 538 readers (for 460 of 
these by individual study tables, carrels, or lounge chairs). Even- 
tual full occupancy of the building will increase shelf capacity to 
560,000 volumes and seating capacity to about 700. The College is 
also reserving the stack wing of Hubbard Hall, the library building 
of the College from 1903 to 1965, to shelve expanded book collec- 

168 



The Library 169 

tions. Space for an additional 200,000 books is available there. 

The entrance level of the building contains the portions of the 
library of most immediate use to its readers: the circulation desk 
and reserve-book shelves, the card catalog, reference books and bib- 
liographies, current newspapers, current periodicals, periodical in- 
dexes, government documents, and two large and handsome read- 
ing areas. Study stations are conveniently dispersed on this floor as 
they are throughout the building. 

The lower level of the library houses Bowdoin's extensive col- 
lection of bound periodicals, its bound volumes of newspapers, and 
its collections of microfilm and microcards. This area includes 
space for the library's photocopying services. 

Special features of the second floor are an exhibit area and the 
President Franklin Pierce reading room, informally furnished and 
giving a broad view through floor-to-ceiling windows. In this room 
is a collection of paperbound books for recreational reading and a 
selection of periodicals received by the library for immediate use 
only. Near this room are more newspapers and magazines for recre- 
ational reading, a suite of listening rooms, and a room for record 
storage. Also on this floor are two suites of ten faculty studies each 
and small rooms for student typing or group study. The rest of this 
floor is shelving surrounded by carrels. 

More shelving and carrels occupy the principal portion of the 
third floor. There are nine additional faculty studies on this floor. 
The eastern end of the third floor is the special collections suite. 
This includes, in addition to shelf space for Bowdoin's rare books 
and manuscripts and space for their use, a map room, a conference 
room, and a staff and faculty lounge. 

The collections of the library are strong (though inevitably of 
varying strength) in all areas covered by the curriculum of the Col- 
lege, and a constant effort is maintained to see that representative 
publications in fields outside the current curriculum are added to 
the library. There is special strength in documentary publications 
relating to both British and American history, in the books relating 
to exploration and the Arctic regions, in books by and about Car- 
lyle, in books and pamphlets about Maine, in materials about the 
Huguenots, in books and pamphlets on World War I and on the 
history of much of middle Europe in this century, and in the liter- 
ary history of pre-twentieth-century France. 

The reference collection includes most of the English-language 
encyclopedias and a good representation in original editions of 
major foreign encyclopedias — from two editions of the monumen- 
tal eighteenth-century Encyclopedic of Diderot to such modern 



170 The Library 

works as the Grand Larousse Ency elope clique , Der Grosse Brock- 
haus, the Enciclopedia Universal Illustrada Eur op eo- Americana, 
the Bol'shala Sovetskala Entsiklopedia, and the Enciclopedia Ital- 
iana de Scienze, Letter e ed Arti. In it also are the principal national 
bibliographies and other major bibliographical tools. Dispersed in 
their proper places throughout the collections are such distin- 
guished sets as the Studies and Documents of the American Insti- 
tute of Musicology in Rome, Armando Cortesao's Portugaliae 
Monumenta Cartographia, the elephant-folio edition of John 
James Audubon's Ornithological Biography (his "Birds of Amer- 
ica"), E. S. Curtis's The North American Indian, the Rerum Bri- 
tannicarum Medii Aevi Scriptores, Jacques Paul Migne's Patral- 
ogiae (Latina), the Scriptores Rerum Germanicum, Reuben Gold 
Thwaite's Early A merican Travels, and The Victoria History of the 
Counties of England. Scholarly sets include the publications of 
the Camden Society, the Early English Text Society, the Egypt Ex- 
ploration Society, the Geological Society of America, the Hakluyt 
Society, the Henry Bradshaw Society, the Huguenot Society of Lon- 
don, the Prince Society, the Royal Historical Society, the Royal So- 
ciety, the Scottish History Society, the Scottish Text Society, and 
the Societe des Anciens Textes Francais. Of comparable, or perhaps 
even greater, distinction is Bowdoin's collection of more than 
75,000 bound volumes of periodical publications. 

Special collections in the Hawthorne-Longfellow Library com- 
prise extensive collections of books, manuscripts, and other ma- 
terials by and about both Hawthorne and Longfellow; books and 
pamphlets collected by Governor James Bowdoin; the private li- 
brary of James Bowdoin III; an unusually large collection of late 
eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century books (particularly in 
the sciences) collected by Maine's distinguished Vaughan family; 
books, periodicals, and pamphlets contemporaneous to the French 
Revolution; the books, papers, and memorabilia of the Abbott 
family; an unusually fine representation of the items published in 
the District of Maine and in the state during the first decade of its 
statehood; and the books printed by the three most distinguished 
presses in Maine's history: the Mosher Press, the Southworth Press, 
and the Anthoensen Press. 

Also in the special collections suite are the printed items relating 
to the history of the College and the chief collections of manuscript 
archives of the College. These include much material on Bowdoin 
alumni and extend far beyond a narrow definition of official college 
records. Here also is the library's general collection of manuscripts. 
Outstanding among the manuscripts are the collections of the pa- 



The Library 171 

pers of Generals O. O. Howard and Charles Howard, of Senator 
William Pitt Fessenden, and of Professors Parker Cleaveland, Al- 
pheus S. Packard, Henry Johnson, and Stanley Perkins Chase; col- 
lections of varying extent of most of Bowdoin's presidents, espe- 
cially Jesse Appleton, Joshua L. Chamberlain, William DeWitt 
Hyde, and Kenneth Charles Morton Sills; manuscripts by Kenneth 
Roberts, Kate Douglas Wiggin, Charles Stephens, Edwin Arling- 
ton Robinson, Elijah Kellogg, and such contemporary authors as 
Vance Bourjaily, John Pullen, and Francis Russell. 

The books and manuscripts in Bowdoin's special collections are 
not treated simply as museum pieces. They are freely open to use 
by qualified scholars and are extensively used in introducing un- 
dergraduates — in their research projects, senior seminars, and 
other independent work — to the variety of research materials regu- 
larly used in the scholarly world and which they can expect to use 
if they continue into university graduate work. 

Special collections include also the Bliss Collection of books on 
travel, on French and British architecture, and other fine books 
(miscellaneous in nature but largely relating to the history of art 
and architecture) which are housed in the extraordinarily hand- 
some Susan Dwight Bliss Room in Hubbard Hall. These books are 
additionally distinguished by their fine bindings. The books in 
this room and the room itself (with its Renaissance ceiling which 
once graced a Neapolitan palazzo) were the gift of Miss Bliss in 

*945- 

During term time the library is open from 8:30 a.m. to midnight 

Monday through Saturday, and on Sunday from 12:00 noon to 
midnight. When the College is not in session the library is not open 
in the evenings or on Sundays or holidays. Small departmental col- 
lections in art, biology, chemistry, mathematics, music, and physics 
are housed contiguous to the offices of the departments and are 
available for use on separate schedules of opening. 

The operations of the library and the growth of its collections 
are supported by the general funds of the College and by gifts from 
alumni and other friends of the library and of the College. The 
library is annually the recipient of generous gifts of both books 
and funds for the immediate purchase of books or other library 
materials. It is always especially desirous of gifts of books, manu- 
scripts, and family records and correspondence relating to the 
alumni of the College. The income of more than ninety gifts to the 
College as endowment is directed to the use of the library. 



172 



Name 



The Library 

LIBRARY FUNDS 

(As of January 31, 1971) 

Donor or source 



Amount 



Achorn Edgar O. Achorn 1881 

The annual balance from the Achorn Flag Fund. 

Adams 



John Appleton 1822 
James Alan Auld 1970 
Samuel H. Ayer 1839 
Benoit 

Alexander F. Boardman 
Elias Bond 
George S. Bowdoin 
Philip H. Brown 1851 
Harold H. Burton 1909 

Warren B. Catlin 

A fund of $10,000 annually. 



William C. Adams 1897 $ 2,000 
Frederick H. Appleton 1864 10,053 



His family and friends 


1,112 


Athenaean Society 


1,020 


A. H. Benoit Co. and the 




Benoit family 


2,275 


Edith Jenny Boardman 


500 


Elias Bond 1837 


7,220 


George S. Bowdoin 


1,041 


John C. Brown 


2,040 



Former law clerks, secretary, 
and friends 

Warren B. Catlin 



6,524 



10,006 



Henry L. Chapman 1866 Frederic H. Gerrish 

Henry Philip Chapman 1906 H. Philip Chapman, Jr. 1930 1,500 

Class of 1825 

Class of 1875 

Class of 1877 

Class of 1882 

Class of 1888 

Class of 1890 

Class of 1901 

Class of 1904 

Class of 1912 



Several persons 


1,025 


Class of 1875 


1,671 


Class of 1877 


3>°33 


Class of 1882 


2,346 


Class of 1888 


1,210 


Class of 1890 


2,020 


Class of 1901 


727 


Class of 1904 


7>433 


Class of 1912 


25^79 







The Library 


*73 


Name 






Donor or source 


Amount 


Class of 1914 






Class of 1914 


6,237 


Class of 1 9 1 6 Dwight Say- 
ward Memorial Book Fund 


Class of 1916 


3'73o 


Class of 1924 






Class of 1924 


2,718 


Class of 1929 






Class of 1929 


3><>35 


Lewis S. Conant 






Emma L. Conant 


63,412 


Else H. Copeland 






National Blank Book Co. 


5°o 


John L. Cutler 






John L. Cutler 1837 


1,020 


Darlington 






Mrs. Sibyl H. Darlington 


2,000 


Miguel de la Fe 






His friends 


1,980 


Betty Edwards Dober 




Her family 


i»35° 


James Drummond 


1836 




Mrs. Drummond and 





Edward A. Dunlap 1940 

Henry Crosby Emery 1892 
Daniel C. Fessenden 
Francis Fessenden 1858 
John O. Fiske 
Melville W. Fuller 1853 
General Fund 
Arthur Chew Gilligan 
Ginn 



daughter 

Mr. and Mrs. Edward A. 
Dunlap 

Class of 1899 

Daniel C. Fessenden 

John Hubbard 

John O. Fiske 1837 

Mrs. Hugh Wallace 

Several persons 

Mrs. Mary C. Gilligan 

Thomas D. Ginn 1909 



Anne Davis Ginn Memorial Thomas D. Ginn 1909 
Fund 



William and Elizabeth 
Goodman 

Albert T. Gould 

Edna G. Gross 



William Goodman 

Albert T. Gould 1908 
Mrs. Henry D. Minot 



3>°45 

350 
2,000 

7473 
10,000 

1,020 

25,000 

2473 

1,219 

2,500 

166,343 

1,200 

1,000 
1,425 



174 




The Library 




Name 




Donor or source 


Amount 


Hakluyt 




Robert Waterston 


1,100 


Roscoe J. Ham 




Edward B. Ham 1922 


M07 


Robert L. Happ 1 


953 


His friends 


100 


Louis C. Hatch Louis C. Hatch 1895 
$100 annually from his estate. 




Samuel W. Hatch 


1847 


Miss Laura A. Hatch 


1,000 


Charles T. Hawes 


1876 


Mrs. Hawes 


2,500 



Kent Jeffrey and Andrew 
Harriman Herrick Memo- 
rial Book Fund 

George A. Holbrook 

Roger Howell, Jr. 1958 

Thomas Hubbard 

Thomas H. Hubbard 



John D. Herrick 1957 and 
Mrs. Herrick 



George A. Holbrook 1877 
James M. Fawcett III 1958 
His sisters and brother 
Thomas H. Hubbard 1857 



Winfield S. Hutchinson 1867 Mrs. Hutchinson 



Elijah Kellogg 1840 

President John F. Kennedy 

William W. Lawrence 

Brooks Leavitt 

George Thomas and 
Lilly Little 

Noel C. Little 1917 

Charles H. Livingston 
Solon B. Lufkin 
Robert H. Lunt 1942 

William E. Lunt 1904 
Frank J. Lynde 1877 
Mabel N. Matthews 



37° 

2,000 
500 

3>3°7 

i23»5°3 

33»4!6 
1,446 

3,100 



Harvey D. Eaton 

Several persons 

William W. Lawrence 1898 7,500 

Brooks Leavitt 1899 1 1 1,642 

Ray W. Pettengill 1905 



1,000 



Delta Kappa Epsilon Frater- 



nity, alumni, and tnenc 


Is 1,320 


His friends 


1,260 


Solon B. Lufkin 


500 


William E. Lunt 1904 




and Mrs. Lunt 


1,500 


Mrs. Lunt 


510 


George Lynde 


1,487 



Mrs. Delia Fenton Matthews 1,218 



The Library 


175 


Name 


Donor or source Amount 


Samuel A. Melcher 1877 


Miss Lucy H. Melcher 


15,988 


Clara Hawkins Mellen 


Her friends 


1,290 


William C. Merryman 1882 


Mrs. Merryman 


1,000 


Earl Scott Miller 


Karmil Merchandising Corp 


. 500 


Gilbert H. Montague 


Gilbert H. Montague 


5>ooo 


Edward S. Morse 


Edward S. Morse 


1,000 


Alpheus S. Packard 1816 


Sale of publications 


500 


William A. Packard 


William A. Packard 1851 


5>ooo 


John Patten 


John Patten 


500 


Daniel W. and Martha 
A. Pettengill 


Mrs. Ray W. Pettengill 


1,000 


Donald W. Philbrick 


Donald W. Philbrick 1917 


5> 6 5° 


Frederick W. Pickard 


Frederick W. Pickard 1894 ] 


152,500 


Lewis Pierce 1852 


Henry Hill Pierce 1896 


32,009 


Alfred Rehder 


His family 


3>39° 


Franklin C. Robinson 1873 


Clement F. Robinson 1903 


5,000 


Charles E. Rolfe 


Andrew T. Rolfe 1935 


35° 


Robert R. Rudy 1946 


His friends and relatives 


881 


J. B. Sewall 


Jotham B. Sewall 


284 


Joseph Sherman 1826 and 
Thomas Sherman 1828 


Mrs. John C. Dodge and 
Mary S. S. Dodge 


4>7°9 


Jonathan L. Sibley 


Jonathan L. Sibley 


7>°94 


Sills 


Faculty, alumni, and 
friends 


25*929 


Edgar M. Simpson 1894 


Mrs. Margaret S. Millar 


2,500 


Smyth Henry J. Furber 1861 
The annual balance of the Smyth Mathematical Prize Fund. 




Walter M. Solmitz 


His friends 


704 


Daniel C. Stanwood 


Miss Muriel S. Haynes 


5*375 



176 


The Library 




Name 


Donor or source 


Amount 


Edward Stanwood 


Edward Stanwood 


1,270 



L. Corrin Strong 



L. Corrin Strong Trust 



One-half the income of the Trust. 



Charles C. Torrey 

Transportation Library 
Fund 

United States Steel Founda- 
tion 

White Pine 

Thomas W. Williams 1910 

Robert W. Wood 



Charles C. Torrey 1884 

Edward H. Tevriz 1926 and 
Joseph T. Small 1924 

United States Steel Founda- 
tion 

Anonymous 

His friends and relatives 

Robert W. Wood 1832 



1,000 

4,000 

20,000 

10,231 

500 

1,000 



The Fine Arts 

THE MUSEUM OF ART 

AN art collection has existed at Bowdoin almost since the incep- 
tion of the College itself. The earliest acquisition of major 
importance was a group of 142 old master drawings bequeathed 
to the College in 1811 by James Bowdoin III. This was the first 
public collection of its kind in America and contains, among 
many treasures, a superb landscape by Pieter Brueghel the Elder. 
James Bowdoin Ill's collection of old master paintings came to 
the College two years later, in 1813. 

Although various parts of the College's art collection were on 
view during the first half of the nineteenth century, it was not 
until 1855 that a special gallery devoted to the collection came 
into being in the College Chapel. This gallery was made possible 
by a gift from Theophilus Wheeler Walker, a cousin of President 
Leonard Woods. It was as a memorial to Walker that his two 
nieces, Harriet Sarah and Mary Sophia Walker, donated funds in 
1891 for the erection of the present museum building, designed 
by Charles Follen McKim of McKim, Mead & White. Four tym- 
pana murals of Athens, Rome, Florence, and Venice by John La 
Farge, Elihu Vedder, Abbott Thayer, and Kenyon Cox, respec- 
tively, decorate the museum's Sculpture Hall. 

The museum contains one of the most important collections 
extant of American colonial and federal portraits, including works 
by Smibert, Feke, Blackburn, Copley, Stuart, Trumbull, and Sully. 
Among the five examples by Robert Feke is his greatest work, the 
full-length likeness of General Samuel Waldo, generally regarded 
as the finest American portrait of the first half of the eighteenth 
century; the nine Gilbert Stuarts include the so-called "official" 
portrait of Thomas Jefferson, as well as its pendant, James Madi- 
son. A complete catalogue of this collection, Colonial and Fed- 
eral Portraits at Bowdoin College, was published by the College, 
with a matching grant from the Ford Foundation, in 1966. 

The College's collection of ancient art contains sculpture, pot-" 
tery, bronzes, gems, coins, and glass of all phases of the ancient 
world. The most notable benefactor in this area was Edward Perry 
Warren, the leading collector of classical antiquities of the first 
quarter of the twentieth century. Five magnificent ninth-century 
b.c. Assyrian reliefs from the Palace of Ashurnazirpal II, the gift 
to the College of Henri Byron Haskell, Medical 1855, are installed 
in the Museum's Sculpture Hall. Ancient Art in Bowdoin College, 

177 



178 The Fine Arts 

a descriptive catalogue of these holdings, was published in 1964 
by the Harvard University Press. 

In recent years the College has been the recipient of a Sam- 
uel H. Kress Study Collection of twelve Renaissance paintings; a 
large collection of Renaissance and baroque medallions and pla- 
quettes presented by Amanda, Marquesa Molinari; a fine group 
of European and American pictures given by John H. Halford, 
of the Class of 1907, and Mrs. Halford; a collection of Chinese 
and Korean ceramics given by Governor William Tudor Gardi- 
ner and Mrs. Gardiner; and a collection of nineteen paintings 
and 168 prints by John Sloan bequeathed by George Otis Hamlin. 

In the fall of 1964, the College was the recipient of the major 
portion of a collection of Winslow Homer memorabilia, which 
until that time had been in the artist's studio at Prout's Neck, the 
gift of Doris Homer, the wife of the artist's late nephew Charles 
Lowell Homer. This material, now known as the Homer Collec- 
tion of the Bowdoin College Museum of Art, includes the artist's 
first watercolor; a significant group of letters he wrote over a pe- 
riod of many years to various members of his family; and a con- 
siderable quantity of photographs of Homer, his family, and of 
Prout's Neck. 

The museum also contains fine examples of the work of such 
nineteenth-century and twentieth-century American artists as 
Winslow Homer, Eastman Johnson, Thomas Eakins, George In- 
ness, Martin Johnson Heade, William Glackens, Marsden Hartley, 
Andrew Wyeth, and Leonard Baskin. 

In addition to exhibitions of the permanent collection, the 
museum holds numerous exhibitions every year of works of art 
lent by institutions and private collectors throughout the United 
States. Among the important exhibitions organized by the museum 
in recent years have been The Art of Leonard Baskin, Painting in 
British India, The Portrayal of the Negro in American Painting, 
The Salton Collection of Renaissance and Baroque Medals and 
Plaquettes, As Maine Goes (photographs by John McKee of the 
despoilation of the Maine Coast), Winslow Homer at Prout's 
Neck, The Language of the Print, Hands to Work and Hearts to 
God: The Shaker Tradition in Maine, Rockwell Kent: The Early 
Years, and The Medieval Sculptor. From time to time the Col- 
lege lends pictures and objects in the custody of the museum to 
other institutions in various parts of the country. The Bowdoin 
College Traveling Print Collection is made available gratis to 
educational institutions in the State of Maine. 

In 1961 the Associates program of the Bowdoin College Museum 
of Art was formed in order to more effectively share the facilities 



The Fine Arts 179 

of the museum with the community beyond the College. Students 
are encouraged to become members, at a reduced rate, so that 
they can take advantage of the Associates' publications and events, 
which include free exhibition catalogues and a film series. 

DRAMA AND STAGECRAFT 

Since 1903, when a group of students organized the Bowdoin 
Dramatic Club, the College has recognized the regular production 
of plays as a valuable part of the extracurricular program. The 
club, which changed its name to the Masque and Gown in 1909, 
has produced playwrights from all periods. 

One of the most important activities of the club has been its 
encouragement of playwriting. For over thirty years the Masque 
and Gown has sponsored student-written one-act play contests, 
with cash prizes. Winners have later written full-length plays, 
fifteen of which have been produced on campus and four profes- 
sionally in New York. 

The Department of English offers courses in dramatic litera- 
ture, acting, and playwriting. Informal instruction is available in 
acting and directing under a professional director, and in lighting 
and stagecraft under a professional technician, in Pickard Thea- 
ter in Memorial Hall. This generous gift of the late Frederick 
William Pickard, LL.D., a member of the Class of 1894, includes 
a modern, 600-seat theater with proscenium stage, equipped with 
a complete system for flying scenery, an electronic lighting dim- 
mer, and a superb modern sound system. In addition, Memorial 
Hall contains a fully equipped scene shop and, on the lower floor, 
a small open-stage theater for experimental work. 

Membership in the Masque and Gown results from major work 
on one or minor work on two of the plays produced each season. 
An executive committee of undergraduates elected by the mem- 
bers consults with the director of dramatics to determine the 
program for each year, handle the finances and publicity of the 
club, and organize the production work. To operate efficiently, 
the Masque and Gown needs box-office and publicity men, direc-. 
tors, designers, builders, painters, electricians, property men, and 
costumers as well as actors and playwrights. 

PRINTING AND TYPOGRAPHY 

To supplement the opportunities offered to students in the fine 
arts, the College has a printing shop in the Walker Art Building. 
The equipment consists of an assortment of Caslon types espe- 
cially imported from England, a smaller quantity of Oxford, Cen- 



180 The Fine Arts 

taur, and Arrighi types, stands, stone, cutters, etc., and an old-style 
hand press. The purpose is to introduce interested students to the 
meaning of printing and typography, and to its allied fields in 
which some knowledge of printing and typography may be of 
value: editorial work, publishing, advertising, institutional pro- 
motion, and the production of fine printing itself. 

The college library already owns many examples of fine print- 
ing which include the publications designed and printed by Fred- 
erick W. Anthoensen, A.M. (Bowdoin, 1947), of The Anthoensen 
Press, of Portland; books printed by Thomas Bird Mosher, A.M. 
(Bowdoin, 1906); and publications of the Grolier Club, of New 
York. In the field of early printing the library possesses several 
examples of incunabula as well as a collection of 270 leaves of in- 
cunabula, mounted and described by Konrad Haebler. In 1950 the 
library received from Susan Dwight Bliss a unique collection of 
volumes bound in full leather, beautifully tooled and inlaid by 
some of the world's finest binders. Among the binders repre- 
sented are Meunier, Zaehnsdorf, Lortic, Michel, Chambolle-Duru, 
Riviere and Son, Taffin, Bradstreet, Ruban, Cuzin, and Gruel. 

MUSIC 

Bowdoin offers its students a variety of musical opportunities. 
Many undergraduates participate in the Glee Club, the Meddie- 
bempsters, the Bowdoin Orchestral Workshop, and chamber 
music ensembles. Student instrumentalists often perform in reci- 
tals and concerts of solo and chamber music sponsored by the 
Bowdoin Music Club. 

The Glee Club performs with prominent New England wom- 
en's colleges. It presents a Christmas concert in the Walker Art 
Building and offers an annual program with the Boston Sym- 
phony "Pops." The Meddiebempsters, a double quartet, are 
widely known through their European tours and their concerts 
at other colleges. On several occasions they have performed on 
network radio and television and they have appeared in New 
York's Town Hall. Coeducation at Bowdoin is expected to en- 
large the College's choral program considerably. 

Student instrumental ensembles, appearing in numerous con- 
certs on the campus, have presented music by composers as 
diverse as Monteverdi, Corelli, Stockhausen, Gabrieli, Mozart, 
Terry Riley, and John Cage. Faculty performers also participate 
in these ensembles, offering two different series of concerts: those 
sponsored by the Bowdoin Music Club, featuring a wide range 
of chamber music from past centuries, and the "Ears" series, spe- 



The Fine Arts 181 

cializing in mixed-media works of the avant-garde, incorporating 
electronics, film, slides, theater, and dance. 

Contemporary music plays an important role in Bowdoin's 
musical life. Student composers often prepare performances of 
their own works in special concerts, using the services of student, 
faculty, and visiting instrumentalists. Many visiting composers 
appear on campus, often in conjunction with Bowdoin's Con- 
temporary Music Festival. These have included Elliott Carter, 
Milton Babbitt, Virgil Thomson, George Crumb, William Al- 
bright, Morton Subotnick, and Ross Lee Finney. Bowdoin oper- 
ates an electronic music studio with synthesizer, tape decks, and 
mixing and editing facilities, used by students in the electronic 
music course and for independent study projects. 

Bowdoin is also concerned with music composed before 1750 
and is presently building a collection of early instruments for 
student performance. The collection includes a single-manual 
Challis harpsichord and a dual-manual Clayton and Garrett harp- 
sichord. Early music is also stressed in the department's choral 
activities. 

When an artist is invited to perform at Bowdoin, his visit often 
includes discussions with small groups of students, appearances 
in classes, and the reading of student compositions. The Curtis- 
Zimbalist Concert Series, established in 1964 and the principal 
program through which musicians are invited to perform at Bow- 
doin, has included the New York Pro Musica, the First Chamber 
Dance Quartet, pianist Gary Graffman, and the New York Cham- 
ber Soloists. The 1971-1972 series will feature the LaSalle String 
Quartet, the Cambridge Consort, avant-garde pianist Richard 
Bunger, and the Aeolian Chamber Players. 

Professional teachers are available to give instruction in voice, 
piano, and other instruments to those students who wish to con- 
tinue their study of applied music. All students of applied music 
are also asked to participate in ensembles, including the Bowdoin 
Orchestral Workshop. The College provides practice rooms with- 
out charge. 

The Bowdoin College Summer School of Music offers intensive- 
training to talented young instrumentalists from all parts of the 
country. The Aeolian Chamber Players, resident faculty of the 
summer school, present recitals during July and August. In addi- 
tion, the players have given the world premieres of works com- 
missioned by Bowdoin at Contemporary Music Festivals. Several 
of these works are being published by the College as part of the 
work of the Bowdoin College Music Press. 



Public Affairs Research Center 

THE Public Affairs Research Center was established in Septem- 
ber 1966, through the merger of the Bureau for Research in 
Municipal Government (established in 1914) and the Center for 
Economic Research (established in 1958). A full-time professional 
staff enables the center to carry on a program of identification, 
preparation, and administration of research investigations dealing 
generally with economic conditions, community government, re- 
gional development, and public administration. These activities 
are financed through research contracts with government and busi- 
ness organizations, as well as through the assistance of foundation 
grants and contributions from business firms and individuals. 

In addition to special research reports, the center publishes the 
Maine Business Indicators, which contains widely used economic 
analyses as well as the monthly Maine Business Index. Monographs 
dealing with various aspects of government activity in Maine — 
the Government Research Series — are also available through the 
center. 

Within this general framework PARC exercises a unique role in 
Maine as a research and information center. In addition to the for- 
mal studies, the staff of the center is available to answer specific 
requests for information about socio-economic conditions in Maine 
that are of concern to business firms, government officials, or other 
organizations and individuals. 

To maintain liaison with the business community and assure 
adequate and objective representation in the center's studies of 
current thinking, advisory committees of Maine business leaders 
are generally established for each major research project. In addi- 
tion, an informal advisory group to the center is composed of fac- 
ulty members of Bowdoin College who, by virtue of their experi- 
ence and interest, can assist in the development and execution of 
the research program of the center. 

The offices of the Public Affairs Research Center are located on 
the first floor of Hubbard Hall. Here also is the center's library of 
books, reports, and periodicals covering its fields of interest. This 
library, supplemented by the regular collection in the Hawthorne- 
Longfellow Library, is available for consultation and provides the 
basis for answering requests for specific information. Inquiries 
should be directed to the Public Affairs Research Center, Bowdoin 
College, Brunswick, Maine 0401 1. 



182 



The Research Institute of the 
Gulf of Maine 

BOWDOIN COLLEGE, along with seven other educational 
institutions in Maine, has become a charter member of the 
Research Institute of the Gulf of Maine. This is a nonprofit corpo- 
ration established as a consortium to carry out research and edu- 
cational projects related to oceanography. The nature of oceano- 
graphic research and the limited resources of each institution make 
it highly desirable and imperative that progress in this important 
area be on a cooperative basis. It is expected that the corporate 
vehicle will carry out research projects involving in varying de- 
grees participation of faculty members and students as well as 
physical facilities of the institutional members. None of the sep- 
arate institutions lose any of their own autonomy with respect to 
any of the programs that may be carried out by TRIGOM. 

Much of the impetus for this consortium followed from a two- 
day conference on oceanography hosted by Bowdoin College in the 
summer of 1967. Apart from representatives of the educational in- 
stitutions in Maine, the conference attracted oceanographers from 
government agencies, research institutions, and corporations. Phys- 
ical space for the consortium has been provided by the University 
of Maine on the Portland campus for the time being. Staffing of 
the consortium, including the position of executive director, has 
been made possible through funds the university has obtained as 
a result of action taken by the Maine Legislature in 1968 and 
1969. Eventually it is expected that the consortium will sustain 
itself through research contracts and private gifts. 

Charter members of TRIGOM, apart from Bowdoin College, 
are Bates and Colby colleges, University of Maine, Nasson and 
St. Francis colleges, and the Southern Maine Vocational-Technical 
Institute. 



183 



The Bowdoin Scientific 
Station 

THE College maintains a field station at Kent Island, off Grand 
Manan, in the Bay of Fundy, New Brunswick, Canada, where 
qualified students can conduct field work on biological problems. 
Kent Island, containing about two hundred acres and several build- 
ings, was presented to the College in 1935 by Mr. John Sterling 
Rockefeller, of New York City. Charles E. Huntington, professor 
of biology, is the director of the station. 

This valuable adjunct to the scientific resources of the College, 
at the entrance to the Bay of Fundy, is the home of thousands of 
seabirds and is especially attractive to students of ornithology. The 
extensive tides in the bay provide excellent conditions for the study 
of marine biology. A wide diversity of terrestrial environments, 
ranging from marshland to spruce woods, makes the island itself 
equally attractive to students of ecology. 

No formal courses are offered at the station, but students from 
Bowdoin and other institutions are encouraged to select problems 
for investigation at Kent Island during the summer and to conduct 
field work on their own initiative with the advice and assistance of 
the Department of Biology. Approved field work at the station is 
acceptable for credit as independent study. Financial assistance for 
students doing research at Kent Island is available from the Alfred 
O. Gross Fund (see page 217) and from a grant from the National 
Science Foundation for undergraduate science education. 

Faculty members and graduate students from other institutions 
have often used the facilities of the station in their research. They 
have helped the undergraduate members of the station through 
informal instruction and as examples of experienced investigators 
at work. 



184 



Lectureships and Institutes 

THE regular instruction of the College is supplemented each 
year by ten or twelve major lectures, in addition to lectures 
and panel discussions sponsored by the various departments of 
study and undergraduate campus organizations. 

LECTURESHIPS 

Annie Talbot Cole Lectureship: This lectureship was founded 
in 1906 by Mrs. Calista S. Mayhew, of South Orange, New Jersey, 
in memory of her niece, Mrs. Samuel Valentine Cole. According 
to the terms of the gift, this lectureship was established to contrib- 
ute "to the ennoblement and enrichment of life by standing for the 
idea that life is a glad opportunity. It shall, therefore, exhibit and 
endeavor to make attractive the highest ideals of character and 
conduct, and also, insofar as possible, foster an appreciation of the 
beautiful as revealed through nature, poetry, music, and the fine 
arts." 

Mayhew Lecture Fund: This lectureship was founded in 1923 
by Mrs. Calista S. Mayhew. The income from the bequest is used 
to provide lectures on bird life and its effect on forestry. 

John Warren Achorn Lectureship: This lectureship was estab- 
lished in 1928 by Mrs. John Warren Achorn, as a memorial to her 
husband, a member of the Class of 1879. The income is used for 
lectures on birds and bird life. 

Tallman Lecture Fund: This fund was established with a gift 
of $100,000 by Frank G. Tallman, A.M. (Bowdoin, 1935), of Wil- 
mington, Delaware, in 1928, as a memorial to the Bowdoin mem- 
bers of his family. The income is to be expended annually upon 
a series of lectures to be delivered by persons selected by the 
Faculty. In addition to offering a course for undergraduates, 
the visiting professors on the Tallman Foundation give public 
lectures on the subject of their special interest. 

Visiting Professors on the Tallman Foundation: 1962-1972 

Ole Myrvoll, dr. oecon., Professor of Economic Theory, Norwegian 
School of Economics and Business Administration, Bergen. 
Visiting Professor of Economics, Spring 1962. 

Rex Warner, Visiting Professor in Classical History and Literature, 
1962-1963. 

185 



186 Lectureships and Institutes 

Alfred Maurice Taylor, M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Physics, Univer- 
sity of Southampton. Visiting Professor of Physics, 1964-1965. 

Mahadev Dutta, B.Sc, M.Sc, D.Phil. (Sc), Professor of Mathe- 
matics, North Bengal University. Visiting Professor of Mathe- 
matics, 1966-1967. 

Howard Nemerov, A.B., L.H.D., Professor of English, Brandeis 
University. Visiting Professor of English, Spring 1969. 

Michael Charles Hurst, M.A., Fellow and Tutor in Modern History 
and Politics, St. John's College, Oxford. Visiting Professor of 
History, 1970-1971. 

Ellis Ridgeway Lippincott, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Chem- 
istry, University of Maryland. Visiting Professor of Chemistry, 
Fall 1970. 

Lou Emma Holloway, A.B., M.A., Associate Professor of American 
and Afro-American History, Tougaloo College. Visiting Asso- 
ciate Professor of History, Fall 1971. 

James Richmond, M.A., B.D., Ph.D., Deputy Chairman of De- 
partment of Religious Studies, University of Lancaster. Visiting 
Professor of Religion, Spring 1972. 

Chemistry Lecture Fund: By vote of the Boards in 1939 the 
balance of $1,280 from a fund given for Department of Chemistry 
Lectures is used for special lectures in chemistry. 

The Student Council Lectureship: This lectureship, an an- 
nual gift to the College from the Student Council, was established 
in 1958 to provide a lecture on a topic of interest to students. 

Edith Lansing Koon Sills Lecture Fund: This fund, at present 
amounting to $5,025, was established in 1961 by the Society of Bow- 
doin Women to honor Mrs. Kenneth C. M. Sills, the wife of a for- 
mer president of Bowdoin College. The fund is to be used to sup- 
port lectures at the College. 

Charles Weston Pickard Lecture Fund: Founded in 1961 by 
John Coleman Pickard, of the Class of 1922, in memory of his 
grandfather, a member of the Class of 1857. Starting with a gift of 
$15,000, the interest is to be added to the principal until it reaches 
$25,000, except that beginning with the academic year 1963-1964, 
and every four years thereafter, the income for that particular year 
shall be used to provide a lecture in the field of journalism in its 



Lectureships and Institutes 187 

broadest sense. "By journalism is meant lines of communication 
with the public, whether through newspapers, radio, television, or 
other recognized media." 

Charles R. Bennett Memorial Fund: A fund of $1,000 given in 
1962 by Mrs. Mary D. Bennett in memory of her husband, Charles 
R. Bennett, of the Class of 1907. The income is made available to 
the Department of Mathematics preferably for the purpose of 
meeting the expenses of a visiting mathematics lecturer. 

The Jasper Jacob Stahl Lectureship in the Humanities: 
Established in 1970 at the bequest of the late Jasper Jacob Stahl, 
Litt.D., of the Class of 1909, the annual income from this fund is 
"to support a series of lectures to be delivered annually at the 
College by some distinguished scholarly and gifted interpreter of 
the Art, Life, Letters, Philosophy, or Culture, in the broadest 
sense, of the Ancient Hebraic World, or of the Ancient Greek 
World or of the Roman World, or of the Renaissance in Italy and 
Europe, or of the Age of Elizabeth I in England, or that of Louis 
XIV and the Enlightenment in France, or of the era of Goethe in 
Germany." 

Alfred E. Golz Lectureship: This lectureship, established in 
1970, is supported by an annual gift from Ronald A. Golz, of the 
Class of 1956, in memory of his father, Alfred E. Golz. The lecture- 
ship will sponsor an annual lecture "by an eminent historian or 
humanitarian on any subject of general import to students of the 
liberal arts." 

NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION INSTITUTES 

Summer Institutes 

Three grants totaling $140,142 were received from the National 
Science Foundation for conducting institutes on the Bowdoin 
campus in the summer of 1971. Institutes for secondary school 
teachers were held in chemistry, mathematics, and marine biology. 
These three institutes ran concurrently from June 28 to August 6. 
Each institute offered credit at a graduate level of two semester 
courses or eight semester hours. Under the terms of the grant each 
participant received a stipend of $75 a week with additional allow- 
ance for dependents and travel. 

The Chemistry Institute, directed by David A. Wheatland, of 
the Department of Chemistry, was designed for thirty-six high 
school teachers who taught or were preparing to teach advanced 
placement chemistry courses. 



1 88 Lectureships and Institutes 

The Marine Biology Institute, under the direction of Alton H. 
Gustafson, professor of biology, was presented to thirty-six science 
teachers selected because of their interest in marine biology and 
their ability to foster this interest in their students. Emphasis in 
this institute was placed on the ecological aspects of the marine 
environment and the use of living organisms. A part of the pro- 
gram is carried on at the Bowdoin College Marine Laboratory. 

The Mathematics Institute was under the direction of Professor 
Richard L. Chittim of the Department of Mathematics. It pro- 
vided sixty teachers a program of two courses: one in functions of 
complex variables and one in linear algebra. This institute was 
the thirteenth of a series of Summer Institutes for Secondary School 
Teachers of Mathematics planned to give credit toward a master's 
degree. Again this year participants were selected from highly 
qualified teachers who are expected to exert leadership in the 
teaching of mathematics in secondary schools. 

American teachers who attended these institutes came from 
every section of the United States. Bowdoin College provided 
both dining and housing accommodations. Approximately one- 
half of the teachers were accompanied by their families. Through- 
out the period of the institutes the facilities of the College, in- 
cluding the library, the museum, and the Moulton Union, were 
made available to these participants. The coordinator of the 1971 
institutes was Harry K. Warren. 

Mathematics Seminar 

In addition to the three institutes above, there was also the 
seventh of a sequence of Advanced Science Seminars in Algebra for 
graduate and postdoctoral students of mathematics. The seminar, 
financed by a grant of $95,560 from the National Science Founda- 
tion, was under the direction of Dan E. Christie, professor of math- 
ematics, and Robin B. S. Brooks, assistant professor of mathematics. 
The 1971 seminar, devoted to combinatorial theory, ran from June 
22 to August 12. More than sixty graduate students joined with 
more than sixty senior and postdoctoral members for intensive 
study and research. Numerous stipends and allowances for travel 
and subsistence were available to members of the seminar. 

SUMMER SCHOOL OF MUSIC 

The Summer School of Music, which is coeducational, was 
founded by Bowdoin in 1965 to give serious music students and 
advanced young instrumentalists an opportunity to develop as 



Lectureships and Institutes 189 

performers and musicians through a concentrated program of in- 
strumental and chamber music lessons. 

During the summer of 1971 enrollment was limited to about 
twenty-five students. Instruction was offered in violin, viola, cello, 
flute, clarinet, piano, and chamber music for mixed timbre, and 
students were given the opportunity to perform in public at weekly 
recitals. Upon successfully completing the six-week course, students 
received one Bowdoin semester course academic credit, the equiva- 
lent of four hours, toward the bachelor of arts degree. The Aeolian 
Chamber Players also presented a series of weekly concerts. 



Student Life and Activities 

BOWDOIN provides for its students a campus life which com- 
bines traditional features of the liberal arts college with mod- 
ern facilities and programs which enrich the experience of under- 
graduate life. The curriculum offers formal instruction in those 
subjects appropriate to the development of educated and enlight- 
ened citizens. Within this framework students are encouraged, and 
are permitted sufficient flexibility, to develop their talents and 
capacities for leadership to the utmost. The physical plant and 
equipment of the College has been considerably improved in recent 
years, and visitors are frequently impressed by the quality of these 
physical facilities, given the modest size of the student body. Along 
with the library, laboratories, art museum, concert and lecture 
halls, social center, infirmary, and athletic facilities, continuing 
attention is given to the less tangible — but more important — intel- 
lectual resources of the College. Art shows, lectures, concerts, mo- 
tion pictures, and legitimate dramatic productions are all planned 
to provide stimulating experiences which will enhance the stu- 
dent's everyday work within the formal curriculum. 

The Honor System: A student initiated proposal, the Bowdoin 
Honor System was devised with the uniqueness of Bowdoin fore- 
most in mind. As voted by the Faculty and students, it places com- 
plete responsibility upon the individual student for integrity in 
all of his academic work, including the use of the College library. 
During registration, each student signs a pledge signifying that he 
understands and agrees to abide by the Bowdoin College Honor 
System. In so doing, he is pledging himself neither to give nor to 
receive unacknowledged aid in any academic undertaking. Fur- 
ther, he is pledging himself, in the event that he witnesses a viola- 
tion of the Honor System, to "take such action as he believes is 
consistent with his own sense of honor." Responsibility for instruct- 
ing students about their obligations under the Honor System 
resides with the Student Judiciary Board, which also recommends 
any action in the event of a reported violation. The constitution 
of the Honor System and other explanatory information are pub- 
lished in a special booklet distributed to all entering students. 

The Social Code: A Bowdoin College Social Code developed by 
the cooperative efforts of students and faculty members governs 
undergraduate behavior on the campus. Each student is required 

190 



Student Life and Activities 191 

to subscribe to the Social Code at registration just as he accepts the 
Honor Code. 

Primary responsibility is placed upon each student for the con- 
duct of his own life. However, the college environment inevitably 
demands from every student social responsibility. The introduc- 
tion to the code states: "A Social Code, as opposed to a set of rules, 
places greater responsibility on its participants than might be at 
first apparent. The freedom conferred by a Social Code is a positive 
value only so long as one person's freedom or privacy does not in- 
terfere with another's." 

The responsibility to create a harmonious community among 
students with different backgrounds and conflicting private views 
of morality is given, in the first place, to the students. When con- 
flicts arise between students, the code suggests that they be settled 
on the local level where they originate. Persistent and serious 
violations of this Social Code may be brought to the attention of 
the dean of students and eventually to the Student Judiciary Board 
for action. 

Living and Dining Accommodations: The College provides liv- 
ing and dining accommodations for its students. Entering freshmen 
live in the several dormitories. Those electing to join fraternities 
will, after the first few days, normally take their meals at the frater- 
nity house; others dine at the Moulton Union. All seniors with but 
a few exceptions, live and dine at the Senior Center. Students who 
request and accept room accommodations in the fall are obligated 
to pay a full year's rent for those accommodations. Further, stu- 
dents who live in campus dormitories are required to hold a regu- 
lar board bill at the Moulton Union or at the Senior Center in the 
case of those living there. The fraternity chapter houses furnish 
dining accommodations to their members with the exception of the 
seniors and living accommodations for a large proportion of the 
sophomore and junior classes (the final arrangements for living 
quarters being contingent upon the size of enrollment and other 
factors). Both fraternity and dormitory quarters help to promote 
the valuable friendships and give-and-take of opinion perennially 
associated with campus life. 

The Moulton Union: The Union is the community center of 
the College, for all members of the college family — students, fac- 
ulty, administration, alumni, and guests (and their families). It is 
not merely a building; it is also an organization and a program. 
Together they represent a well-considered plan for the commu- 
nity life of the College. 



192 Student Life and Activities 

The main lounge, with its pleasant fireplace, is arranged for in- 
formal use as well as college gatherings: lectures, smokers, recitals, 
receptions, and banquets. A conference lounge in the opposite 
wing and two smaller lounges add flexibility to the main floor area. 
Also on this floor are the scheduling and information desk and the 
campus telephone switchboard. 

A large, self-service bookstore, which features a broad selection 
of paperbacks, is located in the southeast corner on the main floor 
and supplies textbooks and sundries to members of the College. 
Profits are used for general student social purposes under the di- 
rection of the Student Union Committee. 

Extracurricular activities such as the Student Union Committee, 
the Orient, the Bugle, the Debating Council, the Outing Club, 
Camera Club, and WBOR have offices in the Union. 

On the lower floor, food service is provided in a variety of dining 
rooms with distinctive decor, where members and friends of the 
College may dine pleasantly for regular meals or between-meal 
snacks. One of the dining rooms serves as a banquet room for 
groups of less than one hundred. Also on this floor are game and 
television rooms. 

The facilities of the Union resemble those of a club in which 
there are daily opportunities for new students to meet and form 
friendships with other students and faculty members. The donor's 
wish to provide a place where the fires of friendship may be kindled 
and kept burning has been amply realized. 

The formulation of policies and the planning of the many-sided 
program of Union activities are the responsibility of the Union 
director assisted by the Student Union Committee, consisting of a 
representative from each fraternity and from the Independents. By 
sponsoring concerts, dances, lectures, art exhibitions, motion pic- 
tures, tournaments, and other entertainments, the committee con- 
tributes to the social life of the entire college community. 

Student Union Committee Officers 
Fall 1971 

Ronald Peter Hale, President 

Frank Andrew deGanahl, Vice President 

Mark Godwin, Secretary-Treasurer 

Fraternity Representatives: Richard Ian Lustig (Alpha Delta 
Phi), Theodore Sherman Cleveland, Jr. (Alpha Kappa Sigma), 
Richard Dole Leach (Alpha Rho Upsilon), Josiah Augustus 
Spaulding, Jr. (Beta Theta Pi), Jan Erik Pierson (Chi Psi), Joseph 



Student Life and Activities 193 

Jeffrey Leghorn (Delta Sigma), Jose Alberto Diaz (Delta Kappa 
Epsilon), Gridley Weatherbee Tarbell II (Psi Upsilon), Josiah 
Collins, Jr. (Theta Delta Chi), Stephen Robert Sozanski (Zeta Psi). 
Independent Representatives: Michael Earle Anderson, Ian 
Ellis James, Roderick Thomas Sherman, Mervyn Winston Smith. 

Fraternities: Greek-letter fraternities first appeared on the 
Bowdoin campus in 1841. A century ago their functions were purely 
literary and social, but with the passing years they have become 
more and more an integral part of college life. In the early years, 
the meeting places of the fraternities were known only to their 
members. Later the members of the various chapters lived together 
in several of "the ends" of the college dormitories. A new era began 
in 1900 when two of the Greek-letter societies moved into houses of 
their own and took over the provision of living and dining facili- 
ties. Ordinarily, the sophomore and junior class members live "at 
the house," while all of the members, with the exception of the 
seniors, dine there. 

Membership in a fraternity provides much more than an attrac- 
tive eating club, agreeable companionship, occasional house par- 
ties, and interfraternity athletic competition. To many graduates, 
such membership has meant a valuable training in the care of 
material property and in the maintenance of good relations with 
the town and with other groups, and cooperation with the admin- 
istration and the faculty advisers in promoting worthy social and 
educational goals. 

Independents: The Independent group at Bowdoin has grown 
rapidly during the past several years. Members of this group usu- 
ally live in the dormitories and dine at the Moulton Union. The 
group has its own faculty adviser and holds out to its members the 
possibility of friendly association with fellow students without the 
more formal ties that go with fraternity organization. 

Aspau and Laspau Scholars: Several students are in residence at 
Bowdoin under the African Scholarship Program of American 
Universities and the Latin American Scholarship Program of 
American Universities. 

The Student Council: The control of student life at Bowdoin 
is entrusted in the fullest possible measure to the students them- 
selves. Undergraduate sell-government is vested in the Student 
Council, which makes recommendations about student affairs to 
the student body, and to the Faculty. 



ig4 Student Life and Activities 

Student Council 

Fall 1971 

Michael Wesley Bushey, President 
C. Mitchell Goldman, Vice President 
Mark Frank Strauss, Secretary-Treasurer 

Fraternity Representatives: Delbert Brooks Fortney, Jr. (Al- 
pha Delta Phi), James Maynard Bowie (Alpha Kappa Sigma), 
Lawrence Charles Wolfe (Alpha Rho Upsilon), James Henry 
Baird, Jr. (Beta Theta Pi), Robert Frank Krachman (Chi Psi), 
Charles Baird Price III (Delta Kappa Epsilon), William Errol 
Offenberg (Delta Sigma), Timothy Crosby Woodcock (Psi Up- 
silon), Sheldon Michael Stone (Theta Delta Chi), and Harry 
George Simmeth, Jr. (Zeta Psi). 

Independent Representatives: George W. Alston, James LaVoy 
Lyons, Joseph Quan. 

Representatives at Large'. Roger Lloyd Conover, Russell Clem- 
ent Dabrowski, Stephen Wilde Moriarty (Class of 1972); Alan 
Michael Christenfeld, Thomas Joseph Costin, Gregory Leary, 
James Edward McHugh, Jr., Richard Allan Nylen (Class of 1973); 
Thomas Earl Hoerner, Frederick John Honold, Jr., Gilbert Ware 
Lewis, Mervyn Winston Smith, David Perrin Wheeler (Class of 

1974)- 

The Student Judiciary Board: The Student Judiciary Board is 
responsible for introducing new students to the Honor System and 
Social Code. It also sits in judgment on violations of the Honor 
System and on breaches of the Social Code. Its decisions take the 
form of recommendations to the dean of students. The board 
comprises three seniors and two juniors, all elected by the Student 
Council. 

Student Judiciary Board, Fall 19J 1: Thomas Joseph Cassidy, 
Thomas Joseph Costin, Richard Gardner Kimball (Chairman), 
Douglas Clifton Lyons, David Bobbitt Noel, Jr. 

The Student Curriculum Committee: The Student Curricu- 
lum Committee is interested in faculty-student relationships. 
Among its contributions to the College is the arrangement of lec- 
tures of interest to the college community, delivered principally 
by members of the Faculty. The five-member committee is elected 
in the fall; two are members of the Student Council and three, 
members-at-large, are from the student body. 

The Student Committee for the Senior Center: The elected 
officers of the Senior Class meet frequently with the director of the 



Student Life and Activities 195 

Senior Center to assist in program planning. This committee may 
be augmented by additional representatives of the class, as decided 
by the seniors at a meeting in the early part of the senior year. 

Student Committee for the Senior Center 
Fall 1971 

John Hopkins Parsons (Class President) 
Thomas G. Wourgiotis (Class Vice President) 
William Taylor Hale (Class Secretary-Treasurer) 

The Board of Proctors: The maintenance of order in the dor- 
mitories and the responsibility for their proper care are delegated 
to a Board of Proctors nominated by the Student Council and ap- 
pointed by the dean of students with the approval of the Faculty. 

Board of Proctors, Fall 1971: Girma Asmerom, Jeffory Donald 
Begin, Joseph Francis Bonasera, Brian Charles Curley, Thomas 
Joseph Hutchinson, James Edward McHugh, Jr., Richard Allan 
Nylen, Joseph Quan, Bernard Keith Quinlan, John Robert Red- 
man, and three women undergraduates to be appointed at the 
beginning of the fall semester. 

The Orient: The Bowdoin Orient, the college newspaper, is 
now in its 101st year of continuous publication. Opportunities 
for freshmen as "cub" reporters, and for newcomers at the news 
desk, continue as in the past, and advancement on the staff is rapid 
for those with a flair for journalism. Students interested in the 
business management of the newspaper will also find opportunities 
for work and advancement. 

The Quill: The Quill is the college literary publication and is 
normally published once each semester. Each issue contains ar- 
ticles in all fields of student literary interest: short stories, essays, 
poems, and reviews. Contributions are welcomed from all mem- 
bers of the College. 

The Bugle: The Bugle is the college yearbook. 

Music: Music activities include the Bowdoin Bachelors, an 
octet; the Meddiebempsters, an augmented double quartet; the 
Glee Club; the Bowdoin Marching Band; and the Brass Ensemble, 
which frequently premiers student-written works. 

Radio: In WBOR, "Bowdoin-on-Radio," the College has a well- 
equipped FM radio station as the result of a gift from the Class of 
1924. Situated on the second floor of the Moulton Union, both 
studios and the control room are sealed against disturbances of 



ig6 Student Life and Activities 

sound with acoustical tiling and sound-lock doors. The station is 
equipped to produce high-fidelity broadcasts. 

Debating: In addition to the Achorn and Bradbury Prize De- 
bates, an extensive program of intercollegiate debating is spon- 
sored by the Debating Council. The annual interfraternity debate 
competition for the Wilmot Brookings Mitchell Debate Trophy is 
under the general supervision of the Council. 

The Masque and Gown: This college dramatic organization has 
for over sixty years provided undergraduates with opportunities to 
give practical expression to their interest in the theater. Towns- 
people collaborate with the student members of Masque and Gown 
in many productions. The Executive Committee hopes to continue 
its policy of producing full-length and one-act plays written by stu- 
dents; the committee also plans to use various experimental pro- 
duction techniques. Under the direction of a member of the Fac- 
ulty, and housed in Pickard Theater, the Masque and Gown offers 
many opportunities for those interested in playwriting, scene de- 
sign and construction, acting, and business management and 
publicity. 

The Political Forum: This student organization actively fos- 
ters the discussion and debate of current political practices and 
problems of local, state, national, and international interest. The 
forum has instituted the policy of inviting guest speakers to lecture 
to the college community. 

The Outing Club: Organized in 1948, the Outing Club sponsors 
a program of outdoor activities including rock and mountain 
climbing, cycling, canoeing, and skiing. 

The White Key: This organization has two functions: to pro- 
gram and supervise all interfraternity athletics, and to serve as the 
official committee to welcome and make arrangements for the en- 
tertainment of teams visiting Bowdoin from other institutions. 

The Afro-American Society: Primarily to make the black stu- 
dent proud and aware of his heritage and, at the same time, to con- 
vey to the white community an understanding of that heritage by 
emphasizing black contributions to culture, the Afro-American 
Society was formed by students in 1968. The society is instrumental 
in the recruitment of black students and assists black freshmen in 
making the adjustment to college life. The activities of the society 
are concentrated in the Afro-American Center. 

Social Service: Many Bowdoin students have turned away from 
the so-called conventional campus-oriented extracurricular activi- 



Student Life and Activities 197 

ties and have focused their attention on the social problems con- 
fronting the nation. In recent years social service projects have in- 
volved more than 200 students. 

A program that has grown in recent years is the Bowdoin Big 
Brother program. With the cooperation of parents and local ele- 
mentary and junior high school officials, Bowdoin students have 
served as big brothers to many boys in the Brunswick area. Big 
brothers usually spend several hours a week with their little broth- 
ers in activities intended to provide the male companionship that 
every boy needs. 

For other students the Pineland Project is a way to be of service 
to the community. Located in Pownal, about fifteen miles from the 
campus, Pineland Hospital and Training Center is a state- 
supported institution for the mentally retarded. Students go there 
about once a week to serve as companions to patients or to assist the 
staff in other ways, according to the needs of the staff and the in- 
terest and abilities of the students. 

Students interested in teaching careers are often members of 
Bowdoin Undergraduate Teachers, an organization that assists 
teachers in the Brunswick school system. Juniors and seniors who 
are in good academic standing and have the permission of their 
major department may receive classroom assignments. 

Other students participate in the Bowdoin-Brunswick Tutorial 
program. This program is open to all Bowdoin students who are 
interested in tutoring local school children. 

Begun in 1970, the Brotherhood Internship Program is designed 
to equip young black students for higher education. Members of 
the College's Afro-American Society actively seek out tenth- and 
eleventh-grade students from urban areas for participation in a 
six-week summer educational program conducted at the College 
and involving classes, field trips, and other activities. These young 
students receive guidance from the program's college participants 
and are invited to visit Bowdoin when classes are in session. 

Religious Life: Religious activities at Bowdoin are controlled 
by the students. In recent years the Bowdoin Christian Association 
the Episcopal Undergraduate Committee, the Bowdoin Newman 
Apostolate, the Bowdoin Jewish Association, and the Student Re- 
ligious Liberals have been active. Each has planned activities ap- 
propriate to its membership. Thus, the Newman Apostolate has 
sponsored weekly folk Masses on the campus and the Episcopal 
Undergraduate Committee has sponsored weekly campus vespers 
and Holy Communion services. 



Physical Education 
and Athletics 

BOWDOIN believes that physical education is an important part 
of the total educational program. The Department of Physical 
Education provides students with opportunities for satisfying ex- 
perience in physical activities for the achievement of health and 
physical fitness. The physical education program includes classes 
which emphasize instruction in sports activities with carry-over 
value, a year-round schedule of intramural athletics for the whole 
student body, and intercollegiate competition in sixteen sports. 
Students are encouraged to use the athletic facilities to participate 
in free recreational play. 

Physical Education: The department offers courses of instruc- 
tion in sports which students may enjoy for many years after col- 
lege, learning skills that should give them an interest in physical 
activity in later life. Instruction will be given in tennis, squash, 
sailing, skating, weight training, volleyball, badminton, swimming, 
water polo, life saving, scuba diving, fly fishing, and other com- 
parable activities. 

Intercollegiate Athletics: Bowdoin offers intercollegiate com- 
petition in the following sports: football, cross-country, basketball, 
track (winter and spring), swimming, hockey, wrestling, lacrosse, 
skiing, golf, tennis, baseball, rifle, soccer, squash, and sailing (fall 
and spring). Varsity and freshman teams are maintained in most of 
these sports, giving every undergraduate an opportunity to try out' 
for the sport of his choice. 

Intramural Athletics: Competition between fraternities is 
scheduled in softball, touch football, basketball, hockey, track, 
swimming, sailing, bowling, squash, and volleyball. Undergradu- 
ates not actively engaged in intercollegiate sports during a given 
season are eligible for intramural contests. 

Outdoor Facilities: The outdoor athletic facilities of the Col- 
lege are excellent. Whittier Field is a tract of five acres that is used 
for football games and also includes an all-weather track. It has a 
grandstand with team rooms beneath it. Pickard Field is a tract of 
over seventy acres that includes two baseball diamonds; spacious 
playing fields for lacrosse, soccer, football, touch football, and 
softball; ten tennis courts; and a field house. 

198 



Physical Education and A thletics 1 99 

Indoor Facilities: With the completion of the Morrell Gymna- 
sium in 1965, the College possesses indoor facilities that are the 
equal of its outstanding outdoor facilities. The 50,000-square-foot 
building, connected to the Sargent Gymnasium, contains a modern 
basketball court with seats for about 2,500 persons, four visiting 
team rooms, eleven squash courts, locker room with 500 lockers, 
shower facilities, modern fully equipped training room, adequate 
offices for the director of athletics and his staff, and other rooms for 
physical education purposes. Sargent Gymnasium has been altered 
and renovated to include a wrestling room, a weight-training 
room, and two special exercise rooms, and to make it an efficient 
part of the comprehensive plan. The Hyde Athletic Building, 
which is attached to the Sargent Gymnasium, includes a cinder 
track, facilities for field events, a banked board track, and a base- 
ball infield. Completing the athletic facilities are the Curtis Swim- 
ming Pool, containing a pool thirty feet by seventy-five feet, and 
the Arena, which has a refrigerated ice surface eighty-five feet by 
two hundred feet and seating accommodations for 2,400 spectators. 



Career Counseling and 
Placement 

THE College offers assistance to students and graduates in solv- 
ing the problem of employment, both during their undergrad- 
uate courses and afterward. Opportunities for undergraduates to 
do part-time work at the College or in the community may usually 
be obtained through the Student Aid Office. 

Students are encouraged to register early in their college career 
and to consult the director in Banister Hall for vocational counsel 
and guidance if the work of the office is to be most effective in 
placing men upon graduation in the positions for which they are 
best qualified. 

The campus career interviews are planned to broaden the stu- 
dent's vocational interest and to aid him in selecting his life's work. 
Each student should survey his abilities objectively and study the 
demands of business, the occupations, and the professions in order 
to assist him in his planning. Students with a definite goal in mind 
usually approach their work with an earnestness of purpose. While 
the selection of a career must necessarily be left to the student, it 
should not be deferred too long or left to chance. The office has 
information available to help guide the applicant. Extensive litera- 
ture, including occupational monographs and recent books on busi- 
ness careers, are at the disposal of the students. The candidate's 
undergraduate record, including classroom work, vocational apti- 
tude tests, and extracurricular activities — is used to determine his 
availability for positions after graduation. 

The office continually expands its contacts with employers, act- 
ing as an intermediary for the exchange of vocational information 
between employers and registrants. Representatives of industry are 
invited to the campus to confer with students and to discuss not 
only the qualifications necessary for success in their special fields 
but to explain the opportunities offered to college men. During the 
fall business conferences are usually held for the benefit of regis- 
trants. The Alumni Committees broaden the contacts available 
for registrants. The office provides the Area Committees with in- 
formation necessary for proper classification and counseling of 
candidates referred to them. 

Students planning to enter graduate school should consult with 
one of the deans and the chairmen of their major departments. No 
charge is made for services rendered to candidates or employers. 

200 



Prizes and Distinctions 



THE BOWDOIN PRIZE 

The Bowdoin Prize: A fund, now amounting to $30,211, estab- 
lished as a memorial to William John Curtis, LL.D., of the Class 
of 1875, by his wife and children. The prize, four-fifths of the total 
income, is to be awarded "once in each five years to the graduate 
or former member of the College, or member of its faculty at the 
time of the award, who shall have made during the period the most 
distinctive contribution in any field of human endeavor. The prize 
shall only be awarded to one who shall, in the judgment of the com- 
mittee of award, be recognized as having won national and not 
merely local distinction, or who, in the judgment of the committee, 
is fairly entitled to be so recognized." ( 1 9 2 ^) 

The first award was made in 1933 to Fred Houdlett Albee, M.D., 
Sc.D., LL.D., of the Class of 1899. Other recipients have been: in 
1938, Harvey Dow Gibson, LL.D., of the Class of 1902, and Paul 
Howard Douglas, Ph.D., LL.D., Litt.D., of the Class of 1913; in 
1948, Kenneth Charles Morton Sills, L.H.D., LL.D, of the Class of 
1901; in 1954, Rear Admiral Donald Baxter MacMillan, Sc.D., of 
the Class of 1898; in 1958, Harold Hitz Burton, Jur.D., LL.D., of 
the Class of 1909; in 1963, William Hodding Carter, Jr., Litt.D., 
L.H.D., LL.D., of the Class of 1927; in 1968, Austin Harbutt Mac- 
Cormick, Sc.D., LL.D., of the Class of 1915. 

UNDERGRADUATE PRIZES 
Prizes in General Scholarship 

Brown Memorial Scholarships: A fund for the support of four 
scholarships in Bowdoin College given by the Honorable J. B. 
Brown, of Portland, in memory of his son, James Olcott Brown, 
A.M., of the Class of 1856. According to the provisions of this foun- 
dation, there will be paid annually the income of $1,000 to the best 
scholar in each undergraduate class who shall have graduated at 
the high school in Portland after having been a member thereof 
not less than one year. O865) 

Almon Goodwin Prize Fund: This fund of $1,190 was estab- 
lished by Mrs. Maud Wilder Goodwin in memory of her husband, 
Almon Goodwin, of the Class of 1862. The annual income, ap- 
proximately $100, is awarded to a Phi Beta Kappa man chosen by 

201 



202 Prizes and Distinctions 

vote of the Board of Trustees of the College at the end of the re- 
cipient's junior year. ( 1 9°6) 

George Wood McArthur Prize: A fund of $2,000 bequeathed 
by Almira L. McArthur, of Saco, in memory of her husband, George 
Wood McArthur, of the Class of 1893. The annual income is 
awarded as a prize to that member of the graduating class who, 
coming to Bowdoin as the recipient of a prematriculation scholar- 
ship, shall have attained the highest academic standing among such 
recipients within the class. ( 1 95°) 

The Leonard A. Pierce Memorial Fund will support a prize to 
be awarded each year to that member of the graduating class of the 
College continuing his education in an accredited law school, who 
has attained the highest scholastic average during his years in col- 
lege, such prize to be paid to the recipient on his enrollment in law 
school. ( 1 9^ 1 ) 

Departmental Prizes 

Sue Winchell Burnett Music Prize: A prize consisting of the 
annual income of a fund of $1,396 established by Mrs. Rebecca P. 
Bradley in memory of Mrs. Sue Winchell Burnett. It is awarded 
upon recommendation of the Department of Music to that member 
of the senior class who has majored in music and has made the 
most significant contribution to music while a student at Bowdoin. 
If two students make an equally significant contribution, the prize 
will be divided equally between them. O963) 

Class of 1875 Prize in American History: A prize consisting of 
the annual income of a fund of $4,545 established by William John 
Curtis, LL.D., of the Class of 1875, is awarded to the student who 
writes the best essay and passes the best examination on some as- 
signed subject in American history. ( 1 9 01 ) 

Copeland-Gross Biology Prize: A prize named in honor of 
two former Josiah Little Professors of Natural Science, Manton 
Copeland, Ph.D., and Alfred Otto Gross, Ph.D., Sc.D., is given by 
the Department of Biology to that graduating senior who has best 
exemplified the idea of a liberal education during the major pro- 
gram in biology. (*959) 

Hannibal Hamlin Emery Latin Prize: A prize consisting of 
the annual income of a fund of $1,190 is awarded to a member of 
the junior or senior class for proficiency in Latin. ( 1 9 22 ) 



Prizes and Distinctions 203 

Fessenden Prize in Government: A prize of $25, the gift of 
Richard Dale, of the Class of 1954, is given by the Department 
of Government to that graduating senior who as a government 
major has made the greatest improvement in his studies in govern- 
ment, who has been accepted for admission into either law or 
graduate school or has been accepted for employment in one of 
certain federal services, and who is a United States citizen. (1964) 

Goodwin French Prize: A prize consisting of the annual income 
of a fund of $650 given by the Reverend Daniel Raynes Good- 
win, D.D., of the Class of 1832, is awarded to the best scholar in 
French. (^o) 

Nathan Goold Prize: A prize consisting of the annual income 
of a fund of $2,577 established by Abba Goold Woolson, of Port- 
land, in memory of her grandfather. It is awarded to that mem- 
ber of the "Senior Class who has, throughout his college course, at- 
tained the highest standing in Greek and Latin studies." O922) 

Edwin Herbert Hall Physics Prize: A prize, named in honor of 
Edwin Herbert Hall, of the Class of 1875, the discoverer of the Hall 
Effect, is awarded each year to the best sophomore scholar in the 
field of physics. 0953) 

Edward Sanford Hammond Mathematics Prize Fund: Estab- 
lished by former students of Edward S. Hammond, Ph.D., Wing 
Professor of Mathematics Emeritus, upon the occasion of his re- 
tirement, the income is used for a prize book to be awarded upon 
recommendation of the faculty of the Department of Mathematics 
to a graduating senior who is completing with distinction a major 
in mathematics. Any balance of the income from the fund may be 
used to purchase books for the use of the Department of Mathe- 
matics. ( x 963) 

Sumner Increase Kimball Prize: A prize consisting of the an- 
nual income of a fund of $2,799 established by the Honorable 
Sumner Increase Kimball, Sc.D., of the Class of 1855, is awarded 
to that member of the senior class who has "shown the most ability 
and originality in the field of the Natural Sciences." ( 2 9 2 3) 

Eaton Leith French Prize: The annual income of a fund of 
$1,000 is awarded to that member of the junior class who, by his 
proficiency and scholarship, achieves outstanding results in the 
study of French literature. The prize was established in 1962 and 
endowed in 1966 by James M. Fawcett III, of the Class of 1958, to 



204 Prizes and Distinctions 

honor Eaton Leith, A.M., professor of Romance languages emeri- 
tus. O962) 

Noel C. Little Prize in Experimental Physics: A prize named 
in honor of Noel C. Little, of the Class of 1917, professor of physics 
emeritus, and Josiah Little Professor of Natural Science Emeritus, 
to be awarded "to a graduating senior who has distinguished him- 
self in experimental physics." ( 1 9^8) 

Charles Harold Livingston Honors Prize in French: The an- 
nual income of a fund of $1,181 is awarded to encourage indepen- 
dent scholarship in the form of honors theses in French. The fund 
was established by former students of Charles Harold Livingston, 
Ph.D., Longfellow Professor of Romance Languages, upon the oc- 
casion of his retirement. ( x 95^) 

Donald and Harriet S. Macomber Prize in Biology: A fund of 
$5,875 established by Dr. and Mrs. Donald Macomber in appreci- 
ation for the many contributions of Bowdoin in the education of 
members of their family — David H. Macomber '39, Peter B. Ma- 
comber '47, Robert A. Zottoli '60, David H. Macomber, Jr. '67, 
and Steven J. Zottoli '69. The income of the fund is to be awarded 
annually as a prize to the outstanding student in the Department 
of Biology. If in the opinion of the department in any given year 
there is no student deemed worthy of this award, the award may be 
withheld and the income for that year added to the principal of 
the fund. O967) 

Philip Weston Meserve Fund: A prize consisting of the annual 
income of a fund of $605 in memory of Professor Philip Weston 
Meserve, of the Class of 1911, "to be used preferably to stimulate 
interest in Chemistry." ( 1 94 1 ) 

Noyes Political Economy Prize: A prize consisting of the an- 
nual income of a fund of $1,190 established by Crosby Stuart Noyes, 
A.M. (Bowdoin, 1887), is awarded to the best scholar in political 
economy. ( 1< &§1) 

The Old Broad Bay Prizes in Reading German: The income 
from a fund of $1,324 given by Jasper J. Stahl, Litt.D., of the Class 
of 1909, and by others to be awarded to students who in the judg- 
ment of the department have profited especially from their in- 
struction in German. The fund is established as a living memorial 
to those remembered and unremembered men and women from 
the valley of the Rhine who in the eighteenth century founded the 



Prizes and Distinctions 205 

first German settlement in Maine at Broad Bay, which is now 
Waldoboro. ( l 9^4) 

Pray English Prize: A prize consisting of the annual income of 
a fund of $1,288 given by Thomas Jefferson Worcester Pray, M.D., 
of the Class of 1844, is awarded to the best scholar in English lit- 
erature and original English composition. (!889) 

Sewall Greek Prize: A prize of $25 from the income of a fund 
given by Jotham Bradbury Sewall, D.D., of the Class of 1848, for- 
merly professor of Greek in the College, is awarded to the member 
of the sophomore class who sustains the best examination in Greek. 

(■879) 

Sewall Latin Prize: A prize of $25 from the income of a fund 
also given by Professor Sewall, is awarded to the member of the 
sophomore class who sustains the best examination in Latin. 

('879) 

David Sewall Premium: A prize consisting of the annual in- 
come of a fund of $1,238 is awarded to a member of the freshman 
class for excellence in English composition. (1795) 

Bertram Louis Smith, Jr., Prize: A bequest of $4,059 from Ber- 
tram Louis Smith, in memory of his son, a member of the Class of 
1903, to encourage excellence of work in English literature. The 
annual income of this fund is awarded by the department to a 
member of the junior class who has completed two years' work in 
English literature. Ordinarily it is awarded to a student majoring 
in English and performance of major work as well as record in 
courses is taken into consideration. (*9 2 5) 

Smyth Mathematical Prize: A fund of $6,952, the gift of 
Henry Jewett Furber, of the Class of 1861, named by him in honor 
of Professor William Smyth. Three hundred dollars, the income of 
the fund, is given to that student in each sophomore class who ob- 
tains the highest rank in the mathematical studies of the first two 
years. The rank is determined mainly by the daily recitations, but. 
the Faculty may in its discretion order a special examination, the 
result of which will be combined with the recitation rank. The suc- 
cessful candidate receives one-third of the prize at the time the 
award is made. The remaining two-thirds is paid to him in install- 
ments at the close of each term during junior and senior years. If a 
vacancy occurs during those years, the next in rank secures the 
benefit of the prize for the remainder of the time. ( 1 ^76) 



206 Prizes and Distinctions 

Lea Ruth Thumim Biblical Literature Prize: A prize consist- 
ing of the annual income of a fund of $1,050 given by Carl Thu- 
mim in memory of his wife, Lea Ruth Thumim, is awarded each 
year by the Department of Religion to the best scholar in biblical 
literature. (*959) 

Prizes in Debating and Speaking 

Edgar Oakes Achorn Prize Fund: The income of this fund of 
$1,214 is distributed as prizes to the winning team in an annual 
debate between members of the freshman and sophomore classes. 
First prize, approximately $60; second prize, approximately $40. 

(193*) 

Alexander Prize Fund: This fund of $1,488 was established by 
the Honorable DeAlva Stanwood Alexander, LL.D., of the Class of 
1870, and furnishes two prizes, three-fifths and two- fifths of the an- 
nual income for excellence in select declamation. Competition is 
open to freshmen, sophomores, and juniors. First prize, approxi- 
mately $75; second prize, approximately $50. ( 10 . 5) 

Bradbury Debating Prize: The annual income on $2,130 of a 
fund of $5,130 given by the Honorable James Ware Bradbury, 
LL.D., of the Class of 1825, is awarded for excellence in debating. 
First team, approximately $120; second team, approximately $60. 

(19 01 ) 

Class of 1868 Prize: A prize of $100 supported from a fund con- 
tributed by the Class of 1868, is awarded to the author of the sec- 
ond-best Commencement Part. (1868) 

Hiland Lockwood Fairbanks Prize Fund: This fund of $2,385- 
was established by Captain Henry Nathaniel Fairbanks, of Bangor, 
in memory of his son, Hiland Lockwood Fairbanks, of the Class of 
1895. Of the annual income of approximately $200, one-half is 
awarded as a single prize of approximately $50 for excellence in 
both advanced public speaking (Speech 5) and in debate (Speech 
6), and the remaining one-half, in a two-to-one ratio, is to be 
awarded as first and second prizes to the two outstanding students 
in the fall semester of Speech 1. (^oq) 

Goodwin Commencement Prize: Established by the Reverend 
Daniel Raynes Goodwin, D.D., of the Class of 1832, a prize of $200 
is awarded to the author of the best Commencement Part. (1882) 

Wilmot Brookings Mitchell Debate Trophy: This trophy, 
presented by an anonymous donor, is to be inscribed annually with 



Prizes and Distinctions 207 

the winner of a competition among the undergraduate groups and 
awarded to that group which has won three annual competitions. 

(1953) 

Stanley Plummer Prizes: Of the annual income of approxi- 
mately $100 of a fund of $1,056 established by Stanley Plummer, of 
the Class of 1867, first and second prizes, in a two-to-one ratio, will 
be awarded to the outstanding students in the spring semester 
of Speech 1. ( 1 9 1 9) 

Essay Prizes 

Philo Sherman Bennett Prize Fund: This fund of $602 was es- 
tablished by the Honorable William Jennings Bryan from trust 
funds of the estate of Philo Sherman Bennett, of New Haven, 
Connecticut. The proceeds are used for a prize of approximately 
$50 for the best essay discussing the principles of free government. 
Competition is open to juniors and seniors. ( 1 9°5) 

Brown Composition Prizes: Two prizes of approximately $70 
and $50, the annual income of a fund of $1,431 established by 
Philip Greely Brown, of the Class of 1877, m memory of Philip 
Henry Brown, Esq., of the Class of 1851, are offered to members of 
the senior class for excellence in extemporaneous English composi- 
tion. (^74) 

General R. H. Dunlap Prize: This fund of $5,000 was estab- 
lished by Katherine Wood Dunlap in memory of her husband, 
Robert H. Dunlap, Brigadier General, U.S.M.C. The annual in- 
come is to be awarded to the student who writes the best essay on 
the subject of "service." ( 1 97°) 

Horace Lord Piper Prize: A prize consisting of the income of a 
fund of $1,448 established by the Honorable Sumner Increase Kim- 
ball, Sc.D., of the Class of 1855, in memory of Major Horace Lord 
Piper, of the Class of 1863. ^ * s awarded to that member of the 
sophomore class who presents the best "original paper on the 
subject calculated to promote the attainment and maintenance of 
peace throughout the world, or on some other subject devoted to" 
the welfare of humanity." ( 1 9 2 3) 

Prizes in Creative Arts 

Bowdoin Orient Prizes: Six cash prizes are offered by the Bow- 
doin Publishing Company and are awarded each spring to those 
members of The Bowdoin Orient staff who have made the most 



208 Prizes and Distinctions 

significant contribution to the various departments of the Orient 
in the preceding volume. ( x 948) 

Abraham Goldberg Prize: A prize of $10, from a bequest of 
Abraham Goldberg, is awarded annually to that member of the 
senior class who, in the opinion of a faculty committee of which 
the director of theater is chairman, has shown, in plays presented 
at the College during the two years preceding the date of award, 
the most skill in the art of designing or directing. ( 1 9^°) 

Hawthorne Prize: The income of a fund of $271 given in mem- 
ory of Robert Peter Tristram Coffin, B.Litt. (Oxon.), Litt.D., of the 
Class of 1915, Pierce Professor of Literature, and in memory of the 
original founders of the Hawthorne Prize: Nora Archibald Smith 
and Mrs. George C. Riggs (Kate Douglas Wiggin), Litt.D. It is 
awarded each year to the author of the best short story. The com- 
petition is open to members ot the sophomore, junior, and senior 
classes. ( 1 9°3) 

Masque and Gown Figurine: A figurine, "The Prologue," 
carved by Gregory Wiggin, is presented annually to the author of 
the prize-winning play in the One-Act Play Contest, and held by 
him until the following contest. ( 1 937) 

Masque and Gown One-Act Play Prizes: Cash prizes are 
awarded annually for excellence in various Masque and Gown ac- 
tivities, including playwriting, directing, and acting. ( 1 934) 

Alice Merrill Mitchell Prize: A prize consisting of the an- 
nual income of a fund of $2,095, given by Wilmot Brookings 
Mitchell, L.H.D., Litt.D., of the Class of 1890, Edward Little Pro- 
fessor of Rhetoric and Oratory, in memory of his wife, Alice 
Merrill Mitchell, is awarded annually to that member of the senior 
class who, in the opinion of a faculty committee of which the 
director of theater is chairman, has shown, in plays presented at 
the College during the two years preceding the date of award, the 
most skill in the art of acting. ( 1 95 1 ) 

Poetry Prize: A prize of $15 is given each semester for the best 
poem on Bowdoin written by an undergraduate. ( 1 9 2 ^) 

George H. Quinby Award: Established in honor of "Pat" 
Quinby, for thirty-one years director of dramatics at Bowdoin Col- 
lege, by his former students and friends in Masque and Gown, the 
award is presented annually to the first-year member of Masque 
and Gown who makes an outstanding contribution through his 



Prizes and Distinctions 209 

interest and participation in Masque and Gown productions. The 
recipient is selected by the director of theater, the theater tech- 
nician, and the president of Masque and Gown. ( l 9^7) 

Forbes Rickard, Jr., Poetry Prize: A prize consisting of the 
annual income of a fund of $555 given by a group of alumni of the 
Alpha Delta Phi Fraternity at the College in memory of Forbes 
Rickard, Jr., of the Class of 1917, who lost his life in the service of 
his country, is awarded to the undergraduate writing the best 
poem. (1919) 

Mary B. Sinkinson Short Story Prize: A prize consisting of the 
annual income of a fund of $2,000 established by John Hudson 
Sinkinson, of the Class of 1902, in memory of his wife, Mary Bur- 
nett Sinkinson, is awarded each year for the best short story written 
by a member of the junior or senior class. ( 1 9^ 1 ) 

Awards for Character and Leadership 

Curtis E. Chase Memorial Fund Award: A prize in memory of 
Curtis E. Chase, of the Class of 1965, the first Bowdoin alumnus 
killed in the Vietnam war. It consists of the income from the Curtis 
E. Chase Memorial Fund, having a balance of $4,395, which was 
established by his family and friends, and is awarded each fall 
without regard to financial need to a member of the incoming 
senior class who is also a member of the ROTC unit and who 
realizes "the importance of serving the United States to the best of 
his ability." The recipient is to be "active in sports and a student 
eager to learn" and "a man of promise in the qualities of civilian 
or military leadership that make for citizenship in the best Amer- 
ican tradition." Selection is made by the dean of the College, the 
director of athletics, and the director of the ROTC program. 

( J 9 6 9) 

Leslie A. Claff Track Trophy: A trophy presented by Leslie 
A. Claft, of the Class of 1926, to be awarded "at the conclusion of 
the competitive year to the outstanding performer in track and 
field athletics who, in the opinion of the Dean, the Director of Ath- 
letics, and the Track Coach, has demonstrated outstanding ability 
accompanied with those qualities of character and sportsmanship 
consistent with the aim of intercollegiate athletics in its role in 
higher education." ( 1 9^ 1 ) 

Francis S. Dane Baseball Trophy: A trophy presented to the 
College by friends and members of the family of Francis S. Dane, 



2 io Prizes and Distinctions 

of the Class of 1896, is awarded each spring "to that member of the 
varsity baseball squad who, in the opinion of a committee made up 
of the Dean of the College, the Director of Athletics, and the Coach 
of Baseball, best exemplifies high qualities of character, sports- 
manship, and enthusiasm for the game of baseball." ( 1 9^5) 

William J. Fraser Basketball Trophy: The William J. Fraser 
Basketball Trophy, presented by Harry G. Shulman in memory of 
William J. Fraser, of the Class of 1954, is awarded annually to that 
member of the basketball team who best exemplifies the spirit of 
Bowdoin basketball. The recipient is selected by the coach, the ath- 
letic director, and the dean of the College. ( 1 9^9) 

Andrew Allison Haldane Cup: A cup given by fellow officers in 
the Pacific in memory of Captain Andrew Allison Haldane, 
USMCR, of the Class of 1941, awarded to a member of the senior 
class who has outstanding qualities of leadership and character. 

( J 945) 

Lucien Howe Prize: A fund of $5,074, given by Lucien Howe, 
M.D., Sc.D., of the Class of 1870. Fifty dollars from the income is 
"awarded by the Faculty to that member of the Senior Class who, 
during his college course, by example and influence has shown the 
highest qualities of gentlemanly conduct and character, the award 
to be either in cash or in the form of a medal, according to the wish 
of the recipient." The remainder is expended by the president to 
improve the social life of the undergraduates. ( 1 9 2 °) 

Winslow R. Howland Football Trophy: A trophy presented 
to the College by his friends in memory of Winslow R. Howland, 
of the Class of 1929, is awarded each year to that member of the 
varsity football team who has made the most marked improvement 
on the field of play during the football season, and who has shown 
the qualities of cooperation, aggressiveness, enthusiasm for the 
game, and fine sportsmanship so characteristic of Winslow How- 
land. (1959) 

Elmer Longley Hutchinson Cup: A cup given by the Chi Psi 
Fraternity at the College in memory of Elmer Longley Hutchinson, 
of the Class of 1935, is awarded annually to a member of the var- 
sity track squad for high conduct both on and off the field of sport. 

( J 939) 

Samuel A. Ladd Tennis Trophy: A trophy presented by Samuel 
Appleton Ladd, Jr., of the Class of 1929, and Samuel Appleton 
Ladd III, of the Class of 1963, awarded to a member of the varsity 



Prizes and Distinctions 211 

team who during the year by his sportsmanship, cooperative spirit, 
and character has done the most for tennis at Bowdoin. The 
award winner's name is to be inscribed on the trophy each year. 

(*9 6 9) 

George Levine Memorial Soccer Trophy: A trophy presented 
by Lieutenant Benjamin Levine, coach of soccer in 1958, is awarded 
to that member of the varsity soccer team exemplifying the traits 
of sportsmanship, valor, and desire. ( x 95^) 

Robert B. Miller Trophy: A trophy, given by former Bowdoin 
swimmers, in memory of Robert B. Miller, coach of swimming, is 
awarded annually "to the Senior who, in the opinion of the coach, 
is the outstanding swimmer on the basis of his contribution to the 
sport." Winners will have their names inscribed on the trophy and 
will be presented with bronze figurines of swimmers. i 1 ^ 2 ) 

Hugh Munro, Jr., Memorial Trophy: A trophy given by his 
family in memory of Hugh Munro, Jr., of the Class of 1941, who 
lost his life in the service of his country. It is inscribed each year 
with the name of that member of the Bowdoin varsity hockey team 
who best exemplifies the qualities of loyalty and courage which 
characterized the life of Hugh Munro, Jr. 0946) 

Paul Nixon Basketball Trophy: Given to the College by an 
anonymous donor, and named in memory of Dean Paul Nixon, 
LL.D., L.H.D., in recognition of his interest in competitive ath- 
letics and sportsmanship, this trophy is inscribed each year with 
the name of the member of the Bowdoin varsity basketball team 
who has made the most valuable contribution to this team through 
his qualities of leadership and sportsmanship. (*959) 

Col. William Henry Owen Premium: An award of the income 
of a fund of $663 established by Frederick Wooster Owen, M.D., in 
memory of his brother, Colonel William Henry Owen, A.M., of the 
Class of 1851, is awarded at Commencement "to some graduating 
student recognized by his fellows as a humble, earnest, and active 
Christian." ( 1 9 1 ^) 

Wallace C. Philoon Trophy: Given by Wallace Copeland 
Philoon, M.S., Major General, U.S.A., of the Class of 1905, this 
trophy is awarded each year to a nonletter winner of the current 
season who has made an outstanding contribution to the football 
team. The award is made to a man who has been faithful in at- 
tendance and training and has given his best efforts throughout 
the season. ( 1 9^o) 



2 1 2 Prizes and Distinctions 

William J. Reardon Memorial Football Trophy: A replica of 
this trophy, which was given to the College by the family and 
friends of William J. Reardon, of the Class of 1950, is presented 
each year to a senior on the varsity football team who has made an 
outstanding contribution to his team and his college as a man of 
honor, courage, and ability, the qualities which William J. Rear- 
don exemplified at Bowdoin College on the campus and on the 
football field. (!95 8 ) 

Franklin Delano Roosevelt Cup: A cup, furnished by the 
Alpha Delta Phi Fraternity at the College, to be inscribed annually 
with the name of that member of the three lower classes whose 
vision, humanity, and courage most contribute to making Bowdoin 
a better college. (*945) 

Harry G. Shulman Hockey Trophy: The Harry G. Shulman 
Hockey Trophy is awarded annually to that member of the hockey 
squad who has shown outstanding dedication to Bowdoin hockey. 
The recipient will be elected by a vote of the coach, the athletic 
director, and the dean of the College. O969) 

Prizes in Extracurricular Activities and Scholarship 

James Bowdoin Cup: This cup, given by the Alpha Rho Upsilon 
Fraternity, is awarded annually on James Bowdoin Day to the stu- 
dent who in his previous college year has won a varsity letter in ac- 
tive competition and has made the highest scholastic average 
among the students receiving varsity letters. In case two or more 
students should have equal records, the award shall go to the one 
having the best scholastic record during his college course. The 
name of the recipient is to be engraved on the cup and the cup re- 
tained for the following year by that college group (fraternity or 
nonfraternity) of which the recipient is a member. 0947) 

Orren Chalmer Hormell Cup: A cup, given by the Sigma Nu 
Fraternity at the College, in honor of Orren Chalmer Hormell, 
Ph.D., D.C.L., DeAlva Stanwood Alexander Professor of Govern- 
ment Emeritus, is awarded each year to a sophomore who, as a 
freshman, competed in freshman athletic competition as a regular 
member of a team, and who has achieved outstanding scholastic 
honors. A plaque inscribed with the names of all of the cup win- 
ners is kept on display. ( J 949) 

Roliston G. Woodbury Memorial Award: Established in 1963 
as the Roliston G. Woodbury Award by the Textile Veterans Asso- 



Prizes and Distinctions 213 

ciation to honor the contributions of Roliston G. Woodbury, of the 
Class of 1922 and a member of the Board of Overseers, to the textile 
industry, it was renamed the Roliston G. Woodbury Memorial 
Award following his death in 1968. The annual award consists of 
a $50 U.S. Savings Bond and a bronze medallion and is awarded to 
a student on the basis of scholarship, leadership, and extracurricu- 
lar activities. ( 1 96s) 

Military Prizes 

The General Philoon Trophy: A cup given by Wallace Cope- 
land Philoon, M.S., Major General, U.S.A., of the Class of 1905, 
is awarded each autumn to that member of the senior class who 
has made the best record at the summer camp of the ROTC. (1951) 

The Pershing-Presnell Sword: A sword presented in honor of 
General John J. Pershing to Major John Finzer Presnell, jr., '36, 
as the First Captain of the Class of 1940 at the United States Mili- 
tary Academy. Following the death of Major Presnell in the Second 
World War, his parents gave the sword to Bowdoin College. The 
Pershing-Presnell Sword is assigned to the Cadet Colonel com- 
manding the Bowdoin College Battle Group, Reserve Officers' 
Training Corps, and the shield bearing the sword is inscribed with 
his name. ( 1 95 1 ) 

Miscellaneous Prizes 

Abraxas Award: A plaque is awarded to the school sending three 
or more graduates to the College, whose representatives maintain 
the highest standing during their freshman year.This award was 
established in 1915 by the Abraxas Society. ( 1 9 I 5) 

Student Council Cup: A cup, formerly called the "Friar's Cup" 
and now given by the Student Council, is awarded at the conclu- 
sion of each semester to that fraternity which has attained the 
highest academic standing during the semester. (191 1) 

Harvey Dow Gibson Memorial Trophy: A cup in memory of 
Harvey Dow Gibson, LL.D., of the Class of 1902, is given by the 
Bowdoin chapter of the Theta Delta Chi Fraternity. It is awarded 
each fall to that fraternity which has shown the greatest improve- 
ment in its scholastic standing during the previous academic year. 

( J 950 

The Peucinian Cup: A cup, in honor of the Peucinian Society, 
Bowdoin's first literary-social club (1805), is given by the alumni 



214 Prizes and Distinctions 

of Bowdoin fraternity chapters and awarded each February and 
June to the fraternity whose freshman delegation achieves the 
highest academic standing for the previous semester. ( 1 93^) 

PHI BETA KAPPA 

The Phi Beta Kappa Society, national honorary fraternity for the 
recognition and promotion of scholarship, was founded at the 
College of William and Mary in 1776. The Bowdoin Chapter 
(Alpha of Maine), the sixth in order of establishment, was founded 
in 1825. 

Election to the Society is on the basis of scholarly achievement, 
in estimating which, consideration is given primarily to grades in 
courses, secondarily (at graduation) to departmental honors. Elec- 
tions may be held twice a year — in February and June. Candidates 
must have completed twenty-four semester units for college credit. 

JAMES BOWDOIN DAY 

Named in honor of the earliest patron of the College, James 
Bowdoin Day was instituted in 1941 to accord recognition to those 
undergraduates who distinguish themselves in scholarship. At a 
convocation of the entire college, the exercises consist of the an- 
nouncement of awards, the presentation of books, a response by an 
undergraduate, and an address. 

The James Bowdoin Scholarships, carrying no stipend, are 
awarded to undergraduates who have completed two semesters' 
work, in recognition of high scholarship in their coursess to date. 

A book, bearing a replica of the early college bookplate serving 
to distinguish the James Bowdoin Collection in the Library, is 
presented to every undergraduate who has carried a full course 
program and has received a grade of High Honors in each of his 
courses during the last academic year. 

THE FACULTY DEVELOPMENT FUND 

This fund, now amounting to approximately $203,913, was es- 
tablished by Charles Austin Cary, LL.D., of the Class of 1910. The 
income from the fund is expended each year "for such purpose or 
purposes, to be recommended by the President and approved by 
the Governing Boards, as shall be deemed to be most effective in 
maintaining the caliber of the Faculty." These purposes may in- 
clude, but not be limited to, support of individual research grants, 
or productive use of sabbatical leaves, added compensation for in- 



Prizes and Distinctions 215 

dividual merit or distinguished accomplishment, and other incen- 
tives to encourage individual development of teaching capacity, 
and improvement of faculty salaries. 

FACULTY RESEARCH FUND 

This fund, founded by the Class of 1928 on the occasion of its 
twenty-fifth anniversary, is open to additions from other classes and 
individuals. The interest from the fund is used to help finance re- 
search projects carried on by members of the Faculty. 

SUMNER TUCKER PIKE FUND 

This fund was established by an anonymous donor in 1966 in 
recognition of the many significant services to the country and to 
the College of Sumner T. Pike, LL.D., of the Class of 1913, the 
fund to be used in accordance with the wishes of the donor that 
"the principal and/or income of this fund be applied at the dis- 
cretion of the President of Bowdoin College, preference to be given 
to support of research and /or publications of studies in the social 
sciences (including history)." 

UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH ASSISTANCE 

Surdna Foundation Undergraduate Research 
Fellowship Program 

An undergraduate research fellowship program that was estab- 
lished in 1959 was redesignated in 1968 the Surdna Foundation Un- 
dergraduate Research Fellowship Program in recognition of two 
gifts of the Surdna Foundation, of Yonkers, New York. The in- 
come of these gifts underwrites approximately three-fourths of the 
program's costs. Under this program, ten fellowships may be 
awarded annually to highly qualified seniors. Each Surdna Fellow 
will participate, under the direction of a faculty member, in a 
research project in which that faculty member is independently 
interested. 

The purpose of the program is to engage the Fellow directly and 
responsibly in a serious attempt to extend man's knowledge in his 
field of interest and competence. Each project to which a Fellow is 
assigned must therefore justify itself independently of the program 
as a potential contribution to knowledge, and the Fellow is ex- 
pected to be an actual participant in the research and not, for ex- 
ample, a mere observer or helper. The nature of the project will 
differ from discipline to discipline, but all should give the Fellow 



2 1 6 Prizes and Distinctions 

first-hand acquaintance with productive scholarly work. Should 
the results of the research be published, the faculty member in 
charge of the work will acknowledge the contribution of the Fel- 
low and of the program; and in some instances it may be appropri- 
ate that the Fellow be named as coauthor of the publication. 

The Fellows will be chosen each spring for the following aca- 
demic year. Awards will be made on the basis of the candidate's 
academic record and departmental recommendation, his particu- 
lar interests and competence, and the availability at the College of 
a research project commensurate with his talents and training. Ac- 
ceptance of a Fellowship does not preclude working for Honors. 
Since the aim of the program is to give special training to especially 
gifted students, the financial need of a candidate will not enter 
into the awarding of the Fellowships; but Fellows are obligated 
to refrain from all other part-time employment during the aca- 
demic year. 

List of Fellows and Projects: 1971-1972 

Biology 

Robert L. Bassett '72, "Measurement of Very Rapid Energy- 
Conserving Reactions by Stop-Flow and Temperature Jump 
Techniques" (with Professor John L. Howland). 

Matthew R. Kaufman '72, "Energy Metabolism and Ion Trans- 
port in Isolated Intestinal Mucosal Cells" (with Professor C. 
Thomas Settlemire). 

Chemistry 

Craig G. Cogger '72, "The Molecular Structure Determination 
of Sesquiterpene Alcohols" (with Professor Dana W. Mayo). 

Thomas G. Harrison '72, "Beneficial Methods of Sewage Sludge 
Disposal" (with Professor David A. Wheatland). 

Economics 

Thomas R. Friedlander '72, "The Development and Testing 
of Environmental Quality Management Games" (with Professor 
A. Myrick Freeman III). 

Government 

C. Mitchell Goldman '72, "Voting Behavior in a Congressional 
Election: The Fifth District of New York in 1970" (with Professor 
Richard E. Morgan). 

Mathematics 

George H. Butcher III '72, "An Investigation of an Infinite 
Class of Finite Two-Groups" (with Professor James E. Ward III). 



Prizes and Distinctions 217 

Frederic W. Lambie '72, "A Random Walk Model of Inter- 
national Trade" (with Professor Robin B. S. Brooks). 

Physics 

Richard A. Cohen '72, "The Electrical Properties of Cell Mem- 
branes" (with Professor William T. Hughes). 

John A. Rhodes '72, "Hyperfine Interactions in Non-Kramers 
Ions" (with Professor Thomas L. Bohan). 

The Alfred O. Gross Fund 

This fund, established by Alfred Otto Gross, Ph.D., Sc.D., Josiah 
Little Professor of Natural Science, and members of his family, is 
designed to assist worthy students in doing special work in biology, 
preferably ornithology. Income from the fund may be used for 
such projects as research on Kent Island, travel to a given region 
or library for particular work, purchase of special apparatus, at- 
tendance at an ornithological congress or other scholarly gather- 
ings, and publication of the results of research. Although the fund 
is administered by Bowdoin College, assistance from the fund is 
not limited to Bowdoin students. 

Edward E. Langbein Summer Research Grant 

An annual gift of the Bowdoin Fathers Association is awarded 
under the direction of the president of the College to undergradu- 
ates or graduates to enable the recipients to participate in summer 
research or advanced study directed towards their major field or 
life work. Formerly the Bowdoin Fathers Association Fund, the 
grant was renamed in 1970 in memory of a former president and 
secretary of the association. 



Degrees Conferred 
in August 1970 

MASTER OF ARTS 

Grace Arline Ankney 

Marcia Peterson Bishop 

Elizabeth Louise Bliss 

DeForest E. Heffron 

John Martin Hoopes 

Stanley Potter Houck 

Charles Edgar Ledbetter 

Arthur Lawrence McDaniel 

Sister Elizabeth McMullen 

Mary Theresa Naughton 

Edward Kimball Roundy 

Elizabeth Anne Sousa 

David Gorham Strachan 

Judson Morgan Stuart 

John Philip Wallo 

Roy Edward Whalen 

Robert Daniel Wright 

Degrees Conferred in June 1971 

BACHELOR OF ARTS 

Richard Newton Abbott, Jr. Harry Heath Baldwin IV '68 

Stuart Henry Adams, Jr. Parker Loring Barnes, Jr. 

Walter Allen Adams III Peter Douglas Barnhart 

Jacob David Adelson '70 John Russell Bass II 

John Duke Albanese Charles Andrew Batt 

Robert Christopher Almy Roland Beaudoin 

Christopher Boyden Alt William Arthur Beckler III 

John William Amrol Joel Beckwith 
Robert Weeks Armstrong III Gary Preston Beem 

John Walter Asatrian George Ambrose Belcher, Jr. 

Gregory Auditore Joel Mitchell Bell 

Arthur Fredric Auer J onn Wallace Benson 

James Patrick Baker Robert Joseph Bergeron 

218 



Degrees Conferred in June ipy i 



219 



David Scott Berreth 
Steven John Beslity '70 
Roger Sawyer Bevan 
Douglas Emery Bird 
Arthur Frederick Blake 
Marc Samuel Blesoff 
James Donald Block 
Raymond Noel Bolduc 
Charles Cameron Bond, Jr. 
George Newton Bowden '68 
David Alan Bradeen 
William Sumner Branting 
Richard Phillips Breed III 
John Michael Brewer 
Gary Christian Briggs 
Bruce Row Brown, Jr. 
Thomas Atwood Bubier 
Stephen Buckley, Jr. 
Frederick Robinson Burrage 
Wesley Kenneth Canfield 
Alfred John Cappellini, Jr. 
Richard Alan Caras 
Stephen Joseph Carey 
Stephen Scott Carey 
Thomas Stephen Carey 
Robert Brent Carpenter 
Steven Chandler Carter 
John Doble Cary '68 
Michael Scott Cary 
Dennis John Casey 
Lloyd Wesley Chase 
Raymond Arthur Chouinard 
Lawrence David Cohan 
John Frederick Cook, Jr. 
Leonard Wright Cotton 
Miles Coverdale, Jr. 
John Hodgman Craig, Jr. 
Jeffrey Parkman Cross '70 
Mark Loring Cuneo 
Gordon Richard Cuttert 
James Dougal Darrow 
Roger William Dawe 
Chris Gus Dematatis 



Harry Dean Demeter 
Douglas Edward Dennett 
Albert Andrew Dobbins 
Tucker Coffin Drummond 
Mark Elliot Dunlap 
Simon Pierpoint Edkins 
Peter Richard Ellis 
Anthony Ferreira 
James Vincent Finniss 
Donald Lloyd Fisher 
John Seymour Fonville, Jr. 
Richard Donald Foulkes, Jr. 
Peter Frailey 
David Scott Frederick 
Martin Friedlander 
Stephen Andrew Fulchino 
Peter Manning Gibson 
Terrence Patrick Gilbert 
Stephen Ernest Glinick 
Carter Crittenden Good 
Edward Matthew Good 
Harold Mark Goralnick 
David Frank Gordon 
Stephen Reed Gordon 
Gordon Francis Grimes 
Mark Layton Haley 
Robert Joseph Hall, Jr. 
Stephen Weston Hanscom 
Corey Bradshaw Hanson '70 
William Charles Harpin 
Michael Gerald Harrington 
James Michael Heller 
Ronald Leon Hines 
John Charles Holmes '70 
Thomas Robert Huleatt III 
Paul William Hurd II 
Michael Brooks Jackson 
Susan Dene Jacobson 
Gregory Roger Janson 
Kent William Johnson 
Robert Cecil Johnson, Jr. 
Steven George Johnson 
Ronald Earl Joiner, Jr. '70 



220 



Degrees Conferred in June ipyi 



Leonard Stephen Jolles 
Francis Joseph Keefe, Jr. 
Thomas Montgomery Keith 
Alfred Brian Kelleher 
John Joseph Keohane 
Stephen Bonney Kern 
John Christian Kessler 
Johnny Pierre Khoury '70 
Daniel Stanley Konieczko '70 
Peter Alan Korstad 
Issoufou Kouada 
Robert Arthur Kullen 
Guy Paul LaDouceur, Jr. 
David Michael LaFauci 
Isaac Lagnado 
Kevin Michael Lancaster 
Ronald Arthur Lander '52 
Frederick Langerman 
Owen Wesley Larrabee 
James Michael Lavery 
Robert Thomas Legere 
Richard James LeGrow 
Richard Stockford Leonard 
Bruce Clyde Levine 
Raymond Linnell, Jr. 
John Fortin Locke '70 
Hugh William Lockhart 
William Ellsworth Loring III 
Herbert Joseph Lovett, Jr. 
David Blaine Lyman 
John Francis McClellan 
Patrick Joseph McDonald 
Douglas Mark MacKinnon 
John Cornelius McPhillips 
Lindsay Tyrone McQuater 
David Bliss Malcom 
James Jeffrey Maloney 
Thomas Nathan Mandel 
Parker Mann, Jr. 
Stephen Gregory Matthews 
Bradford Stephen Mauro 
Peter Francis Mejstrick 
Robert Charles Mellors, Jr. 



William Michael Menning 
Alan Phillip Meyer 
Michael Michelson 
Lee Clark Moulton 
Peter Harding Mulcahy 
Douglas Clifton Munsey, Jr. 
J. Bruce Murphy 
John Dignam Murphy 
David Ross Murray 
Robert Fulton Murray III 
Robert Edward Nash '69 
Robert Stanley Newman '70 
Michael Constantine 

Niekrash, Jr. 
Daniel Ashton Noiles '70 
Stuart Roode Norman, Jr. 
Stephen Francis Oakes 
Geoffrey Bruce Ovenden 
Stephen Charles Packard 
Anthony John Pappalardo 
Mark Timothy Parker 
Timothy Judson Parsons 
Donald Wayne Patrick 
William Clifford Paulson 
Robert Maxwell Petrie '69 
John Timothy Philipsborn 
Charles Joseph Piasecki 
Christopher Alden Pierce 
Stephen Edward Rathmell 
James Roland Reed 
Neill Daniel Reilly 
William Beach Renner, Jr. 
Kerry Gene Reynolds 
Burton Jaastad Richardson 
Boyd Roberts II '70 
John Russell Roberts 
Floyd Webster Rudmin '68 
Kenneth David Ryan 
Richard Edward Schuberth 
Milton Donald Seekins 
Gordon Ware Sewall 
Peter Sewall 
Jeffrey Mitchell Sexton 



Degrees Conferred in June 19J1 



221 



Edward Whittemore Shattuck 
Roger Harris Shelling 
Brian Douglas Sheridan 
George Edward Simon '70 
Roy David Snable 
William Allen Spencer 
Phillip Ray Steer 
Harold Burr Stevens, Jr. 
Robert Gordon Stewart 
William Thomas Stewart 
Joseph Alexander Stupak, Jr. 
Julian Lockwood Sweet 
John Michael Talbot 
Earl Roy Taylor 
Richard Newman Terry, Jr. 
Charles Edward Thompson 
David Lawrence Thurlow 
Benjamin Rush Toland 
Nicholas Peter Tsapatsaris 
John Joseph Tullish III 
Robert Carroll Turner 
Robert Nelson Turner, Jr. 



Luiz Fernando Valente 
George Frederick Van Cott 
Richard Nelson 

Van Santvoord 
William Joseph Vaughn 
Ted Wright Verrill 
George Marshall Walker II 
John Douglas Walker II 
Jeffrey Harrison Waring 
Randal Edward Watkinson 
Thomas Brooks Wheeler 
Frederic Colby Whitcomb 
Edwin Santee Whitford 
Charles Dearborn Wick 
John Noel Wight 
Paul Henry Wiley 
Craig Whitcomb Williams 
Richard Alan Wilson 
Andrew Muller Wiswell, Jr. 
Philip Gordon Worrick, Jr. 
Richard Warwick Zeamer 
Frederick Tilton Zikorus 



MASTER OF ARTS 



Richard Arthur Bloxam 
Alison Louise Bristol 
Sister Margaret Ann Bulger 
Leo Edward Burque 
John Richard Cupal 
John Clement Davis III 



Daniel Lee Feldhaus 
David Charles Ferbrache 
Anne Courtney Gardner 
Charles Kenneth Mansuy, Jr. 
Dorothy Martin 
Norman Edward Trott 



Calvin Wolcott 



222 Degrees Conferred in June 19 j 1 

RECIPIENTS OF HONORARY DEGREES 

Doctor of Education 
John Spencer Holden 

Doctor of Fine Arts 
Louise Berliawsky Nevelson 

Doctor of Laws 

Roy Anderson Foulke 
Donald Raymond McNeil 
Whitney Moore Young, Jr. 

(Posthumous Award) 

Doctor of Science 
Albert Abrahamson 

Master of Arts 
Harry George Shulman 



Appointments, Prizes 
and Awards 



PHI BETA KAPPA ELECTIONS 



Class of 1 97 1 



Richard Newton Abbott, Jr. 
John Michael Brewer 
Lawrence David Cohan 
Harry Dean Demeter 
Stephen Ernest Glinick 
Gordon Francis Grimes 
Stephen Weston Hanscom 
Kent William Johnson 



Bruce Clyde Levine 
Mark Timothy Parker 
Timothy Judson Parsons 
Donald Wayne Patrick 
Richard Edward Schuberth 
Nicholas Peter Tsapatsaris 
Luiz Fernando Valente 
Richard Warwick Zeamer 



Class of 19J2 

Robert Lawrence Bassett Craig George Cogger 

David James Bradshaw John Joseph Huszonek 

Mark Dennis Challberg James Linden Lefferts 

William Roger Meservey 

HONORARY APPOINTMENTS 

Summa Cum Laude 

John Michael Brewer Kent William Johnson 

Lawrence David Cohan Bruce Clyde Levine 

Stephen Ernest Glinick Mark Timothy Parker 

Gordon Francis Grimes Luiz Fernando Valente 

Richard Warwick Zeamer 

Magna Cum Laude 



Richard Newton Abbott, Jr. 
Arthur Fredric Auer 
Bruce Row Brown, Jr. 
Wesley Kenneth Canfield 
Miles Coverdale, Jr. 
Harry Dean Demeter 
Donald Lloyd Fisher 
Stephen Weston Hanscom 
Susan Dene Jacobson 



Francis Joseph Keefe, Jr. 
Alfred Brian Kelleher 
Stephen Bonney Kern 
Richard James LeGrow 
Patrick Joseph McDonald 
Robert Edward Nash '69 
Timothy Judson Parsons 
Donald Wayne Patrick 
Floyd Webster Rudmin '68 



223 



224 



Appointments, Prizes and Awards 



Richard Edward Schuberth 
Roger Harris Shelling 
Richard Newman Terry, Jr. 



David Lawrence Thurlow 
Nicholas Peter Tsapatsaris 
Robert Nelson Turner, Jr. 



Cum Laude 



Christopher Boyden Alt 
Roland Beaudoin 
John Wallace Benson 
John Doble Cary '68 
Raymond Arthur Chouinard 
James Dougal Darrow 
Douglas Edward Dennett 
Albert Andrew Dobbins 
David Scott Frederick 
Stephen Andrew Fulchino 
Carter Crittenden Good 
Ronald Earl Joiner, Jr. '70 
Leonard Stephen Jolles 
Kevin Michael Lancaster 
Herbert Joseph Lovett, Jr. 



David Blaine Lyman 
John Francis McClellan 
David Bliss Malcom 
James Jeffrey Maloney 
William Michael Menning 
Stephen Charles Packard 
William Clifford Paulson 
John Timothy Philipsborn 
Peter Sewall 
Brian Douglas Sheridan 
Roy David Snable 
William Thomas Stewart 
Benjamin Rush Toland 
Frederic Colby Whitcomb 
Charles Dearborn Wick 



Richard Alan Wilson 



Honors in Subjects and Titles of Theses 

Art: Honors, Joel Beckwith, Sixteen Etchings and Some Draw- 
ings. 

Peter Alan Korstad, A Review of My Art and the Paintings 
Which Represent It. 

Biology: Highest Honors, Lawrence David Cohan, Development 
of the Red Blood Cell during Iron-Deficiency Anemia: A 
Review of the Literature and Observations by Light and 
Electron Microscopy. Also, Suggestions for Electron Micros- 
copy. 

Martin Friedlander, Light Microscopical and Ultrastructural 
Studies Related to the Behavior and Development of Embry- 
onic Mouse Skeletal Muscle, in vitro. 

High Honors, David Lawrence Thurlow, Notes on Oceano- 
graphic Research and Surface Plankton Distribution from 
Cruise of the Atlantis II — 59. 

Robert Nelson Turner, Jr., Membrane Translocation Pro- 
cesses in Cellular and Subcellular Systems. 



Appointments, Prizes and Awards 225 

Honors, Charles Cameron Bond, Jr., The Movement of Cor- 
vidae and Interspecific Competition between Crows and 
Ravens. 

Simon Pierpoint Edkins, A Behavioral Study of the Mouse: 
Population Density and Emotional Stability. 

Roy David Snable, A Study of the Neurons of the Medulla 
of Cyprinus carpio with Particular Reference to the Mauth- 
ner Apparatus. 

John Joseph Tullish III, Osmoregulation in Homarus ameri- 
canus, Cancer borealis, Cancer irroratus, and Pandalus 
borealis. 

Chemistry: High Honors, Richard Newton Abbott, Jr., The 
Petrology of Lower Sillimanite Grade Pelites in the Small 
Point Quadrangle, Maine. 

Donald Wayne Patrick, The Isolation and Structural Deter- 
mination of a New Alcohol from Copaiba Oil. 

Honors, Douglas Edward Dennett, Isolation and Identification 
of a Pteridine from a Blue-Green Alga. 

Economics: Honors, James Vincent Finniss, Money — Who Needs 
it? A Study of Bank Credit Cards. 

Richard James LeGrow, Application of the Short-Run Con- 
sumption Function to the Nixon Administration Estimate of 
Consumption Expenditures for 1971. 

English: Honors, Kevin Michael Lancaster, Rhythmic Form and 
Free Verse. 

French: Highest Honors, Luiz Fernando Valente, Temps de 
Silence: Camus et la tradition romanesque. 

Honors, David Bliss Malcom, The Concept of Action in Mal- 
raux, Sartre, and the Surrealists. 

Geology: Honors, Robert Weeks Armstrong III, A Statistical 
Analysis of Cross- Joint-Bedding Relations in the Northern 
Half of the Orr's Island Quadrangle, Maine. 

German: Highest Honors, Arthur Fredric Auer, Holderlin's 
Empedokles: A Study of Its Development, Its Thematic 
Structure, and Its Parallels in Goethe's Faust. 

John Michael Brewer, The Nibelungenlied and Other 
Sources as Bases of Dramatic Works of Fouque, Wagner, 
Hebbel, and Ibsen. 



226 Appointments, Prizes and Awards 

Government: High Honors, Bruce Clyde Levine, The Just Politi- 
cal Order: The Thought of John Locke as Approached from 
the Primary Consideration of His Educational Writings. 

Honors, David Frank Gordon, The Roots of the Chinese Cul- 
tural Revolution: Major Aspects. 

John Christian Kessler, Domestic Policy Formulation and 
Presidential Power: The Domestic Council. 

David Bliss Malcom, C. Wright Mills: Rebel Sociologist. 

History: Highest Honors, Gordon Francis Grimes, A History of 
Dover, New Hampshire, 1 790-1835. 

High Honors, Robert Brent Carpenter, Legal Services in a War 
on Poverty. 

Charles Dearborn Wick, The Time Past Believing. 
Andrew Muller Wiswell, Jr., "The Irish Are Inflamed to the 
Point of Absolute and Brutal Insanity": The New York Draft 
Riots of 1863. 

Honors, Terrence Patrick Gilbert, The Development of Protest 
Literature in the Soviet Union, 1 953-1 970. 

Paul William Hurd II, Hofstadter: The Historian as Social 
Skeptic. 

John Timothy Philipsborn, Thomas Hobbes: A Study with 
Reference to His Life and Thought. 

William Thomas Stewart, The Trieste Question and the 
Italo-Yugoslav Boundary, 1943-1954. 

William Joseph Vaughn, The Growth of National Socialism 
in the Free City of Danzig, 1933-1939- 

Mathematics: Highest Honors, Kent William Johnson, A Condi- 
tion Necessary and Sufficient for the Removal of a Root. 

Philosophy: High Honors, Richard Warwick Zeamer, A Theory 
of Universals, with an Investigation of the Possibility of 
Constructing a System of Mathematics not Employing Con- 
ventional Logic. 

Honors, Stephen Andrew Fulchino, The Sixteenth-Century 
Neo-Stoic Revival: A Study of Lipsius and Du Vair and Their 
Ancient Predecessors, with a Brief Comparison with Spinoza. 

Physics: Honors, Parker Mann, Jr., A Study of Light Diffracting 
Photographic Emulsions. 



Appointments, Prizes and Awards 227 

Psychology: Highest Honors, Francis Joseph Keefe, Jr., The 
Effect of Preconditioning and the Effect of Feedback upon 
Eyelid Conditioning. 

Richard Edward Schuberth, Release from Proactive Inhibi- 
tion in Sentences. 

Honors, Michael Michelson, The Preference for Earned vs. Free 
Food and Frustration. 

Benjamin Rush Toland, Acoustic Similarity and High-Speed 
Scanning for Recognition in Short-Term Memory. 

Religion: Honors, Tucker Coffin Drummond, Soren Kierkegaard: 
Christianity as the True Humanity. 

AWARDS 

Class of 1922 Graduate Scholarship: Edward Matthew Good. 

Charles Carroll Everett Scholarship: Richard Edward Schu- 
berth. 

Timothy M. Hayes Fund Scholarship: Bradley Alan Bernstein 

■6 9 . 

Guy Charles Howard Scholarship: Richard Newton Abbott, Jr. 

Henry W. Longfellow Graduate Scholarship: Luiz Fernando 
Valente. 

Galen C. Moses Graduate Scholarship: Mwindaace Nkongwa 
Siamwiza '69. 

O'Brien Graduate Scholarships: Bradley Alan Bernstein '69, 
Albert Andrew Dobbins, David Frank Gordon, John Christian 
Kessler, Bruce Clyde Levine, Stephen Charles Packard. 

Lee G. Paul Scholarships: Fred Elmore Haynes III '67, Thomas 
Arthur Johnson '69. 

Nathan Webb Research Scholarship: David Lawrence Bulow 

•69. 

Arthur D. and Francis J. Welch Scholarship (For Graduate 
Study): Raymond Arthur Chouinard. 

Brown Memorial Scholarships: Frederick Robinson Burrage, 
John Joseph Huszonek '72, Charles Whitney Redman III '73. 



228 



Appointments, Prizes and Awards 



Fund for Theological Education, Inc., Fellowship: Peter 
Harding Mulcahy. 

Keasbey Memorial Foundation Scholarship: Gordon Francis 
Grimes. 

Watson Fellowship: Robert Cecil Johnson, Jr. 

Commencement Speakers: Mark Timothy Parker, Martin Fried- 
lander, Timothy Judson Parsons, Susan Dene Jacobson. 

Alternate Commencement Speaker: Gordon Francis Grimes. 

Goodwin Commencement Prize: Timothy Judson Parsons. 

Class of 1868 Prize: Susan Dene Jacobson. 

Almon Goodwin Phi Beta Kappa Prize: Richard Warwick 
Zeamer. 

George Wood McArthur Prize: Kent William Johnson. 

Leonard A. Pierce Memorial Prize: Bruce Clyde Levine. 

Curtis E. Chase Memorial Prize: Raymond Noel Bolduc. 

Andrew Allison Haldane Cup: Roger William Dawe. 

Lucien Howe Prize: Stephen Bonney Kern. 

Col. William Henry Owen Premium: John Seymour Fonville, 

Jr- 
Franklin Delano Roosevelt Cup: Vincent Anthony DiCara '72. 

Class Marshal: John Francis McClellan. 

Copeland-Gross Biology Prize: George Marshall Walker II. 

Donald and Harriet S. Macomber Prize in Biology: Martin 
Friedlander. 

American Chemical Society — Undergraduate Award in Ana- 
lytical Chemistry: Thomas George Harrison '72. 

American Institute of Chemists — Student Medal: Donald 
Wayne Patrick. 

Merck Index Award: John Lewis Myers '72. 

Philip W. Meserve Prize in Chemistry: Craig George Cogger '72. 



Appointments, Prizes and Awards 229 

Society of Applied Spectroscopy Student Award: Raymond 
Patrick Johnson '73. 

U.S. Chemical Rubber Company Award: William Errol Offen- 
berg '74. 

Nathan Goold Classics Prize: Harry Dean Demeter. 

Noyes Political Economy Prize: James Vincent Finniss. 

Academy of American Poets' Prize: Eric LaRue Hunter '73. 

Hawthorne Prize: Herbert Joseph Lovett, Jr. 

Poetry Prize: Charles Warren Tucker '72. 

Pray English Prize: Luiz Fernando Valente. 

Forbes Rickard, Jr., Poetry Prize: Roderick Loney '74. 

Mary B. Sinkinson Short Story Prize: Herbert Joseph Lovett, 
Jr., Patrick Joseph McDonald. 

Bertram Louis Smith, Jr., Prize in English Literature: David 
James Bradshaw '72. 

Edgar O. Achorn Debating Prizes: 1st: Joseph Carroll Cove '73, 
David Allen McCarthy '73; 2nd: Gilbert Ware Lewis '74, James 
Allen Morgan' 74. 

DeAlva Stanwood Alexander Declamation Prizes: 1st: James 
Edward Lyons '74; 2nd: Richard Ian Lustig '74. 

Bradbury Debating Prizes: 1st Award: George Minott Clifford 
III '74, Christopher Ward Gahran '74; 2nd Award: Joseph 
Carroll Cove '73, Kenneth Vincent Santagata '73. 

HlLAND LOCKWOOD FAIRBANKS PRIZES IN PUBLIC SPEAKING*. (Speech 

1) 1st: George Hench Butcher III '72, 2nd: Philip Gary Lipson 
'74; (Speech 5): Richard Ian Lustig '74; (Speech 6): David Allen 
McCarthy '73. 

Stanley Plummer Prizes in Public Speaking: (Speech 1) 1st:" 
George Minott Clifford III '74; 2nd: Richard Kent Mastain, 
Jr- '74- 

Goodwin French Prize: Kevin Scott Wellman '74. 

Charles Harold Livingston Honors Prize in French: Luiz 
Fernando Valente. 



230 Appointments, Prizes and Awards 

The Old Broad Bay Prizes in Reading German: Those who 
began German in college: (1) William Michael Menning, (2) 
Rodney Clarence Piette '72, (3) Stephen Oliver Holmes '72. 
Those who began German in high school: (1) James Donald 
Block, (2) Paul Rice '73, (3) William Margolin '67. 

Philo Sherman Bennett Prize for Best Essay on Principles of 
Free Government: Bruce Clyde Levine. 

Fessenden Prize in Government: Paul Henry Wiley. 

Sewall Greek Prize: Randal Joseph Leason '73. 

Class of 1875 Prize in American History: Gordon Francis 
Grimes. 

Cyrus Hoover Award: Gordon Francis Grimes. 

Hannibal Hamlin Emery Latin Prize: Nicholas Peter Tsapat- 
saris. 

Sewall Latin Prize: Lewis David Epstein '73. 

Edward Sanford Hammond Mathematics Prizes: Kent William 
Johnson, Richard Warwick Zeamer. 

Smyth Mathematical Prizes: Kent William Johnson, Richard 
Warwick Zeamer, Daniel Rice Corro '73. 

Sue Winchell Burnett Music Prize: Herbert Joseph Lovett, Jr. 

Sumner I. Kimball Prize for Excellence in Natural Sciences: 
Lawrence David Cohan. 

Edwin Herbert Hall Physics Prize: Frank Andrew deGanahl 

'73- 

Edward E. Langbein Summer Research Grant: Daniel Rice 
Corro '73. 

James Bowdoin Cup: Robert Lawrence Bassett '72. 

Orren Chalmer Hormell Cup: Donald Egon Hoenig '73. 

Roliston G. Woodbury Memorial Award: John Francis Mc- 
Clellan. 

Leslie A. Claff Track Trophy: John Russell Roberts. 

Francis S. Dane Baseball Trophy: (For 1971) Michael Constan- 
tine Niekrash, Jr.; (For 1970) Robert Stanley Newman '70. 



Appointments^ Prizes and Awards 231 

William J. Fraser Basketball Trophy: Russell Kimball Out- 
huse '72. 

Winslow R. Howland Football Trophy: John Wallace Benson. 

Elmer Longley Hutchinson Cup (Varsity Track): John Russell 
Roberts. 

Samuel A. Ladd Tennis Trophy: William Clifford Paulson. 

George Levine Memorial Soccer Trophy: Thomas Robert 
Huleatt III. 

Robert B. Miller Trophy (Swimming): Kenneth David Ryan. 

Hugh Munro, Jr., Memorial Trophy (Hockey): Robert Arthur 
Kullen. 

Paul Nixon Basketball Trophy: Stephen Joseph Carey. 

Wallace C. Philoon Trophy (Football): James Henry Baird, 
J r - '73- 

William J. Reardon Memorial Football Trophy: Roger 
William Dawe. 

Harry G. Shulman Hockey Trophy: Robert Maxwell Petrie '69. 

Masque and Gown One-Act Play Prize: Stephen Andrew Ful- 
chino. 

Abraham Goldberg Prize: Leonard Stephen Jolles. 

Alice Merrill Mitchell Award for Acting: Earl Roy Taylor. 

George H. Quinby Award: William Michael Randviir '74. 

Bowdoin Orient Prizes: Saul Philip Greenfield '73, John Me- 
deiros '73 (Editing); Richard James Patard '74 (Freshman 
Writing); Mark Lee Silverstein '73 (News Writing); Frederick 
Langerman (Business). 

The Pershing-Presnell Sword: William Michael Menning. 

The General Philoon Trophy: Raymond Noel Bolduc 

Reserve Officers' Training Corps Awards: Raymond Noel 
Bolduc, Francis Joseph Keefe, Jr., Daniel Stanley Konieczko 
'70, William Michael Menning, William Alfred Burroughs '72, 
George Hench Butcher III '72, Dale Butler Flora '72, Chris- 
topher Holleman '73, Charles Andrews Jones III '73, Harry 



232 



Appointments, Prizes and Awards 



George Simmeth, Jr. '73, David R. Tyrrell '73, Thomas Arthur 
Varley '73, David Sellwood Bushy '74, Maurice Arthur Butler 
'74, David James Jordan '74. 

Distinguished Military Graduates: Raymond Noel Bolduc, 
Francis Joseph Keefe, Jr., William Michael Menningr 

Armed Forces Commissions: William Michael Menning (Second 
Lieutenant, Regular Army of the United States); Raymond 
Noel Bolduc, Francis Joseph Keefe, Jr., Daniel Stanley Koniec- 
zko, John Michael Talbot (Second Lieutenant, United States 
Army Reserve); Stephen Scott Carey (to be commissioned 
Second Lieutenant, United States Army Reserve, upon com- 
pletion of 1 97 1 Army ROTC summer camp). 



JAMES BOWDOIN SCHOLARS 



1970-1971 



Stephen Ashod Andon '73 
Mark Andrew Ashford '73 
Arthur Fredric Auer '71 
Robert Lawrence Bassett '72 
Peter Allen Bieger '73 
David James Bradshaw '72 
John Michael Brewer '71 
William Roger Bryant '73 
Timothy Henry Buchman '72 
Charles Rinker Buck '73 
William Alfred Burroughs '72 
George Hench Butcher III '72 
Wesley Kenneth Canfield '71 
Thomas Edgar Carbonneau '72 
Mark Dennis Challberg '72 
Alan Michael Christenfeld '73 
Matthew Edward Clenott '72 
Craig George Cogger '72 
Lawrence David Cohan '71 
Richard Alan Cohen '72 
Daniel Rice Corro '73 
Miles Coverdale, Jr. '71 
Joseph Martin Cusack '72 
Geoffrey Derek Dabb '73 



Harry Dean Demeter '71 
Stephen Anthony DeVasto '72 
Jeffrey Newell Drummond '72 
Roger Dean Eliason '72 
Lewis David Epstein '73 
Blair Courtney Fensterstock '72 
Donald Lloyd Fisher '71 
Robert James Foley '72 
James Lester Fox, Jr. '73 
Ralph Anthony 

Gambardella '73 
Thomas John Garabedian '72 
John Patrick Garrett '73 
Jeffrey John Gill '73 
Stephen Ernest Glinick '71 
Hilliard Todd Goldfarb '73 
Saul Philip Greenfield '73 
Gordon Francis Grimes '71 
Gary John Hallee '72 
Stephen Weston Hanscom '71 
Thomas George Harrison '72 
Donald Egon Hoenig '73 
John Joseph Huszonek '72 
John Joseph Jacobson '73 



Appointments, Prizes and Awards 



233 



Mark Stevan Jelavich '72 
Andrew Arthur Jeon '73 
Kent William Johnson '71 
Glenn Scott Kaplan '72 
Matthew Robert Kaufman '72 
Alfred Brian Kelleher '71 
William Webster Kelly '73 
Brian Gerard Kennedy '73 
Stephen Bonney Kern '71 
Stephen John Knerly, Jr. '72 
Thomas Stanley Kosakowski '73 
Frederic Williams Lambie '72 
Jeffrey Carleton Lee '73 
James Linden Lefferts '72 
Bruce Clyde Levine '7 1 
Donald Bruce Lowry '72 
Kirk John MacDonald '73 
Patrick Joseph McDonald '71 
William Roger Meservey '72 
Alexander Leon Mesrobian '72 
Rogers Blood Miles '73 
David Lathrop Morse '73 
Mark Timothy Parker '71 



Donald Wayne Patrick '71 
Thomas Francis 

Peckenham III '73 
Rodney Clarence Piette '72 
Kenneth Vincent Santagata '73 
Richard Edward Schuberth '71 
David Francis Sheehan '72 
David Michael Shook '73 
Ernest Max Stern '72 
William Thomas Stewart '71 
Stevan Lemont Sylvester '73 
Charles Jeffrey Tannebring '73 
Richard Newman Terry, Jr. '71 
Robert Nelson Turner, Jr. '71 
Luiz Fernando Valente '71 
Karl George Wassmann III '73 
William Thompson 

Webster, Jr. '72 
David Ferris White '73 
Clifford Herman Wieck '72 
Lawrence Charles Wolfe '73 
Alfred Carter Wright, Jr. '73 
Richard Warwick Zeamer '72 



Alumni Organizations 

THE ALUMNI COUNCIL 

AND 

THE ALUMNI FUND 

Officers of the Alumni Council 

President 
Albert E. Gibbons, Jr. '58 



Vice President 

Malcolm E. Morrell, Jr. '49 



Secretary and Treasurer 
Louis B. Briasco '69 



Members- at-Large 



Term expires in 19J4 
Paul E. Gardent, Jr. '39 
Wilfred T. Small '43 
L. Robert Porteous, Jr. '46 
Raymond A. Brearey '58 

Term expires in 19J5 
John Shoukimas '38 
Edward J. Goon '49 
Alden H. Sawyer, Jr. '53 
Robert C. Delaney '55 



Term expires in 1972 
Lewis V. Vafiades '42 
Campbell Cary '46 
Paul P. Brountas '54 
Albert E. Gibbons, Jr. '58 

Term expires in 19J3 
Gordon C. Knight '32 
Geoffrey R. Stanwood '38 
Malcolm E. Morrell, Jr. '49 
Howard H. Dana, Jr. '62 

Directors of the Alumni Fund 

James M. Fawcett III '58, Chairman 

Raynham T. Bates '23, Vice Chairman 

Robert M. Cross '45, Secretary 

Term expires in 1972 Term expires in 19J4 

James M. Fawcett III '58 Jonathan S. Green '60 

Term expires in 1973 Term expires in 1975 

Raynham T. Bates '23 Herbert S. French, Jr. '46 

Term expires in 1976 
Robert R. Neilson '42 

Faculty Member Secretary of the Alumni Fund 

John L. Howland '57 Robert M. Cross '45 

Alumni Secretary 
Louis B. Briasco '69 

Editor of the Bowdoin Alumnus 
David F. Huntington '67 

234 



Alumni Organizations 235 

Other Council Members are the representatives of recognized 
local Alumni Clubs and three members of the undergraduate body. 

The officers of the Alumni Council are ex officio the officers of 
the Bowdoin College Alumni Association. The Council Members- 
at-Large, the Directors of the Alumni Fund, the Faculty Member, 
the Treasurer, the Secretary of the Alumni Fund, and the Alumni 
Secretary serve as the Executive Committee of the Council and of 
the Association. 

ALUMNI CLUBS 

Albany. President and Council Member, David B. Klingaman 
'62; Secretary, Lewis P. Welch '54, 46 Carstead Drive, Slinger- 
lands, New York 12159 

Androscoggin. President, L. Damon Scales, Jr. '40; Council Mem- 
ber, Charles H. Abbott '57; Secretary, William B. Skelton II '51, 
Marston Hill Road, Auburn, Maine 04210 

Arizona. Convener and Council Member, F. Erwin Cousins '24, 
Apartment 8, La Posada del Sol, 1743 East Adelaide Drive, 
Tucson, Arizona 85719 

Aroostook County. President, Ferris A. Freme '42; Council 
Member, Richard C. Engels '63, P.O. Box 311, 428 Main Street, 
Presque Isle, Maine 04769 

Baltimore. President and Council Member, Edward H. Morse 
'33, Owens-Illinois, Inc., 105 West Chesapeake Avenue, Towson, 
Maryland 21204 

Boston. President, Dr. David M. McGoldrick '53; Council Mem- 
ber, Norman C. Nicholson, Jr. '56; Secretary, Keith W. Harrison 
'51, 16 Bennington Road, Lexington, Massachusetts 02173 

Brunswick-Bath. President, Harry B. Carney, Jr. '50; Council 
Member, Dr. John W. Bachulus '22; Secretary, Mrs. Elinor J. 
Writt G'63, 46 Pleasant Street, Brunswick, Maine 04011 

Buffalo. President, Ronald B. Gray '54, 84 Fairlawn Drive, East 
Aurora, New York 14052; Council Member, David H. Woodruff 

'52 

Cape Cod. President, Briah K. Connor '27, Kings Highway, Barn- 
stable, Massachusetts 02630; Council Member, Charles E. 
Hartshorn, Jr. '41 



236 Alumni Organizations 

Central New York. President, Lionel P. Horsman '35; Council 
Member, Col. Edward E. Hildreth '18; Secretary, Daniel P. 
Forman '55, Burt Lane, Fayetteville, New York 13066. 

Chicago. President, Robert L. Patrick '45; Council Member, 
Stanley A. Sargent '35; Secretary, Harold S. Fish '25, 2214 Noyes 
Street, Evanston, Illinois 60201 

Cincinnati. Convener and Council Member, C. Nicholas Revelos 
'60, 205 Harrison Street, Middletown, Ohio 45042 

Cleveland. President, Keith K. Brooks '65; Council Member, 
William S. Burton '37; Secretary, James H. Bradner, Jr. '63, 
1551 Riverside Drive, Lakewood, Ohio 44107 

Columbus. Currently without officers 

Connecticut. President, Dr. Herrick C. Ridlon '54; Council 
Member, Dr. Benjamin B. Whitcomb '30; Secretary, Leslie E. 
Korper II '63, 15 Snowberry Lane, Glastonbury, Connecticut 
06033 

Germany. President and Council Member, Gerd C. J. Bartenberg 
'52, 4223 Voerde/Emmelsun, Wisselstrasse 146, Germany 

Hawaii. President and, Council Member, Peter J. Rigby '56; Sec- 
retary, Dr. Albert C. K. Chun-Hoon '53, 1418 Alewa Drive, 
Honolulu, Hawaii 96817 

Kennebec Valley. President, Robert G. Stubbs '55; Council 
Member, James M. Connellan '53; Secretary, John T. Gould, 
Jr. '60, 133 State Street, Augusta, Maine 04330 

Knox-Lincoln-Waldo. President, Francis C. Marsano '58; Coun- 
cil Member, Thomas E. Watkinson '52; Secretary, Joseph B. 
Pellicani '58, 7 Masonic Street, Rockland, Maine 04841 

Long Island. President and Council Member, Dr. Thomas J. 
Sheehy, Jr. '41; Secretary, Eugene B. Martens, Jr. '48, 161 
Rockaway Avenue, Garden City, New York 1 1530 

Merrimack Valley. Convener and Council Member, John Fields 
'55, Marble Motor Company, 144 Lafayette Square, Haverhill, 
Massachusetts 01830 

Michigan. Convener and Council Member, Wilson E. Born '60, 
P.O. Box 507, 16490 13 Mile Road, Roseville, Michigan 48066 



Alumni Organizations 237 

Milwaukee. Convener and Council Member, Samuel W. Elliot 
'61, 2604 North Lake Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53211 

Minnesota. President, Bernard D. Barton '50; Council Member, 
Nathan A. Cobb '26; Secretary, Thomas H. Fairfield '53, 300 
Soo Line Building, 105 South 5th, Minneapolis, Minnesota 
55402 

Minuteman. President, Melvin E. Hodgkins '55; Council Mem- 
ber, Paul Revere, Jr. '53; Secretary, Roy E. Davis '30, Lawrence 
Academy, Groton, Massachusetts 01450 

New Hampshire. President, Dr. Burton A. Nault '52; Council 
Member, Dr. Frederick R. Brown, Jr. '45; Secretary, Norman F. 
Milne, Jr. '54, 2159 Elm Street, Manchester, New Hampshire 
03104 

New York. President, Daniel L. Dayton, Jr. '49; Council Mem- 
ber, W. Bradford Briggs '43; Secretary, Fred M. Filoon '64, 
Apartment 4-C, 430 East 57th Street, New York, New York 
10022 

North Shore. President, Barrett C. Nichols, Jr. '54; Council 
Member, Wesley E. Bevins, Jr. '40; Secretary, Joseph L. Rooks 
55» 93 North Street, Danvers, Massachusetts 01923 

Northern New Jersey. President, Theodore F. Eldracher, Jr. '57, 
24 Windsor Road, Summit, New Jersey 07901; Council Mem- 
ber, John H. Nichols, Jr. '49 

Oregon. Convener and Council Member, Norman A. Workman 
'41, 4381 S.W. Fairview Boulevard, Portland, Oregon 97221 

Penobscot. President, Thomas E. Needham '57; Council Member, 
Lloyd E. Willey '56; Secretary, William S. Cohen '62, 296 
Howard Street, Bangor, Maine 04401 

Philadelphia. President, Donald O. Hovey '58; Council Member, 
Anthony K. Kennedy III '53; Secretary, Daniel H. Silver '53, 
Schnader, Harrison, Segal and Lewis, 1719 Packard Building, 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19102 

Pittsburgh. President and Council Member, Fred R. Kleibacker, 
Jr. '31; Secretary, J. Ray Baldridge, Jr. '60, 302 South Pasadena 
Drive, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15215 

Portland. President, Eugene A. Waters '59; Council Member, 
Peter B. Webster '62; Secretary, Arthur M. Burton, Jr. '63, 11 
Samuel Road, Portland, Maine 04103 



238 Alumni Organizations 

Rhode Island. President, William F. Wyatt, Jr. '53; Council 
Member, Herbert Hanson, Jr. '43; Secretary, James E. Keeley 
'63, 2220 Industrial Bank Building, Providence, Rhode Island 
02903 

Rochester. President, Dean M. Wood '58; Council Member, 
Richard B. Hatheway '61; Secretary, Jon T. Staples '61, 25 
Railroad Mills Road, Pittsford, New York 14534 

Rocky Mountain. Convener and Council Member, Cyrus W. 
Hoover '66, 1305 Monaco Parkway, Denver, Colorado 80220 

St. Louis. Convener and Council Member, Stephen W. Rule '58, 
5159 Westminster Place, St. Louis, Missouri 63108 

St. Petersburg. Convener and Council Member, Alan R. Lassila 
'68, 1016 Crescent Street, Sarasota, Florida 33581 

San Francisco. President, David A. Olsen '59; Council Member, 
Dr. Ross L. Wilson '40; Secretary, L. Sanders Smith '65, Apart- 
ment 205, 2606 Benvenue, Berkeley, California 94704 

Seattle. Convener and Council Member, M. Chandler Redman 
'34, 2418 Smith Tower, Seattle, Washington 98104 

Southern California. President, Henry P. Dowst '54; Council 
Member, William A. Dougherty '46; Secretary, Richard L. 
Fogg '59, 609 Lake Terrace, Fullerton, California 92632 

Southern Florida. Convener, David R. Manyan '58, 1126 Milan 
Avenue, Coral Gables, Florida 33134 

Southwestern Connecticut. President, F. W. Peter Mundy III 
'53; Council Member, Paul Laidley, Jr. '36; Secretary, .Dr. 
Robert D. Levin '47, 118 Valley Circle, Fairfield, Connecticut 
06430 

Springfield. President and Council Member, Charles A. Berg- 
eron, Jr. '53; Secretary, Rev. Daniel B. Kunhardt '49, 1588 
Plum Tree Road, Springfield, Massachusetts 01095 

Texas. Convener and Council Member, Dr. Robert C. Young '51, 
4005 St. Andrews Drive, Dallas, Texas 75205 

Vermont. Convener and Council Member, Robert D. Peakes '36, 
Middlesex Star Route, Montpelier, Vermont 05602 

Washington. President, Frank C. Mahncke '6o; Council Member, 
W. Streeter Bass, Jr. '38; Secretary, Rev. Richard H. Downes 



Alumni Organizations 239 

'60, St. Albans School, Mount Saint Alban, Washington, D.C. 
20016 

Western Maine. President, Benjamin Butler '28; Council Mem- 
ber, Philip M. Schwind '23; Secretary, Dr. Paul E. Floyd '33, 
2 Middle Street, Farmington, Maine 04938 

Worcester. President and Council Member, William W. Mason 
'61; Secretary, Scott Sargent '55, 5 Adams Street, Westboro, 
Massachusetts 01581 

York County. President, Raymond A. Brearey '58; Council Mem- 
ber, Lendall A. Smith '31; Secretary, Payson S. Perkins '57, 
1 Penwood Drive, Kennebunk, Maine 04043 

One of the principal sources of both endowment and income in 
recent years has been the alumni; and the Alumni Fund, inaugu- 
rated in 1869 and reorganized in 1919, has contributed $3,333,713 
for the capital needs of the College and a further sum of 
$3,251,064 for current expenses, as of June 30, 1971. 

THE ALUMNI SERVICE AWARD 

First established in 1932 as the Alumni Achievement Award and 
changed in name to the alumni Service Award in 1953, this award 
is made annually to the man who, in the opinion of his fellow 
alumni, as expressed by the Alumni Council, best represents the 
alumnus whose services to Bowdoin most deserve recognition. 

The recipients for the last ten years have been: 

1962 William D. Ireland '16 

1963 John C. Pickard '22 

1964 Emerson W. Zeitler '20 

1965 Earle S. Thompson '14 

1966 Glenn R. Mclntire '25 

1 967 Willard B. Arnold III '5 1 

1968 Philip S. Wilder '23 and Donovan D. Lancaster '27 

1969 Sanford B. Cousins '20 

1970 Louis Bernstein '22 

1971 John L. Baxter '16 

ALUMNI AWARD FOR FACULTY AND STAFF 

The Alumni Award for Faculty and Staff was established by the 
Alumni Council in 1963 and is awarded each year "for service and 
devotion to Bowdoin, recognizing that the College in a larger 



240 Alumni Organizations 

sense includes both students and alumni." The award is presented 
at the annual Alumni Day Luncheon in the fall and consists of a 
unique Bowdoin clock and a framed citation. 
Recipients have been: 

1963 Athern P. Daggett '25 

1964 Hubert S. Shaw '36 

1965 Nathaniel C. Kendrick H'66 

1966 Manton Copeland 

1967 Samuel E. Kamerling 

1968 Herbert R. Brown H'63 

1969 Albert Abrahamson '26 

1970 Nathan Dane II '37 

1971 Daniel F. Hanley '39 

DISTINGUISHED BOWDOIN EDUCATOR AWARD 

The Distinguished Bowdoin Educator Award was established by 
the Alumni Council in 1964 to recognize "outstanding achieve- 
ment" in education by a Bowdoin alumnus in any field and at 
any level of education — except alumni who are members of the 
Faculty and Staff. The award is presented at the annual campus 
meeting of the Bowdoin Teachers' Club in April and consists of 
a framed citation and five hundred dollars. 

Recipients have been: 

1965 Wilbert Snow '07 

1966 Frank E. MacDonald '23 

1967 George T. Davidson, Jr. '38 

1968 Jeffrey J. Carre '40 

1969 Herbert B. Moore '48 

1970 John S. Holden '35 

1971 David W. D. Dickson '41 

ALUMNI RECORD 

The College wishes to have the most complete record possible 
of the addresses, occupations, and public services of its alumni. It 
solicits information in regard to these points as well as to matters 
appropriate to the Bowdoin Alumnus, an alumni magazine pub- 
lished at the College. 

Communications should be addressed to the Alumni Secretary, 
Bowdoin College, Brunswick, Maine 04011. Alumni are particu- 
larly urged to keep the Alumni Secretary informed of any changes 
of address. 



Alumni Organizations 241 

THE SOCIETY OF BOWDOIN WOMEN 

The Society of Bowdoin Women was formed in 1922. Its pur- 
pose is to provide "an organization in which women with a 
common bond of Bowdoin loyalty may, by becoming better 
acquainted with the College and with each other, work together 
to serve the College in every possible way." 

The society has made specific gifts to the College, such as silver 
and china for the president's house. In 1961 it established the 
Edith Lansing Koon Sills Lecture Fund, honoring Mrs. Kenneth 
C. M. Sills, wife of a former president of the College, and in 1971, 
following the decision to admit women undergraduates, the 
society created a scholarship fund restricted to qualified women 
students. The society also sponsors a luncheon at Commencement 
for all women on the campus. 

Membership is open to any interested woman by the payment 
of annual dues of $2.00. There are nearly one thousand members 
in the society, and it is their enthusiasm, together with their dues 
and contributions, which makes possible the society's program. 

Officers for 1971-1972 

Honorary President, Mrs. Roger Howell, Jr. 

President, Mrs. Vincent B. Welch 

Vice President, Mrs. Leonard C. Mulligan 

Secretary, Mrs. Richard A. Morrell 

Treasurer, Mrs. Douglas L. Morton 

Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Alden H. Sawyer, Jr. 

BOWDOIN FATHERS ASSOCIATION 

Organized in 1946, the Bowdoin Fathers Association has as its 
purpose "to contribute to the development and perpetuation of 
the spirit which has made Bowdoin the college that it is." 

Since 1950 the Association has given a prematriculation scholar- 
ship, usually equal to tuition, to be awarded to a deserving can- 
didate from outside New England. In 1962 the Association estab- 
lished an annual grant to be awarded under the direction of the 
president of the College to. undergraduates or graduates to enable 
the recipients to participate in summer research or advanced study 
directed towards their major field or life work. 

An annual meeting is held in October in conjunction with 
Parents' Weekend, which owes its success largely to the efforts of 
the Bowdoin Fathers Association. All fathers of Bowdoin under- 



242 Alumni Organizations 

graduates are eligible for membership in the Association. Annual 
dues are $10.00, and each father residing outside the continental 
United States or Canada is automatically an honorary member of 
the Association without payment of dues during the period his 
son is attending the College. 

Officers for 1970-1971 

President, Stewart F. Oakes 
1 st Vice President, Nathaniel Fensterstock 
2nd Vice President, Josiah A. Spaulding 
Secretary, Robert P. Lampert 
Treasurer, Herbert E. Mehlhorn 



Inde 



x 



Abraxas Award, 213 

Academic Calendar, vi-viii 

Accident and Medical Insurance, 46 

Activities, Extracurricular, 190-197 

Activities Fee, 45 

Adams Hall, 30 

Adams Lecture Room, 33 

Adjunct Faculty, 19 

Administrative Officers, 23-27 

Administrative Offices and Office 

Hours, 44 
Admission to College, 47-51 

Advanced Standing, 49-50 

Application Procedure, 48-50 

by Examination, 49 

Fee for Admission, 49 

Interviews, 49 

Prematriculation Scholarship Pro- 
cedure, 50-51 

School Statement, 49 

Special Standing, 50 

Transfer Students, 50 
Afro-American Center, 35 
Afro-American Society, 196 
Afro-American Studies, 87, 92-93 
Aid, Financial, 53-81 

Annually Funded Scholarships, List 
of, 74-76 

Basis of Award, 52-54 

Bursaries, 54 

Endowed Scholarships, 
List of, 55-74 

General Scholarships, 54, 55 

Graduate Scholarships, 54, 76-79 

Loan Funds, 79-81 

Prematriculation Scholarships, 53 

Student Book Fund, 80-81 
Alumni, Total Number Living, 46 
Alumni Award for Faculty and Staff, 

239-240 
Alumni Clubs, 235-239 
Alumni Council, 234-235 
Alumni Fund 

Directors of, 234 

Scholarships, 74 



Alumni House, 35 

Alumni Organizations, 234-242 

Alumni Record, 240 

Alumni Service Award, 239 

Alumnus, Bozvdoin, 234, 240 

Anthoensen Collection, 170, 180 

Appleton Hall, 29 

Appointments, Prizes, and Awards, 

223-233 
Art, Courses in, 93-96 
Art Building, Walker, 30 

Notable Collections in, 177-178 
ASPAU Scholars, 193 
Astronomy, Courses in, 144-148 
Athletic Fields 

Pickard Field, 32 

Whittier Field, 31 
Athletics 

Intercollegiate, 198 

Intramural, 198 

Bachelors, Bowdoin, 195 
Banister Hall, 29-30 
Berry Special Collections Suite, 42 
Bills, College, 44-46 

Payment of, 44 
Biochemistry, 97 
Biology, Courses in, 97-100 
Bliss Room, 31, 171 
Board, Cost of, 45 
Book Funds, 174-176 
Bookstore, 192 
Bowdoin, James 

Earliest Patron, 1 

James Bowdoin Scholars, 232-233 

Private Library of, 170 
Bowdoin Book Awards, 214 
Bowdoin Bugle, 195 
Bowdoin College, Historical Sketch of, 

1-4 
Bowdoin Day, James, 214 
Bowdoin Fathers Association, 241-242 

Fund, 217 
Bowdoin Orchestral Workshop, 180, 

181 



243 



244 



Index 



Bowdoin Orient, 195 

Bowdoin Polar Bear, Statue of, 37 

Bowdoin Prize, 201 

Bowdoin Scientific Station, 184 

Brown Lobby, 41 

Bugle, Bowdoin, 195 

Buildings and Campus, 28-43 

Map of, facing 28 

Other Memorials, 35-43 
Bureau for Research in Municipal 

Government, 182 
Burnett Room, 33 
Bursaries, 54 



Calendar, Academic, vi-viii 

California-Bowdoin Three-Two Plan, 
88-89 

Campus and Buildings, 28-43 
Map of, facing 28 
Other Memorials, 35-43 

Career Counseling and Placement, 
200 

Catlin Path, 39 

Center for Economic Research, 182 

Chamberlain Hall, 35 

Chamberlain, Joshua Lawrence, Ad- 
ministration of, 2 

Chapel, 29-30 

Chase Barn Chamber, 34-35 

Chase Memorial Lamps, 39 

Chemistry, Courses in, 100-103 

Chimes, The College, 29 

Class of 1875 Gateway, 36 

Class of 1878 Gateway, 36 

Class of 1886 Paths, 38 

Class of 1895 Path, 38 

Class of 1898 Bulletin Board, 37 

Class of 1903 Gateway, 37 

Class of 1909 Music Fund, 40 

Class of 1909 Organ, 40 

Class of 1910 Path, 38 

Class of 1912 Polar Bear, 37 

Class of 1914 Librarian's Office, 41 

Class of 1916 Path, 38 

Class of 1919 Path, 38 

Class of 1922 Fountain, 42 



Class of 1924 Radio Station, 38, 195- 

196 
Class of 1927 Room, 33 
Class of 1928 Faculty Research Fund, 

215 

Class of 1929 Electronic Chimes Sys- 
tem, 42 

Class of 1937 Lounge, 40 

Class of 1938 Newspaper Room, 41 

Classes, Time and Place of, 92 

Classics, Courses in, 103-104 
Greek, Courses in, 103-104 
Latin, Courses in, 104 

Cleaveland Hall, 33 

Cloudman Fountain, 37 

Coe, Dudley, Infirmary, 32 
Shumway Wing, 32 

Coffin Reading Room, 41 

Colbath Room, 42 

Coleman Hall, 29 

Coles, James Stacy, Administration 

of, 34 
College Bills and Fees, 44-46 
College Board Tests, 49 
College Entrance Examination Board, 

49 
College Scholarship Service, 50-51 
Columbia-Bowdoin Combined Plan, 

89 
Commencement Appointments, Prizes, 

and Awards, 223-233 
Commissions, Reserve, 165-166 
Committees 

Faculty, 20-22 

Governing Boards, 9-10 
Composition, Prizes in, 207 
Computing Center, 31 
Courses of Instruction, 92-164 
Curricular Requirements, 82-84 
Curriculum, 82-91 

Curriculum Committee, Student, 194 
Curtis Memorial Organ, 29 
Curtis Room, 41 
Curtis Swimming Pool, 32 

Dana Laboratory, 33 
Dane Flagpole, 39 



Index 



245 



Dean's List, 83 
Debating, 196 

Prizes in, 206-207 
Deficiency in Scholarship, 83 
Degrees 

Conferred in August 1970, 218 

Conferred in June 1971, 218-222 

Requirements for, 82 

Total Number Conferred, 46 

Two-Degree Plan, 88-89 

With Distinction, 85 

Conferred in 1971, 223-224 
Departmental Honors, 85 

Awarded in 1971, 224-227 
Development Fund, Faculty, 214-215 
Dining Accommodations, 191 
Distinguished Bowdoin Educator 

Award, 240 
Dormitories, 29 

Cost of Rooms, 45 
Drama and Stagecraft, 179, 196 

Prizes in, 208-209 
Dudley Classroom, 39 

Economic Research, Center for, 182 
Economics, Courses in, 104-108 
Education, Courses in, 108-109 
Employment, Part-time Student, 52- 

53, 54, 200 
Endowed Scholarships, 55-74 
English, Courses in, 109-114 
Entrance Examinations, 49 
Environmental Studies, 87-88 
Examinations, 82 
Expenses, College, 44-46 

Faculty, Committees of, 20-22 
Faculty Development Fund, 214-215 
Faculty Research Fund, 215 
Faculty Room, 29 
Failure in Courses, 83 
Fees, 44-46 

Activities, 45 

Admission, 49 

Room and Board, 45 

Tuition, 44-45 



Fellows, Teaching, 19 
Fessenden Conference Room, 42 
Financial Aid, 52-81 
Fine Arts, The, 177-181 

Art Collections, 177-178 

Drama and Stagecraft, 179 

Music, 180-181 

Printing and Typography, 179-180 
Flagpole, Memorial, 37 
Fraternities, 193 
French, Courses in, 154-157 
Fuller Reading Room, 41 

Garcelon and Merritt Fund, 78-79 
Gardner Bench, 38-39 
General Information, 44-46 
General Scholarships, 53, 54 
Geology, Courses in, 114-11.6 
German, Courses in, 1 16-1 18 
Getchell House, 34 
Gibson Hall of Music, 33 
Gibson-Bird Electric Scoreboard, 31 
Glee Club, 180, 195 
Governing Boards, 5-10 
Government and Legal Studies, 

Courses in, 118-123 
Grades 

Method of Computing, 83 

Reports, 83 

Required for Graduation, 83 
Graduate Scholarships, 54, 76-79 

Arts and Sciences, 76-78 

Law, 78 

Medicine, 78-79 
Grandstand, Hubbard, 31 
Greek, Courses in, 103-104 
Gross, Alfred O., Fund, 217 
Gymnasium, Morrell, 35-36 

Sargent, 31 

Ham House, 34-35 
Haskell House, 36 
Hawes Memorial, 35 
Hawthorne-Longfellow Hall, 36 
Hawthorne-Longfellow Library, 36, 
168-171 



246 



Index 



Health Care, 46 

Accident and Medical Insurance, 
46 
Historical Sketch, 1-4 
History, Courses in, 123-130 
Hockey Arena, 34 
Honor System, 190, 194 
Honorary Degrees 

Conferred in 1971, 222 
Honors 

Departmental, 85 

General, 85 
Honors in Subjects 

Awarded in 1971, 224-227 

Requirements for, 85 
Honors Project, 84-85 
Hospital, 32 
Howell, Roger, Jr., Administration 

of,. 4 
Hubbard Grandstand, 31 
Hubbard Hall, 31 

Hutchinson Lounge and Terrace, 40 
Hyde Athletic Building, 31 
Hyde, William DeWitt, Administra- 
tion of, 2-3 
Hyde Hall, 29 

Independent Language Study, 88 
Independent Study Project, 84-85 
Independents, 193 
Infirmary, Dudley Coe, 32 
Information, General 44-46 
Information Center, 32, 192 
Instruction 

Courses of, 92-164 

Officers of, 11-22 
Interdepartmental Courses, 162-163 
Interdepartmental Majors, 84, 87, 97 
Italian, Courses in, 157 

James Bowdoin Day, 214 
James Bowdoin Scholars, 232-233 
Johnson House, 34 

Kellogg Tree, 38 
Kent Island, 184 



Koelln Room, 43 
Kresge Laboratory, 33 

Lancaster Lounge, 43 

Langbein, Edward E., Summer Re- 
search Grant, 217 

Language Laboratory, 33 

LASPAU Scholars, 193 

Latin, Courses in, 104 

Law Scholarship, 78 

Leave of Absence, 83-84 

Lectureships and Institutes, 185-189 

Legal Studies, Courses in, 118-123 

Library, 168-176 

Book Funds, 174-176 

Susan Dwight Bliss Room, 31, 171 

Little Bibliography and Card Cata- 
logue Area, 41 

Little-Mitchell House, 35 

Little Ponds Wildlife Sanctuary, 40 

Living and Dining Accommodations, 

191 
Loan Funds, 79-81 

McCann Music Lounge, 40 

McKeen, Joseph, Administration of, 
1 

McLaughlin Study, 40 

Magee Track, 31, 43 

Magee Training Room, 42 

Maine Hall, 29 

Major Program, 84 

Major with Honors, 84-85 

Marine Laboratory, Bowdoin Col- 
lege, 40 

Masque and Gown, 179, 196 

Massachusetts Hall, 29 

Master's Degrees 

Conferred in August 1970, 218 
Conferred in June 1971, 221 

M.I. T. -Bowdoin Degrees, 89 

Mathematics, Courses in, 130-137 

Matriculants, 46 

Meddiebempsters, 179, 195 

Medical Scholarships, 78-79 

Memorial Flagpole, 37 



Index 



247 



Memorial Hall, 30, 179 

Pickard Theater in, 30, 34, 179 
Memorials, 36-43 

Military Science, Courses in, 166-167 
Mitchell House, 35 
Mitchell Lounge, 40 
Moore Hall, 29 
Morrell Gymnasium, 35-36 
Morrell Office, 42 . 

Motor Vehicles, Regulation of, 46 
Moulton Union, 32, 191-193 

Student Union Committee, 192-193 
Municipal Government, Bureau for 

Research in, 182 
Museum of Art, 30, 177-179 

Associates' Program, 178-179 

Notable Collections in, 177-178 
Music 

Bowdoin Orchestral Workshop, 180, 
181 

Concerts and Recitals, 180-181 

Courses in, 137-140 

Glee Club, 180, 195 

Summer School of Music, 140, 181, 
188-189 



National Science Foundation Sum- 
mer Institutes, 135-137, 187-188 
New Meadows River Sailing Basin, 34 
1927 Room, 33 
Nixon Lounge-Conference Room, 42 



Observatory, 30 
Off-Campus Study, 90-91 
Office Hours, 44 

Officers of Administration, 23-27 
Officers of Government, 5-10 
Officers of Instruction, 1 1-22 
Offices and Office Hours, 44 
One-Act Play Contest, 179 
Organ, Curtis Memorial, 29 
Organizations, Alumni, 234-242 
Orient, The Bowdoin, 195 
Outing Club, 196 
Overseers, Board of, 6-8 



Packard Gateway, 37 
Peary-MacMillan Arctic Museum, 31 
Peucinian Cup, 213-214 
Peucinian Room, 38 
Phi Beta Kappa, 214 

Appointments in February and 
June 1971, 223-224 

Basis of Election, 214 
Philosophy, Courses in, 140-144 
Physical Education and Athletics, 

1 9 8 -i99 
Physics and Astronomy, Courses in, 

144-148 
Pickard Field, 32 
Pickard Field House, 32 
Pickard Theater in Memorial Hall, 

3°> 34> 179 
Pickard Trees, 39-40 
Pierce Reading Room, 41-42 
Pike, Sumner T., Fund, 215 
Polar Bear, Statue of, 37 
Political Forum, 196 
Preengineering Programs, 88-89 
Premedical Studies, 89 
President and Trustees, The, 5-6 
Presidents' Gateway, 37 
President's House, 30 
Printing and Typography, 179-180 
Prizes and Distinctions, 192-208 

Awarded in 1971, 218-233 

Awards for Character, 209-212 

Creative Arts, 207-209 

Debating and Speaking, 206-207 

Departmental Prizes, 202-206 

Essay Prizes, 207 

Extracurricular Activities 
and Scholarship, 212-213 

General Scholarship, 201-202 

Military Prizes, 213 

Miscellaneous Prizes, 213-214 
Proctors, Board of, 195 
Psychology, Courses in, 149-151 
Public Affairs Research Center, 182 
Public Speaking 

Prizes in, 206-207 

Quill, 195 



248 



Index 



Radio, Bowdoin-on-Radio (WBOR), 

38, 195-196 
Refunds, 46 
Registration, 44 
Religion, Courses in, 151-153 
Religious Life, 197 
Reports of Grades, 83 
Requirements 

Admission, 47-48 

Degree, 82-84 

Honors in Subjects, 85 

Residence, 82, 83 
Research Assistance, Undergraduate, 

215-217 
Research Institute of the Gulf of 

Maine, The, 183 
Reserve Commissions, 165-166 
Reserve Officers' Training Corps, 

165-167 
Residence Requirement, 82, 83 
Rhodes Hall, 32 

Robinson, Franklin Clement, Gate- 
way, 37 
Robinson, Warren Eastman, Gateway, 

36-37 
Romance Languages, Courses in, 153- 

158 

French, Courses in, 154-157 

Italian, Courses in, 157 

Spanish, Courses in, 157-158 
Rooms, Applications for, 45 

Cost of, 45 
ROTC, 165-167 

Courses in Military Science, 166-167 

Prizes in, 213 

Scholarships, 54 

Summer Camp, 166, 167 
Russian, Courses in, 158-159 

Sargent Gymnasium, 31 

Schedule of Classes, 92 

Scholarships, Loans, and Financial 

Aid, 52-81 

Graduate Study, 76-79 

Incoming Freshmen, 53 

Law School Student, 78 



List of, 55-79 

Loan Funds, 79-81 

Medical School Students, 78-79 

ROTC, 54 

Undergraduates, 55-76 
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 49 
Searles Science Building, 31 
Senior Center, 35 

Program, 86-87 

Seminars, 86, 163-164 

Student Committee, 194-195 
Shumway Tree, 39 
Shumway Wing, Infirmary, 32 
Sills, Kenneth C. M., Administration 

of, 3 
Sills Hall, 33 

Simpson Memorial Sound System, 39 
Smith Auditorium, 33 
Social Code, 190-191, 194 
Social Service, 196-197 
Society of Bowdoin Women, 241 
Sociology, Courses in, 159-161 
Spanish, Courses in, 157-158 
Speaking, Prizes in, 206-207 
Special Students, 50 
Speech Center, 33 
Speech, Courses in, 161-162 
Standing, Advanced, 49-50 
Statistics 

Number of Degrees Conferred, 46 

Number of Matriculants, 46 
Student Activities Fee, 45 
Student Book Fund, 80-81 
Student Council, 193-194 

Cup, 213 

Lectureship, 186 

Members of, 194 
Student Curriculum Committee, 194 
Student Employment, 52-53, 54, 200 
Student Judiciary Board, 194 
Student Life and Activities, 190-197 
Student Union Committee, 192-193 
Summer Institutes, 187-188 

Courses in, 135-137 
Summer School of Music, 140, 181, 
188-189 



Index 



249 



Surdna Foundation Undergraduate 
Research Fellowship Program, 215- 
217 
Swan Faculty Room, 29 
Swimming Pool, Curtis Memorial, 32 

Tallman Lectureship, 185 
Visiting Professors on. 185-186 

Teaching (as a career), 90, 109 

Teaching Fellows, 19 

Telephone Switchboard, 32, 44, 192 

Terms and Vacations, 44 

Thayer Speech Center Fund, 33 

Theater, Pickard, 30, 34, 179 

Thorndike Oak, 36 

Transfer Students, 50 

Trustees, 5-6 

Tuition, Cost of, 44-45 
Method of Payment, 44 

Turner Tree, 39 

Twelve-College Exchange, 90 

Undergraduate Activities, 190-197 
Undergraduate Employment, 52-53, 

54, 200 
Undergraduate Research Assistance 

Alfred O. Gross Fund, 207 

Edward E. Langbein Summer Re- 
search Grant, 217 



Research Fellowship Program, 215- 
217 
Undergraduate Research Fellowship 

Program, 215-217 

Fellows and Projects in, 216-217 
Union, Moulton, 32, 191-193 

Student Committee of, 192-193 
U. S. Army Reserve Officers' Training 

Corps, 165-167 

Courses in Military Science, 166-167 

Prizes in, 213 

Scholarships, 54 

Summer Camp, 166, 167 

Vacations, 44 

Walker Art Building, 30 

Collections in, 177-178 
WBOR, Radio Station, 38, 195-196 
Wentworth Hall, 35 
Went worth Laboratory, 33 
White Key, 196 
Whittier Field, 31 
Wilder Cataloguing Room, 41 
Winthrop Hall, 29 
Woodruff Room, 38 

Young Memorial Fireplace, 38